Sig Construction Accessories by speedline

YOUR FIRST CHOICE FOR SPECIALIST PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

• Grouts & Anchors • Brickwork Accessories • Insulation & Ventilation • External Render • Protection Materials • Accessories, Tools & Safety

Market Leading Specialist Distributor Largest offering of Major Brand Products, from UK wide Branch Network Essential Technical Expertise and Support

SIG CONSTRUCTION ACCESSORIES

• Groundwork Engineering • Reinforcement & Formwork • Waterproofing • Sealants & Fillers • Flooring & Tiling • Concrete Repair & Protection

Construction Accessories across the full range of product areas

Construction Chemicals External Coatings

Ventilation

Concrete Repair & Protection

Specialist Fixings

Introduction Masonry Components Groundwork Engineering and Geotextiles Floor Coverings DPC Systems

This latest edition of the SIG Construction Accessories comprehensive catalogue gives you access to a vast range of top quality, leading brand, construction accessories via our nationwide branch network. We also offer you expert product and application support from our specialist teams, plus design services for masonry and groundwork projects, to make sure you get the right products for the job, on time and within budget… every time. At SIG Construction Accessories we pride ourselves on the service we offer to customers. You can trust us to offer you a friendly, professional service and fast, responsive deliveries, locally or nationally.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Waterproofing

Your true one stop shop for specialists We’re part of the SIG group, which has recently linked together its insulation, fixings, accessories and interiors businesses, meaning that you can now source a huge range of products, all from your SIG Construction Accessories branch, which becomes a true ‘one stop shop’ for specialists.

• Vast product ranges across all construction accessories sectors • Leading product brands • Expert product and application support • Unrivalled service and delivery capability from largest UK distribution branch network

CONTENTS

Sealants & Fillers

Groundwork Engineering

Reinforcement & Formwork

Waterproofing

Flooring & Tiling

Concrete Repair & Protection

Grouts & Anchors

Brickwork Accessories

Insulation & Ventilation

External Render

Protection Materials

Accessories, Tools & Safety

209

Introduction

17 287 323

Index

90 Geotec Woven Abutment Trays Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment 297, 298 Acoustic Cavity Closer 297 Acoustic Flanking Strip 297 Acoustic Party Wall DPC 115 Adcor 500S 163 Adoclean 159 Adocure Sealer 156 Adofill 157 Adofoam 157 Adolease 157 Adoseal 156 Adostrike 157 Adotard 159 Adotuf 140 Aerofil 1 & 2 152 Aerosol Foam FR 304 Aggregates 61 Aluminium T-Bar 245 Ancon AMR Reinforcement 235 Ancon CFA Continuous Angle Support System 255 Ancon Fastrack Channel 73 Ancon Isolan 238 Ancon Masonsry Support Fixings 235 Ancon MDC Bracket Angle Support System 255 Ancon Non-Drill Fixings 237 Ancon Omega 21/18 Cast In Channels 257 Ancon Remedial Wall Ties 74 Ancon Shearfix 255 Ancon Two-Part Ties 261 Ancon Wall Channel 262 Ancon Wall Starters 242 Ancon Windpost Ties 240 Ancon Windposts 234 AnconOptima Standard Support Systems 107 Aquamac 155 Aquatard 129 Aquatek 128 Aquatek Elastic 2C 130 Aquatek Mastic P 129 Aquatek Plug 29 Arch Based Concrete Spacers 184 Ardex A 45, A 46, PSRS , K 301 & A 35 169 Ardex A35 & PSRS Floor Screeding 171 Ardex AM 100 Renders 168 Ardex K 11, K 15, A 55 & Arditex Sub Floor Smoothing 170 Ardex K 301 Renovation 170 Ardex K 80 & SD-T B Topping 171 Ardex P 4, P 51, P 82, E 90 & E 101 Admixes

172 166

Ardex WPC & DPM Ardex X 7, S 16, X 77, X 78, X 7001, D 20, C 2 & Flex FL Tile Adhesives 318 Artstone Protection 116 AT System 31 Automatic Tying Tools 68 Bar Couplers 35 Bar End Cap Spacers 69 Bar Position Couplers 185 BASF Emaco 270 BAT-U-Nail Galvanised Steel Plates 122 Bentoject 103 Bentonite Geotextile Waterproofing 120 Bentorub+ & Salt 103 Bentoseal 16 Bitucrete 16 Bitukold 110 Bitumen Emulsion 141 Bitumen Impregnated Boards 11, 100 Bitusheet Ancillaries 11 Bitusheet Gas Barrier 11 Bitusheet HD Protection Board 11 Bitusheet Primer 100 Bitusheet XL 8 Bituthene 8000 90, 106 Bituthene LM 88 Bituthene Membranes 9 Bituthene MRX 89 Bituthene Primers 90 Bituthene Protection Boards 324 Black Cable Ties 79 Blue Glider 41 Bolt Boxes 163, 288 Brick Cleaner 246 Brickforce 247 Bricktie 248 Bricktor 229 Brickwork Accessories 324 Brooms 324 Brushes 83, 315 Bubblewrap 288, 324 Builder Bucket 80 Bull Float 220 C Mix Plus Polyester Resin 82 Carborundum Rub-Block 317 Carpet Protection Film 293 Cavity Trays Cavity Closers 293 Cavity Wall Insulation 211 Cebex 100 126 Cementfill WP, FC & HB 127 Cementflex 131, 188 Cementitious Coating 851 127 Cementjoint 127 Cementseal 132 Cemprotec E-Floor 131 Cemprotec Elastic & E-942

174 Cemtop 162 Chemclean 158 Chemcure 155 Chemlease 156 Chemshield 53 Clayboard 52 Claylite 3.3 52 Clayshield 3.3 283 Cloak Units 141, 266 Closed Cell Polyethylene 146 Colpor 200PF 76 Comflor 210 75 Comflor 70 & 100 140 Compriband Super 211 Conbextra 212 Conbextra EP10 & EPR 30 Concave Triangle Bar 80 Concrete Edging Tools 81 Concrete Finishing Brush 46 Concrete Formers 80 Concrete Placer & Rakes 162 Concrete Remover 183 Concrete Repair & Protection 78 Concrete Scoop 327 Concreting Tools 43 Connection Nuts 325 Contact Adhesive 60 Corner Fillets 60 Crack Inducers 258 Crack Stitching & Bonding 26 Cube Moulds 158 Curecote Super 26 Curing Tank for Cement Cubes 26 Curly Top Pins 281 Dacablock Fire Rated Insulated DPC 280 Damcor 275 Damp Proof Courses 39 De-bonding Compound 324 Deck Scrubber 27 Deckchairs A Type 195 Dekguard 319 Denso Skid Resistant Over-banding Tape 151 Denso Tape 95 Double Drain 38 Dowel Bar (Square & Sleeve) 36 Dowel Bar Cradles 38 Dowel Bar Mats 39 Dowel Bar Sleeves 37 Dowel Bars 288 Drill bits 225 Drop-In Anchors 101 Dual Seal 118 Dual Stop Bentonite Waterstop 118 Dualtite Joint Waterstop 66 Eazistrip Continuity System 318 Edge Protector 24, 322 Ekomove

21 218 218

191 181 18 18 330 324 33 147 82 52 77

Galvafroid Geofix Geotec 1000 Geotec GP Gloves Gorilla Bucket Grade Plate Spacers Gripfill Groover Groundprop Groutcheck Tape (PVC & Foam) 209 Grouts & Anchors 325 Guns 81 Hand Floats 321 Hazard Tape 332 Head Protection 263 Head Restraints 258 Helibar 259 HeliBond Cementitious Grout 268 Herringbone Joist Struts 83, 313 Hessian Blankets 108 Heviseal 329 High Visibility Clothing 144 Hilastic 27 Hoop Spacers 142 Hydrocell XL 108 Hydrocoat 92 Hydroduct 93 Hydroduct CF 123 Hydrotite 281 Hyload DPC Joint Support System 278 Hyload Gastite DPC 10 Hyload Gastite LL DPM 10 Hyload Gastite SA 10 Hyload Gastite Tapes 277 Hyload Housebuilder 280 Hyload Insulated DPC 281 Hyload Insulated FR DPC 279 Hyload MortarMatch 276 Hyload Original 99 Hyload PlasDrain & PlasFlow 99 Hyload Protection Board 98 Hyload Tanking Membranes 10 Hyload Top Hats 50 Hy-Rib Permanent Formwork 99 IKOpro SA Bitumen Primer 289 Insulation & Ventilation 294 Insulation Fixings 8 Insulslab SFRC 132 Integra 56 Isolating Manhole Surround 163, 288 Janitol Plus 163, 288 Jizer 319 Jointgrip 55

271 273 108 287 123 65 16 16 16 320 239 213 295 233 212 71 70 72 317 54

Joist Hangers (BAT) Joist Hangers (Speedy) LAC Leaded Cavity Trays Leakmaster Lenton Couplers Leochip VLS Leopave Leotak Line Marker â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Spray Lintels Lokfix S25 & P25 Masonry Cavity Stop Sock Masonry Support Masterflow 765 MBT Continuity Systems MBT Couplers MBT Head Anchors MegaShield Metalscreed Unirail Screed Rail System 188 Monodex 187 Monolevel 187 Monolite 187 Monomix 198 Monoset 156 Mould Oil 104 Mulseal DP 263 Multi Starter System 135, 194 Nitobond 190 Nitocote 132 Nitocote CM210 194 Nitofil 173 Nitoflor 193 Nitokit 192 Nitomortar 143 Nitoseal 144 Nitoseal 12 154 Nulease 129 Omnitek 26 Orange & Blue Safety Barrier 322 Oxford 15/5 Road Plate 320 Oxford Avalon Barrier 314 Pallet Wrap/Cling Film 146 Paraseal 192 Patchroc GP 191 Paveroc 95 Plaster Drain 81 Plastering Trowels 40 Plastic Packing Shims 35 Plastic Pile Cage Spacers 35 Plastic Ring Spacers 36 Plastic Shims 44 Plastic Stoppers 34 Plastic Tower Spacers 145 Plastijoint 144 Plastiseal 142 Pliastic 26 Pointed Steel Pins 14 Polypropylene Protection Board 42 Polystyrene Dissolver

Index

Envirotrak Epcon C8 Extreme Epcon High Performance Chemical Resin 220 Epobar Vinylester Resin 219 Epomax Vinylester Resin 37 Epoxy / Polymeric Coated Dowels 105 Eurocote 279 Eurocourse High Performance DPC Systems 105 Eurogard HD 104 Eurotec 1000 250 Exmet Reinforcement 142 Expandafoam 77 Expanding Foam 192 Expocrete UA 144 Expoflex 800 32 Extension Bars 303 External Render 88 Farmguard 31 Fast Fix Stabil Binders 187 Fastfill 125 Fastfill WP 135, 173 Febond SBR 142 Fibreboard Strip 296 Firestop Strip 222 Fischer FH High Performance Anchors 214 Fischer FIPC 700 215 Fischer FIS-EM390, P380C, V360S & 300SF 222 Fischer FSA Sleeve Anchors 223 Fischer FWB Wallbolts 221 Fischer High Performance Steel Anchors 217 Fischer Resin Anchor Studs 216 Fischer Resin Capsules 210 Five Star Grout 203 Five Star Repair Concrete 153 Flamex One, Two & S 28 Flat Based Concrete Spacers 107 Flexiseal 57 Floor Formwork System (Alpha & Betajoint) 324 Floor Scraper 165 Flooring & Tiling 316 FloorShield Standard 329 Footwear 155 Formfil 155 Formstrike Mould Oil 78 Formwork Magnets 49 Formwork Plywood 161 Fosroc Concure WB 104 Fosroc Primer 3 114 Fosroc Waterstop Ancillaries 270 Frame Cramps 82, 314 Frost Blankets 24 Gabions

150

Index

Polystyrene Sheets & Adhesive 59, 312 Polythene 278 Polythene DPC 313 Polythene Jointing Tape 12 Polythene Radon Barrier 325 Powder Actuated Nailing System 249 Power-tie ladder reinforcement 316 Preformed Surface Dressing 90 Preprufe 91 Preprufe 160 Flex, 800PA & SC1 106 Procor 107 Procor Concrete Sealer 153 Promaseal 86 Proofex 3000 86 Proofex Cavity Drain 87 Proofex Engage 87 Proofex Hydromat 88 Proofex Hydromat Powder 104 Proofex LM 86 Proofex Protection Board 86 Proofex Sheetdrain 8 Proofex Total 9 Protect GDB10 40 Protection Caps 311 Protection Materials 319 Protection Tapes 115 PVC Edgetie 128 PVC Internal & External Profiles 117 PVC Waterstops Profiles 67 Rebar Systems 32 Reelfix Tying Wire System 22 Regupol 296 Regupol Acoustic Isolating Strip 62 Reinforcement 65 Reinforcement Continuity Systems 25 Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories 49 Release Agent 189 Renderoc 125 Renderoc Plug 267 Restraint Straps 96 RIW Cavity Drain 96 RIW structureseal 177 RIW Tilesafe Kit 119 RIW Waterstop 43 Rock Anchor 324 Rollers & Trays 196 Ronabond Concrete Cover 150 197 Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar 197 Ronabond Easy Skim FC 198 Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Coating

176 Ronadeck Fast Grip 181 Ronadeck Resin 181 Ronadeck Tree Pit 136, 175 Ronafix 196 Ronafix Concrete Repair Mortar 136, 207 Ronafix Mix Design 198 Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar 159 Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer 177 RonaFloor EWB 176 RonaFloor HB200 328 Rubble Sacks 157 Safetard Liquid 318 Sanitaryware Protection 135 SBR 58 Screed Bars 58 Screed Chairs (Plastic & Steel) 58 Screed Rail (Metal Top) 76 SD225 139 Sealants & Fillers 316 Seekure FR 147 Servijoint One & Two 115 Serviseal 117 Servistrip AH205 115 Servitite 224 Set Screws 266 Set Screws & Expansion Bolts 73 Shear Load Connectors 94 Sheetseal 10 Sheetseal GR 10 Sheetseal Primer 62 Side Slab Seal 20 SIG Geotechnical Secugrid 20 SIG Geotechnical SlopeGuard Matting 21 SIG Geotechnical SlopeGuard Type 4 19 SIG Geotechnical Web 124, 134, Sika 1 123 Sika 2, 3, 4 & 4A 157 Sika Additives 214 Sika AnchorFix 212 Sika Armorex 181 Sika Block Paving Seal 133 Sika Damp Proofing Slurry 161, 179 Sika Dustproofer 224 Threaded Studding, Washers, Nuts & Connectors 42 Thru-Tie System (15mm) 44 Thruty Cones 43 Thruty Sleeve 45 Tiefill 295 Timber Frame Cavity Barrier 109 Toughseal 36 Track Spacer 269 Truss Clips 14 Tuffreel

49 78, 164 315 318 30 300 298 119 134 126 135

Tulsa MDO Turks Head Brush TwinShield TwinShield Cill Protector Tying Wire Underfloor Liners Underfloor Ventilation Uraswell Waterstop Vandex BB 75 & 75 E Vandex Plug Vandex Super / Super White 146 Vertiseal CE 12 Visqueen CO2 Gas Membrane 13, 278 Visqueen Gas Resistant DPC 13 Visqueen GX Geomembrane 15 Visqueen Polythene DPM 11 Visqueen Radon Protection 14 Visqueen Top Hats 151 Vitaseal Tape 61 Void Former (PVC & Polystyrene) 103 Volcaly Granules 103 Voltex 250 Wall Ties 296 Wallcomp 102 Walldrain 85 Waterproofing 122 Waterstop RX速 101/Revofix 307 weber Coatings 310 weber Mortars 306 weber Renders 205 weber Resin Repair Mortars 202 weber.cem 205 weber.cem brushcoat 206 weber.cote 162 weber.tec acrylic sealer 180 weber.tec acrylic sealer 204 weber.tec EP bonding aid 204 weber.tec guard MCI 299 Weep Vents 32 Wheel Spacers 43 Wing Nuts & Waler Plates 78, 324 Wire Brush 328 Workwear 17 Woven Geotextile 113 XHD Hydrofoil 277 Xtra-Load Nubit 321 Yellow Marking Crayons / Draw Rope 276 Zedex CPT 277 Zedex Housing Grade DPC

Groundwork Engineering

Gas barrier systems are designed to provide complete protection against the ingress of harmful methane, radon and CO2 gases. Used in conjunction with gas resistant DPC, gas barrier jointing system and gas resistant self adhesive membrane, these systems offer superior protection and are all supplied from leading manufacturers.

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Insulation

Gas Barrier Systems

Protection Materials

Polythene DPM

Bitumen Products

Woven Geotextiles

Non-woven Geotextiles

Geotextiles

Geogrid

Screed Isolation

Gabions

Temporary Road and Walkways

Groundwork Engineering

Our range of civil engineering products has been used in the industry for many years, providing products for separation, reinforcement, drainage and erosion control used in major civil engineering projects including road, rail and bridges.

Groundwork Engineering

Insulation Insulslab SFRC Insulslab SFRC (Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete) is an innovative high quality, patented foundation system that is suitable for use on a wide range of soil types. Insulslab SFRC is a complete system, based on a type of raft foundation which comprises a series of interlocking expanded polystyrene pods, forming a rigid ‘waffle’ shaped slab. Steel fibre reinforced concrete is poured over the top to form the finished foundation. Groundwork Engineering

The steel fibres are manufactured in the UK by ArcelorMittal. The Insulslab SFRC system is quicker to install, offers excellent thermal performance and significant cost savings when compared to traditional methods of foundation production. The foundation system facilitates easy compliance to Part L/Section 6 of the Building Regulations, without the need for an additional layer of insulation and screed.

Gas Barrier Systems Proofex Total Reinforced gas membrane designed to protect buildings and their occupants from the effects of methane, radon, carbon dioxide and other harmful gases. Like conventional ground membranes, Proofex Total also acts as a damp-proof membrane to help protect the building against the ingress of moisture from the ground.

Ancillaries Proofex Total Tape Double-sided butyl tape for sealing of side and end laps and for use in detailing work.

Proofex Top Hats MDPE sheathing, which encapsulates an aluminium foil layer.

Proofex Total Type

Size

Proofex Total Proofex Total Tape

2 x 25m 50mm x 30m

Bituthene® 8000 Bituthene 8000 combines the proven super sticky Bituthene low temperature technology with a unique, solar reflective carrier film to provide superior performance and easier installation. It can be used horizontally or vertically to protect basements and other critical sub-structures from the effects of hydrostatic pressure, ground contamination, damp or gas penetration.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bituthene 8000 Type

Bituthene 8000

Roll Size (m)

1 x 20 (20m ) 2

Primer

Application Temp Range (ºC)

+5 to +35

Bituthene® MRX

Bituthene MRX Type

Bituthene MRX

Roll Size (m) 2

1 x 20 (20m )

Primer

Application temp range (ºC)

+10 to +35

Protect GDB10 Universal Gas and Damp Barrier Z-Led Protect GDB10 is a universal barrier membrane used to protect new buildings against harmful ground gases (Methane, Carbon Dioxide and Radon) and rising damp. When used with Z-Led slab edge protection and cavity barrier, Protect GDB10 provides complete protection when installed in accordance with BR414 2001. Z-Led Protect GDB10 is a multi-layer polyethylene / polypropylene membrane with an integral continuous solid aluminum foil, it is lightweight (17.5kg / 100m2 roll), incredibly strong and is clean to work with. A full range of factory fabricated accessories, tapes and sub-floor depressurisation products complete the Z-Led total protection solution.

Protect GDB10 Universal Gas and Damp Barrier Performance and test method

MD (Along roll)

CD (Across roll)

Nail tear strength (N) to BS EN 12310-1 modified

420

380

Tensile strength (N/50mm) BS EN 12311-1 modified

760

650

Elongation (%) to BS EN 12311-1 modified

Water vapour resistance (MNs/g) to BS EN 1931

>1000

Methane permeability based on BS EN 374-3: 2003

<1.5ml/m2/day

Radon permeability

4.2 x 10-12/m/s

Radon transmittance

21 x 10-9/m/s

Carbon dioxide (CO2) permeability to BS EN 374-3: 2003 Water penetration resistance to BS EN 1928: 2001 Method A modified

<0.005µg/cm2/min Pass Class W1

Groundwork Engineering

Bituthene MRX is a methane, CO2 and radon gas resistant grade of Bituthene specifically designed to resist the passage of methane gas in addition to acting as a waterproof membrane protecting building foundations.

Groundwork Engineering

Sheetseal GR RIW Sheetseal GR is a cold applied, high density polyethylene film bonded to aluminium foil and coated with a bitumen/rubber self adhesive layer with a removable reinforced silicone release paper. When designing Type A structures (as classified in BS8102:1990), the product applied correctly, is capable of providing the levels of protection required for grades 1, 2, 3 & 4 basements.

Sheetseal GR Type

Groundwork Engineering

Sheetseal GR

Thickness (m)

Roll Size

Roll Weight (kg/m2)

1.6

1050mm x 19.05m

1.7

Sheetseal Primer Sheetseal primer is a bitumen solution. Min Temp +5째C.

Sheetseal Primers Type

Size (l)

Coverage (m2/l)

Sheetseal Primers

5, 25

Hyload Tanking Membrane Gastite SA A self adhesive damp proof and tanking membrane for protecting structures against the ingress of moisture and methane, carbon dioxide and radon gases. It can also be used as a gas resistant DPM.

Hyload Gastite LL DPM A loose laid damp proof membrane for the protection against damp and common ground gas. Hyload Gastite LL DPM offers a safe solution for the protection of building against methane, radon and carbon dioxide.

Hyload Gas Barrier Membranes Type

Hyload Tanking Membrane Gastite SA Hyload Gastite LL DPM Hyload Gastite Double Sided Jointing Tape

Size

1m x 20m 1.6m x 30m 50mm x 10m

Hyload Gastite Foil Backed Girth Jointing Tape 75mm x 50m Hyload Pre-formed Pipe Collars (Top Hats)

Various to order

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bitusheet Gas Barrier Membrane A high density polyethylene sheeting laminated to aluminium foil and coated with a self adhesive bitumen/polymer compound. Bitusheet Gas Barrier Membrane is designed for use as a cold applied flexible membrane to provide a barrier to Methane and Radon gases. Incorporating a 50mm selvedge on one edge to form homogenous overlap joints. Bitusheet Gas Barrier Membrane may be laid onto concrete blinding or directly onto compacted sand blinding with the longitudinal and end overlaps sealed.

Ancillaries A one part bituminous solution for brush or spray application. To provide the sealing of porous surfaces to promote adhesion of Bitusheet and self bonding flashings.

Bitusheet Reinforcing Tape Self Adhesive Reinforcing Tape comprises of a cross laminated high density polyethylene sheet coated with a Bitumen Polymer Adhesive, faced with a release sheet.

Bitusheet Reinforcing Strip Used to reinforce corners and changes in direction.

Bitusheet Mastic Bitusheet Mastic Filler is a bituminous mastic of trowelling consistency.

Bitusheet HD Protection Board A tough durable Polymeric protection board to prevent damage to the membrane during backfill.

Bitusheet Gas Barrier System Type

Size

Coverage

1050mm x 28.57m

30m2

5ltr can, 25 ltr drum

10 - 12m2/litre

Bitusheet Reinforcing Tape

100, 150, 300mm x 20m

N/A

Bitusheet Reinforcing Strip

300m

N/A

Bitusheet Mastic

25kg

N/A

3mm x 1m x 2m

2m2

Bitusheet Gas Barrier Bitusheet Primer

Bitusheet HD Protection Board

Visqueen Radon Protection System BRE 083/01 Independently Accredited by BRE Certification Ltd (Certificate Number 083/01) Visqueen Radon Membrane is an unreinforced polyethylene membrane, suitable for use in the protection of buildings from the ingress of Radon gas. Visqueen Radon Membrane will act as an effective passive radon membrane in most typical applications when installed in accordance with our instructions and will also act as a damp proof membrane.

Visqueen Radon Protection System Type

Colour

Size

Weight (kg)

Radon Membrane

Red

25 x 4m x 300mu

27.6

Groundwork Engineering

Bitusheet Primer

Groundwork Engineering

Polythene Radon Barrier BBA approved radon membrane system in 300 micron for use in the protection of buildings from the ingress of radon gas on contaminated land. Supplied in 4m x 25m rolls.

Visqueen CO2 Gas Membrane

Groundwork Engineering

The Building Regulations require that proper precautions be taken to prevent danger to health and safety when building on contaminated land. Visqueen CO2 Gas membrane offers a safe solution for the protection of buildings against carbon dioxide, when installed in accordance with BRE Report: 414 "Construction of buildings on gas contaminated land". Visqueen CO2 is a robust polyethylene-based membrane; for ease of identification on site the membrane is coloured yellow. The Barrier is flexible and is easy to install, will also act as a damp proof membrane.

Visqueen CO2 Gas Membrane Type

CO2 Gas Membrane

Colour

Length (m)

Width (m)

Weight (kg)

Yellow

27.6

Visqueen Ancillaries Visqueen Zedex CPT High Performance DPC A new generation of damp proof course, made from CoPolymer Thermoplastic (CPT), it possesses the characteristics necessary for it to perform effectively under harsh conditions.

Visqueen Double Sided Jointing Tape A butyl based double sided tape for joints and laps.

Visqueen Foil Backed & Standard Girth Jointing Tape A single sided jointing tape suitable for securing laps and joints.

Visqueen Pre-formed Top Hat Units For effective sealing around service pipe penetrations.

Visqueen Gas Resistant Self Adhesive Membrane A self adhesive membrane designed to prevent the transmission of radon and methane gases.

Visqueen Radon Sump Where sub-floor depressurisation is required a Radon Sump should be used. This is a prefabricated plastic sump, to which pipe work is connected.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Visqueen Ancillaries Type

Size

Zedex CPT High Performance DPC

100 - 1500mm x 20m

Double Sided Jointing Tape

50mm x 10m

Foil Backed & Standard Girth Jointing Tape

100mm x 30m

Pre-formed Top Hat Units

To suit pipe diameter to order

Radon Sump

220 x 430 x 430mm

Groundwork Engineering

Visqueen GX Geomembrane A high quality single layer HDPE membrane and is suitable for use as a barrier membrane on brownfield sites that require protection from dangerous contaminants such as hydrocarbons and methane, together with excellent damp proofing characteristics.

Visqueen GX Geomembrane Type

Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

Visqueen GX Geomembrane

645, 970

Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR) DPC A flexible polyethylene DPC with an aluminium foil designed to prevent the transmission of carbon dioxide, radon and methane gases. This is in addition to the products usage as a damp proof course. Resistance to carbon dioxide, radon and methane is achieved by an integral aluminium film.

Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR) Type

Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR)

Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

Weight(kg/m2)

Thickness (mm)

500 - 1000

0.5

Visqueen Gas Barrier Jointing Tape A double sided butyl based jointing tape. The use of a single release paper assists ease of application on site. Visqueen Gas Barrier Jointing Tape is suitable for use in the lapping and sealing of Visqueen Gas Barrier.

Visqueen Gas Barrier Jointing Tape Type

Visqueen Double Sided Jointing Tape

Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

Groundwork Engineering

Visqueen Top Hat Units Used to provide an effective seal around service pipe penetrations. They are available in a range of sizes, the typical size being 110mm diameter.

Visqueen Top Hat Units Type

Typical Diameter (mm)*

Visqueen Top Hat Units

100 - 160

*Other dimensions available Groundwork Engineering

Protection Materials Polypropylene Protection Board Polypropylene protection board of corrugated structure easily cut, curved or creased on corrugations. Tough and durable. 2.0mm and 8.0mm thick. Code

Thickness (mm)

Sheet Size (m)

BD2POL

1.22 x 2.44

BD8POL

1.225 x 2.5

BD2/CLEAR

1.0 x 2.0

Temporary protection polythene for covering up materials and work on site.

Temporary Protection Polythene Code

TPS 500G

Thickness (mu)

Roll Size (m)

TPS/50

4 x 25

500G/125

4 x 40

Polythene DPM Tuffreel High tear resistance, great tensile strength and no pin-holes. Roll weight and full dimensions shown on label, minimum roll weight guaranteed, colour coded for easy on-site identification. Manufactured to the PIFA Standard and BBA Certificate.

Tuffreel Type (mu)

Size (m)

Weight (kg)

250

4 x 25

23 minimum

300

4 x 25

27.6 minimum

500

4 x 12.5

23 minimum

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Speedline DPM Speedline certified Polythene DPM Damp-Proof membranes for use in solid concrete ground floors (not subject to hydrostatic pressure) to protect buildings against water from the ground. Preparation/Installation: Speedline BBA Polythene has a high resistance to puncture and will not be damaged by foot traffic. The membrane should be jointed in accordance with the BBA recommendations using BBA DPM jointing tape. See page 326.

Speedline DPM Size (m)

125 mu (500 Gauge Polythene)

4 x 50

250 mu (1000 Gauge Polythene)

4 x 25

300 mu (1200 Gauge Polythene)

4 x 25

500 mu (2000 Gauge Polythene)

Groundwork Engineering

Type

2 x 25 4 x 12.5

Temporary Protection (TPS)

4 x 25

Visqueen Polythene DPM Manufactured from high quality reprocessed Low Density PolyEthylene (LDPE) Visqueen Damp Proof Membranes have successfully prevented moisture penetration from floors for many years. • Conforms to PIFA standard 6/83A:1995. • High puncture resistance. • Withstands rough site handling. • Comprehensive range to satisfy most site conditions.

Visqueen Polythene DPM Type

Size

Weight (kg)

250mu

4 x 25m

300mu

4 x 25m

27.6

500mu

4 x 12.5m

Double sided jointing tape

50 x 10mm

N/A

Girth jointing tape

100 x 33mm

N/A

Groundwork Engineering

Bitumen Products Leotak (K140) A cold applied, rapid acting 40% cationic bitumen emulsion to BS434-1:2984 Class K1-40. Leotak is ideal for priming surfaces prior to laying a bituminous carpet. It provides excellent adhesion in damp conditions and will cure concrete by sealing against water evaporation. Pack sizes: 25kg screw cap pouring containers and 200kg drums.

Leocatic Spray (K160) Groundwork Engineering

A 60% bitumen content, cold-applied cationic emulsion to BS434: Part 1, Class K1-60. It is used for sealing sub-bases, patching, as a tack coat, for surface dressing and for grouting. It is particularly useful for footway construction and surfacing.

Leochip VLS A cold-applied, thixotropic bitumen emulsion surface dressing binder. It is formulated for hand application and will not pond or spread on uneven surfaces. It is a frequent choice where attractive natural finishes are required in landscape design.

Leoseal An economical and flexible waterproofing and crack sealant designed for easy hand application. It is ideal for waterproofing below ground concrete structures. It can also be used to seal cracks in bituminous surfaces to prevent damage arising from the ingress of water.

Leopave A ready to use hand Applied slurry seal suitable as a sealing coat on lightly trafficked surfaces such as footways, driveways and car parks. It is cold applied and easy to handle it will improve the appearance of worn tarmac.

Bitukold A cold-applied thixotropic bitumen emulsion used for vertical joints in asphalt and macadam. Bitukold is designed for the sealing of transverse, longitudinal and vertical joints. Applications include patch repairs, trench reinstatements, drain or manhole frames and kerb channels.

Bitucrete A cold applied, deferred set, storage grade macadam - ideal for instant, high quality repairs to concrete or bituminous surfaces. Available in a variety of grades, Bitucrete can be used for footway repairs, patching, reinstatements and temporary surfacing. Bitucrete provides an immediate cure for potholes in car parks, roads, drives and many other surfaces. Bitucrete is available in 6mm & 20mm in black and 6mm in red.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Colas Bitumen Products Type

Size

Coverage

K140

25, 200kg

0.6kg/m2

K160

200kg

1.8-2kg/m2*

25, 200kg drums

1.3â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1.8kg per m2

Leopave

20kg resealable plastic buckets

5-7m2 per 20kg pack

Bitukold

15kg resealable plastic buckets

1.5kg per m2

Bitucrete

25kg bags

12 litres

Leochip VLS

Woven Geotextiles Woven Geotextile is strong, tough and durable for use in ground stabilisation.

Geotec 90 Woven Geotec 90 Woven is a geotextile membrane for use as a drainage filter and separator in all types of civil engineering, building and landfill projects. Geotec 90 Woven is manufactured from extruded polypropylene tapes which are resistant to all naturally occurring soil acids and alkalis and unaffected by bacteria and fungi. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s woven geotextile construction delivers high tensile strength, making it particularly suitable for use in separation layers. Geotec 90 Woven is used below access roads (both temporary and permanent) to create a firm base on which to place the crushed stone foundation layer.

Geotec 90 Woven Product

Geotec 90 Woven

Roll size

Weight per roll

Material

4.5m x 100m

43kg

Black Polyproylene

Geotec 90 Wovens are available for soil stabilisation and reinforcement applications.

Applications Separation, reinforcement, stabilisation and coastal erosion.

Projects Highways and access roads, stone foundation layers, car parks, steep slopes, embankments and runways.

Groundwork Engineering

* refers to single dressing application

Groundwork Engineering

Non-woven Geotextiles SIG Geotechnical Non woven geotextiles SIG Geotechnical offers a comprehensive range of non-woven geotextiles, Geotec TB (thermally bonded), NP (Needle Punched) in addition to our standard range.

Groundwork Engineering

Geotec Features and benefits; • Reduces loss of expensive stone. • Products to suit any application. • Innovative solutions compared to traditional methods. • High strength and excellent filter properties. • Manufactured in quality controlled environment. • Competitive pricing – real cost savings. • Full technical and on-site support. • Standard range in stock for next day delivery. • Quick and easy installation.

SIG Geotechnical Non woven geotextiles Product

Roll Size (m)

Weight (g/m2)

Geotec GP

4.5 x 100

Thickness (mm)

0.8

Geotec 1000

4.5 x 100

105

1.0

Geotextiles Terram Terram Geotextiles, provide an effective solution to the age-old problem of constructing stable roads, driveways, car parks, and footpaths over soft foundation soils. Terram prevents the intermixing of the granular layer with the soft subgrade, whilst allowing controlled passage of excess pore water from the soft subgrade. Terram is also suitable for land drains, french drains and soakaway applications. Available grades from 65g/m2 to 335g/m2.

Terram Geotextiles Type

Length (m)

Width (m)

Weight (kg)

1000

100

4.5

Advantage

100

4.5

2000

100

4.5

105

3000

100

4.5

125

4000

4.5

www.sig-ca.co.uk

SIG Geotechnical Web SIG Geotechnical Web is typically used for erosion control on slopes, embankments and riverbanks. SIG Geotechnical Web provides stability to slopes where the soil friction angle is insufficient, thus reducing soil loss. It is a three-dimensional honeycomb structure made from strips of extruded polypropylene. Its welded joints deliver extremely high tensile strength, making it suitable for installation on steep slopes. Groundwork Engineering

Applications Slopes, access roads, embankments and revetments.

Projects Highways, riverbanks and landscaping.

SIG Geotechnical Web Technical Data

Depth

100

Material

HDPE

Density (/cm3)

>0.945

Carbon Black Content %

150

200

2-3

ESCR â&#x20AC;&#x201C; >1500

Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (hours)

Wall Thickness (mm)

1.25 (+/- 5%)

Ultrasonic Welding Cell Height

Full ultra sonic welding 50

100

150

200

Minimum Seam Peel Strength

500

710

1000

1420

2000

Unit weight (kg)

13.5

No Strips Per Unit

Cells Per SQ. M.

Width of Individual Expanded Cell (mm)

487

Length of Each Expanded Cell (mm)

426

Width of Expanded Unit (m)

2.50

Length of Expanded Unit (m)

12.40

Area per Unit (m2)

31.00

Groundwork Engineering

Geogrid SIG Geotechnical Secugrid® Secugrid® geogrids: Uniaxial, Biaxial and Large Aperture Reinforcement Grids. Secugrid® geogrids are flat geogrids made from interlaced extruded polymer bars. They can be produced in both uniaxial and biaxial orientations, and formulated from either Polyester or Polypropylene resins. Groundwork Engineering

The high strength monolithic welded junctions provide soil reinforcement for all civil engineering applications, including environmental, infrastructure and marine engineering projects. Secugrid® geogrids provide tensile reinforcement for base courses in railways and highway foundation engineering, steep sided soil embankments and retaining walls. They are also used for foundation reinforcement of earth embankments, load transfer of overlying soil masses, for spanning voids and sink holes, for sludge lagoon closures, trench covers and beds. Large aperture grids are designed for use where the available fill has a particle size greater than 75mm. The larger aperture is necessary to maintain the required interlocking effect between the aggregate and the geogrid.

SIG Geotechnical Secugrid Product

Roll Size (m)

Weight (kg per roll)

Material

Secugrid 20/20

4.75 x 50 or 100

Polypropylene

Secugrid 30/30

4.75 x 50 or 100

Polypropylene

Secugrid 40/40

4.75 x 50 or 100

112

Polypropylene

SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Biodegradable Erosion Control Matting SIG Geotechnical provides a full range of erosion control materials, both biodegradable and non-biodegradable, offering a comprehensive and cost effective solution to any erosion challenge. Within SIG Geotechnical’s biodegradable range are SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Coir, Jute and Hessian mattings, which all provide an environmentally friendly solution for even the most severe erosion applications. Biodegradable matting acts as protection to the slope, preventing expensive soil loss and slope instability, while providing an excellent microclimate for seeds to germinate. Weights range from 150-1400 grams and have a life span from one to five years. Biodegradable seeded blankets are also available.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Slope-Guard Biodegradable Erosion Control Matting Reference

Material Biodegradable Life Span (years) Weight (g/m2) Mesh Size (mm)

295

305

400

700

900

1400

F Looped

Coir

100%

295

305

400

700

900

1400

40 x 40

30 x 30

10 x 10

8x8

5x5

60%

65%

45%

38%

26%

20%

Knotted

Plain

Looped

Open Area (Approx.) 70% Weave Type

Knotted 2

>15

Roll Weight (kg)

140

280

Applications

Gentle slopes light erosion good soil.

Gentle Medium Steep Steep River River slopes slopes slopes. slopes. banks. banks. light poor soil. Cliff faces River Coastal Coastal erosion Taxiways banks defences defences good soil. heavy infrequent regular regular erosion wetting. floods. floods.

SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Type 4 Slope Guard type 4 consists of a flexible lightweight three dimensional structure of entangled and heat bonded elements to create a long lasting, environmentally friendly, tough and flexible erosion control mat. It is a non-biodegradable mat intended to assist permanent vegetation growth.

SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Type 4 Product

Slope-Guard type 4

Thickness (mm)

Mass unit area (g /m2)

Tensile strength @ 20% (kN/m)

Tensile strength @10% (kN/m))

320

3.0

1.7

Envirotrak Envirotrak is a grass paving reinforcement system manufactured from recycled plastics with a honeycomb cellular construction. Envirotrakâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s high strength reduces overall construction depths providing real cost savings in raw material, labour and money. When used with topsoil and seeded it provides a 95% grass cover. Envirotrak can also be filled with stone or gravel when required.

Groundwork Engineering

Tensile Strength

Groundwork Engineering

Screed Isolation Regupol E48: High Performance Screed Isolation A recycled tyre crumb product designed to isolate screeds from the main structure of the building, reducing impact energy generated by general footfall. It is used under all types of floor screeds in most new build constructions including apartments, schools, hospitals, hotels, libraries and supermarkets. Groundwork Engineering

It is suitable for use with beam and block and precast concrete plank floors. With airborne sound insulation of 50dB and impact sound insulation of 49dB it outperforms the requirements of Building Regulations Approved Document E (2003). It has a nominal thickness of 8mm with a dimpled underside.

Regupol E48 Code

Roll Size (m)

E48

1.25 x 10

Regupol 6010BA: Heavy Duty Screed Isolation A recycled tyre crumb product designed for use where high loads are apparent, yet acoustic performance is critical. It has airborne sound insulation of 65dB and impact sound insulation of 43dB giving performance significantly exceeding that of Approved Document E, 2003. Its primary use is to isolate floor screeds in new build constructions which require high levels of sound isolation, such as luxury apartments, schools, hospitals, hotels, libraries and retail units. It can also be used beneath wooden based floors and areas of sensitivity such as gymnasium floors. The product thickness is 17mm nominal (with a dimpled underside) and its load bearing capacity is 5000kg/m2 (50kN/m2).

Regupol 6010BA Code

Roll Size (m)

6010BA

1.25 x 10

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Regupol 6010SH: High Load Isolation A recycled tyre crumb product designed for use where very high loads are apparent, yet acoustic performance is critical. Its acoustic performance (30dB impact sound insulation) exceeds that of the standards quoted in Approved Document E, 2003.

It has 15mm nominal thickness and a maximum load bearing capacity of 10000kg/m2 (100kN/m2).

Regupol 6010SH Code

Roll Size (m)

6010SH

1.25 x 10

Regupol 7210C: Screed Isolation A cost-effective rubber bound product designed to isolate screeds from the main structure of the building, reducing impact energy generated by general footfall. It is used under all types of floor screeds in new build apartments and is aimed at constructions where PreCompletion Testing (PCT) is preferred to that of a Robust Detail (RD). It is supplied in sheets 5mm thick and has airborne sound insulation of 49dB and impact insulation of 46dB.

Regupol 7210C Code

Roll Size (mm)

7210C

1.15 x 2.30

Groundwork Engineering

It was developed to greatly enhance the impact and airborne acoustic properties of screeds and timber based floors where loads exceed that of standard constructions in both new build constructions and refurbishments. Typical applications include car parks, penthouses, music studios and gymnasium floors.

Groundwork Engineering

Gabions Triple twist woven mesh gabions They are designed on the principle of mass earth retaining wall. The strength and flexibility of the triple twisted mesh helps withstand and absorb the forces generated by retained earth or flowing water. Gabions are rectangular boxes which are formed from panels of ‘triple twisted’ mesh which are framed by thicker selvedge wires. End panels and internal diaphragms at 1.0m centres are then wired to the base of the gabion. The triple twist weaving of the wire prevents unravelling. Groundwork Engineering

Constructed from wire manufactured to comply with BS1052:1996 and self edged with thicker wire. Wire is galvanised in accordance with BS 443:1990, with minimum thickness complying with the requirements of table 4 of BS 443. Life expectancy of PVC-U coated mesh in dry land retaining walls is considered to be 120 years.

Standard Mesh and Wires Sizes Standard Mesh Size

Mesh Wire (GI Dia.)

Selvedge Wire (GI Dia.)

60 x 80

2.0

2.7

80 x 100

2.2

3.0

100 x 120

2.7

3.4

Gabion Box Sizes Length (m)

Width (m)

Height (m)

0.5 or 1

1.5

Temporary Road and Walkways Ekomove Temporary Road and Walkways Made entirely from recycled plastic, Ekomove® products are highly suitable for use as temporary roads on construction sites and for transporting loads over vulnerable ground and benefit from the following features: • Lightweight. • Quick and easy handling. • Easy to clean. • High wear resistance and doesn’t rot. • Suitable for intensive use. • Recyclable. Ekomove® is provided in black with a button structure on one side as standard. On request, the boards can be provided in other colours, with handles, company logo and/or text tape.

Ekomove® Thickness(mm)

15, 18

Length (mm)

Width (mm)

3000, 4000

500, 750, 1000, 1500

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

PRODUCTS Set Up Equipment

The selection consists of chemicals, formwork and continuity systems and includes: • Admixtures • Cleaners • Curing agents • Release agents • Sealers • Surface retarders • Column formers • Permanent shuttering • Protection products Also available from stock are spacer blocks and bars, high chairs and circular wire spacers.

PAGE 26

Wire Spacers

Concrete Spacers

Tying Wire

Plastic Spacers

Dowels

Bolt Boxes

Tie Bar System

Formwork Systems

Formwork Plywood

Metal Formwork

Screed Rails & Accessories

Temporary Protection

Crack Inducers & Void Formers

Reinforcement

Insulated & Reinforced Balcony Connectors

Floor Decking

Deep Composite Floor Decks

Accessories

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Reinforcement, concrete and formwork accessories are core product ranges for SIG Construction Accessories. Our range is all encompassing, including site set-up equipment, spacers, formwork and all the specialist chemicals you need for your project.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Set Up Equipment Pointed Steel Pins Steel pins, pointed one end, plain other, in either 16, 20 or 25mm diameters. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Pointed Steel Pins Length (mm)

Pack

400

Each

600

Each

1000

Each

** Pin diameter in mm.

Curly Top Pins Curly top pin approximately 1.35m length, pointed one end, lamp iron curve other. Packed in 10s.

Orange & Blue Safety Barrier Orange safety barrier 1m x 50m manufactured from heavy duty polythene. Blue safety barrier 1 x 50m

Cube Moulds Metal and Polystyrene available. 100mm two piece cube mould. 150mm four piece cube mould. Square section tamping bar. Spanners.

Curing Tank for Cement Cubes We supply curing tanks in a range of sizes for 110v and 240v supplies.

Slump Cone Slump cone, tamping bar and slump baseplate.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Wire Spacers Deckchairs A Type A heavy duty girder for supporting reinforcement or fabric without damaging the polythene membrane. Deckchairs are also ideal for dowel bar support. Supplied in 2m lengths, pack size 50m. Maximum advised spacing 1m. Suggested usage 10m/sheet.

Height (mm)

Pack (m)

105

120

135

150

165

180

200

Other heights available on request.

Hoop Spacers The most economical way of supporting top steel in slabs, the hoops are formed into a 1m diameter circle. 4/5 hoops per sheet of mesh are normally sufficient.

Hoop Spacers Height (mm)

Pack

25, 100

105

25, 100

120

25, 100

135

25, 100

150

25, 100

165

25, 100

180

25, 100

200

25, 100

Can be manufactured up to 250mm.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Deckchairs A Type

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Concrete Spacers • • • •

Non toxic fibre reinforced spacers. Natural bond with concrete. Porosity and surface permeability similar to concrete. Compressive strength of material generally above 50n/mm2.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Flat Based (Single Cover) Flat Based Single Cover Concrete Spacers. Suitable for heavy duty horizontal applications.

Flat Based (Single Cover) Size (mm)

Pack

1000

500

250

200

150

100

Flat Based (Double Cover) Flat Based Double Cover Concrete Spacers. Suitable for heavy duty horizontal applications.

Flat Based (Double Cover) Size (mm)

Pack

25, 30

500

30, 40

250

40, 50

200

60, 75

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Arched Based (Double Cover) For minimum contact with formwork. Ideal for vertical reinforcement.

Arched Based (Double Cover) Pack

15, 20

1000

25, 30

500

30, 35

250

30, 40

250

40, 50

200

65, 70

75*

100

*Single cover arched based.

Arched Based (Triple Cover) For minimum contact with formwork. Ideal for vertical reinforcement.

Arched Based (Triple Cover) Size (mm)

Pack

20, 25, 30

500

35, 40, 50

200

Square Bar A heavy duty one metre long bar for supporting steel on bridge decking and other areas where high point loads can be expected. Also available double cover bar.

Square Bar Size (mm)

25 x 25 30 x 30 40 x 40 50 x 50 60 x 60 75 x 75 100 x 100

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Size (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Concave Triangle Bar A heavy duty one metre long bar for supporting steel on bridge decking and other areas where high point loads can be expected. Also available double cover bar.

Concave Triangle Bar Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Size (mm)

20 30 40 50

Steel Kickers (Adjustable) Removes the need to pour a kicker. Spacer/spreader for wall joints. The crimped anchor without threaded bar is pressed into the wet concrete along the approximate centre axis of the subsequent wall. M16 threaded bar allows exact alignment and ensures high strength. End caps are to be applied firmly to ends of threaded bar, providing a 50mm cover.

Steel Kickers (Adjustable)

M16 threaded bar

Type

Length (mm)

Crimped Anchor

145

150

End Cap

170

175

195

200

220

225

245

250

295

300

345

350

Tying Wire Black Annealed Tying Wire Available in 16 and 17 guage tying wire, supplied in coils. End cutting/tying nips. One coil of wire to approximate 4 tonnes reinforcement.

Stainless Steel Tying Wire Stainless steel 18g tying wire supplied in coils.

Double Loop Wire Ties In lengths of 100, 150, 200 and 250mm and supplied in packs of 1000. Different gauges can be supplied if required. Bag tie puller to suit.

Wall thickness (mm)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Fast Fix Stabil Binders Fast Fix Stabil Binders are made of spring steel. A safe tie for connection of reinforcement steel in concrete construction.

Fast Fix Stabil Binders Stirrup Diameter (mm) Rod Diameter (mm)

Standard Pack

FFSB06

4/5/6

15,000

FFSB08

4/5/6

10,000

FFSB10

5/6/8

10,000

FFSB12

5/6/8

10,000

FFSB16

6/8/10

8,000

FFSB20

6/8/10

8,000

FFSB24

6/8/10

8,000

Automatic Tying Tools These battery operated tying tools are used for tying rebar and fabric, operating at up to 5 times faster than hand tying, making ties in approx. 1 second with consistent tie strength. High speed tying saves you time and money and simple operation reduces potential wrist damage such as carpal tunnel injuries. Wire usage is regulated automatically, producing 3 wraps for each tie. Three tools are available for overall tie diameters 9mm to 21mm, 20mm to 39mm and a heavy duty model for tying rebar up to 32mm + 40mm.

Tying Wire A reel of 0.8mm diameter x 95m wire available in annealed steel and stainless steel.

Tying Wire Type

Size

Black Annealed reel

0.8mm x 95m

Stainless steel reel

0.8mm x 95m

Tool Protection Cover (Optional) This tool cover protects the RB392 and RB213 tools and keeps the tool clean.

Tool Holster (Optional) The tool holster is designed to be attached on your waist. The Velcro strap holds the tool in place.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Type

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories Extension Bar (Optional) Using this extension bar reducing the risk of back strain.

Extension Bar Type

9 to 21, 20 to 39, 32 + 35 rebar Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Reelfix Rapid System - Tying Wire and Dispensing System Reelfix Rapid is a tying wire dispensing reel system used by Steel Fixers when tying reinforcement in concrete structures. The system comprises of a dispensing reel which houses a 2kg spool of tying wire. The reel is attached to a heavy duty leather belt and comfort pad and is worn around the usersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; waist.

Reelfix System Components: 2kg (140m 17 gauge) Black Annealed Refill Spool. 2kg (220m 18 gauge) Stainless 304 Refill Spool. Refillable Tying Wire Dispensing Reel. Reelfix Branded Heavy Duty Leather Belt. PVC Comfort Pad. Reelfix Branded Stainless Tape/Nip Frog.

Wire Dispenser Material

Diameter (mm)

Metres per 2kg

kg per 1000m

Approx. gauge

1.20

224

8.93

Stainless 304/316 Black Annealed

1.45

140

14.28

1.60

120

16.66

Reelfix 2kg refill spools are packed 5 per carton and shrink wrapped to protect the wire from moisture damage.

Plastic Spacers Wheel Spacers - Standard Duty A comprehensive range of clip-on plastic wheel spacers suitable for all pre-cast and site applications.

Plastic Wheels - Standard Duty Bar Diameter

Pack

4 - 12

500

8 - 20

500

1000

4 - 12

500

4 - 12

1000

8 - 20

250

8 - 20

500

4 - 12

250

4 - 12

500

8 - 20

250

8 - 20

500

8 - 28

100

8 - 28

125

Size (mm)

Bar Diameter

Pack

4-8

5000

4-8

5000

4 - 12

Size (mm)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Wheel Spacers - Heavy Duty Heavy duty bar grip plastic wheels are a heavy duty spacer for either a vertical or horizontal application. Ideally suited to both on-site and pre fabrication use.

Plastic Wheels - Heavy Duty Bar Diameter

Pack

6 - 12

500

13 - 20

500

6 - 12

500

13 - 20

500

13 - 20

250

13 - 20

200

Grade Plate Spacers - Support Fix Grade Plate Spacers are a double cover spacer that has been designed for use in ground floor slabs. Where its large base area prevents puncturing of polyethylene membrane. Often used with ground beam shuttering.

Grade Plate Spacers Size (mm)

Pack

25/30

250

40/50

250

55/65

200

65/75

200

90/100

100

Support Clip - Light Duty Support Clip is a general purpose clip on spacer used in all types of applications found in precast yards and on site. It can be fixed horizontally or vertically on bars from 4mm to 12mm diameter.

Support Clip - Light Duty Size (mm)

Rebar Diameter (mm)

Pack

4 – 12

2000

4 – 12

1000

4 – 12

1000

4 – 12

1000

4 – 12

500

4 – 12

500

4 – 12

500

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Size (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Support Clip - Heavy Duty Heavy Duty Support clip for both vertical and horizontal application. Suitable for bar size from 8mm to 25mm.

Support Clip - Heavy Duty Size (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Rebar Diameter (mm)

Pack

8 - 25

1000

8 - 25

1000

8 - 25

1000

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

500

8 - 25

250

Plastic Tower Spacers Plastic Tower Spacers are robust and designed for vertical and horizontal applications Excellent stability and concrete flow with large clamping area and pointed feet to ensure minimum visibility on the struck concrete face.

Plastic Tower Spacers Code

Rebar Diameter (mm)

Pack

6 - 20

500

6 - 20

500

6 - 20

500

6 - 20

250

6 - 20

250

6 - 20

125

6 - 20

125

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bar End Cap Spacers Bar End Caps provide cover to the formwork and prevent staining to the precast units.

Bar End Cap Spacers Code

Rebar Diameter (mm)

Pack

4-8

1000

9 - 16

1000

4-8

1000

9 - 16

1000

4-8

1000

9 - 16

1000

Plastic Ring Spacer - Heavy Duty Heavy duty plastic ring spacer with stiffening legs which add stability to the product. Ideal for bottom reinforcement in both on-site and precast applications. Design of the bottom feet ensures minimal contact with the formwork.

Plastic Ring Spacer - Heavy Duty Size (mm)

Pack

100

Plastic Pile Cage Spacers Specially designed spacers for use in pile cages. Wheel spacers can be threaded onto helicals before cage is inserted. Clip on spacers can be fitted onto helicals or main bars.

Plastic Pile Cage Spacers Size (mm)

Bar Size (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack

6 – 12

500

6 – 12

250

45, 50

6 – 12

250

16 – 20

200

16 – 20

100

16 – 20

100

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Track Spacer A versatile plastic spacer that can be used on both horizontal and vertical surfaces. Supplied in 2m lengths.

Track Spacer Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Size (mm)

15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50

Plastic Shims Hard plastic shims for non structural, temporary alignment of precast concrete panels and components. Made from heavy duty plastic 70 x 70mm in a range of thickness from 2 to 10mm.

Plastic Shims - Plain and Horseshoe Size (mm)

Pack

250

125

Dowels Dowel Bar Cradles Dowel Bar Cradles are used to support dowel bars in contraction and expansion joints. When ordering please confirm type, height (which is from base of cage to bottom of dowel bar) and quantity required. Manufactured to customer requirements. Sold per metre.

Contraction Joints Wire Ties. De-Bond/Epoxy coated. Plastic Sleeve. h = height from base to underside of dowel bar.

Contraction Joint

Wire Ties

Plastic sleeve

De-Bond/Epoxy coated

Expansion Joints Dowel Cap. Wire Ties. De-Bond/Epoxy coated. Plastic Sleeve. h = height from base to underside of dowel bar.

Expansion Joint

Wire Ties

Dowel Cap

De-Bond/Epoxy coated

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Dowel Bars Plain round bars supplied with either cropped or sawn ends. Supplied in mild steel. Other options available: High tensile or stainless steel. Stainless steel dowel bars are supplied sawn cut to order to your specific lengths. All diameters from 8mm to 40mm can be supplied.

Diameter (mm)

Length (mm)

400

600

900

400

600

900

500

550

600

900

600

Epoxy / Polymeric Coated Dowels Dowel bars can be supplied with either a partial or full coating to your specific requirements. All coatings comply with DOT specification. Contact us for more details.

Diamond Dowels Diamond dowels offer a better performing, more easily installed alternative to traditional dowels. 6mm x 115mm square diamond dowel used at 450mm centres gives equivalent performance to 20mm round dowels at 300mm centres. Simply nail the Diamond Dowel sleeve to formwork prior to first pour, and then push the Diamond Dowels into the sleeve immediately prior to second pour.

Diamond Dowels Size (mm)

6 x 115 x 115

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Dowel Bars

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Alpha Dowels A trapezoidal plate dowel developed to provide greater capacity in bending, shear and bearing when compared to the Diamond Dowel at 20mm joint opening (typically 5 times in bending and 3 times in shear and bearing). Installation is identical to Diamond Dowels.

Alpha Dowels Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Size (mm)

10 x 170 x 250 (max)

Square Dowel Bar & Sleeve System (Permasleeve) Permasleeve allows quick and easy installation of square dowels and movement sleeves.

Square Alpha Dowels Size (mm)

20 x 20 x 600

Speed Dowels A two-component system consisting of a sleeve and an attachment base, designed for use with 610mm x 20mm round dowels. It provides accurate positioning and alignment of dowels at construction and expansion joints, with effective load transfer.

Dowel Bar Mats Developed in conjunction with major flooring contractors, dowel bar mats were introduced to eliminate dowel lock and speed up application time. They are easily supported on plastic chairs to achieve the required cover. They feature 16mm x 600mm sawn dowels at 300mm centres, with debonding sleeves fitted. The dowels are welded to two 12mm lacer bars to ensure accurate placing perpendicular to the joint. Each 3m dowel mat has push-fit male/female connectors to maintain spacing and alignment with adjacent mats.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Dowel Bar Sleeves A flexible PVC sleeve to DOT specification, in diameters 12 - 32mm. Compressible foam plugs available for use in expansion joints.

Dowel Bar Sleeves Length (mm)

450

200

300

450

300

400

300

375

Expansion Dowel Caps A rigid tube 100mm length with 25mm of compressible filler, designed as a tight fit over dowel bars in expansion joint. Supplied in 100s. If combining both sleeves and caps, use next size up for the cap.

Expansion Dowel Caps Diameter (mm)

12 16 20 25 32

Meta Dowel A superior dowel/sleeve combination that can be used with both Metaform and Metaform Eliminator systems. Alternatively, it can be fixed to timber shuttering as required. Superior in bearing, bending and shear to its competitors, its corrugated design makes it more suitable for the larger joint gaps associated with modern construction techniques

De-bonding Compound A bitumen based material for painting on to dowel bars and de-bonding contraction joints in slab construction. Supplied in either 5 litre or 25 litre cans. Brush to suit.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Bar Diameter (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Strip Joint Corners

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

This provides the benefits of an armoured joint arris for tied or free contraction joints and is designed to be used with traditional timber forms. It is manufactured from 10mm thick x 50mm deep square edged bright mild metal strip which has a very flat top surface (unlike hot rolled strip or angle, which produces a radiused top edge). 10mm diameter x 100mm long shear studs are studwelded to the strips to ensure maximum keying into the slab. Angle metal strips are supplied for tied joints with shear studs welded on both sides of the strip to tie into the concrete on either side of the joint. Double Metal Strips are supplied for free contraction joints which have shear studs welded on one side of each strip. The two strips are hollow doweled together and an 8mm nylon bolt passes through the dowel which shears when the joint opens.

Protection Caps Protection Caps have been developed to protect workers from the serious injury that starter bars can cause. Large size suitable for scaffold bars.

Protection Caps Type

Bar Size (mm)

Starter Bar Cap

6 – 18

Starter Bar Cap

16 – 32

Scaffold Pole Cap

25 – 50

Plastic Packing Shims Economical levelling and packing out of frames and battens.

Plastic Packing Shims Size (mm)

Thickness (mm)

Colour

Pack

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Yellow

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

1.5

White

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Green

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Blue

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Red

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Brown

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Black

1000

40 x 45, 50 x 100

Grey

500

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bolt Boxes Holding Down Bolts A full range of holding down bolts are available. Supplied in mild steel or high tensile. Special sizes made to order.

Length x Diameter (mm)

20 x 375, 450 24 x 375, 450, 600

Cardboard Bolt Boxes A waxed cardboard cone which can be cut away when no longer required.

Cardboard Bolt Boxes Length (mm)

229 305 385 457 534 610

Expanded Metal Bolt Boxes A cylinder manufactured in various lengths from expanded metal, to be left in the bolt pocket for use as a key in the concrete.

Expanded Metal Bolt Boxes Diameter x Length (mm)

75 x 150 75 x 225 75 x 300 100 x 375 100 x 450 100 x 510 100 x 600

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Holding Down Bolts

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Polystyrene Bolt Boxes An economical and easy method of ensuring bolt location in structural steel stanchions. Polystyrene cones can easily be dispersed when their application is complete.

Polystyrene Bolt Boxes Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Length (mm)

150, 225, 300, 375, 450, 525, 600

Polystyrene Dissolver Polystyrene dissolver is a specially formulated solvent developed to safely dissolve away and emulsify unwanted polystyrene, bolt boxes or void formers. Available in 5 litre cans.

Denso Tape For protection of bolt heads prior to concrete pours. 75mm wide x 10m long rolls.

Denso Tape Roll Size

Box Qty

75mm x 10m

Pack

Per roll

Tie Bar System 15mm Thru-Tie System A quick release 15mm tie system. The bar is supplied in 6m lengths. 20 & 26mm tie bar also available. Cut lengths are also available.

15mm Thru-Tie System Product

Tie bar

Pack (m)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Rock Anchor

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

For securing single-sided shuttering to rock or concrete walls. Drill hole of 36.5 to 38mm diameter to the following depths: • min 20cm in concrete • min 2.0m in rock more than 200kg/cm2 • min 2.5m in rock more than 150kg/cm2 • min 3.0m in rock more than 100kg/cm2 Conduct tensile tests before applying final load.

Wing Nuts & Waler Plates A knock-on wing nut used in conjunction with waler plates for securing the bar in formwork applications. Can also be supplied for 20mm and 26mm tie bars 100 per bag but supplied individually.

Wing Nuts & Waler Plates Product

Pack

Wing nut

Each

Waler plate

Each

Connection Nuts Joint nuts are used to join the rods complete with centre stop to ensure equal spacing inside the connector. The shorter hexnut is available for use where access is restricted. A connection nut with a built in water barrier is also available.

JN15

HN15

WB15

Connection Nuts Product

Joint nut

Pack

Each

Hex nut

Each

Water barrier nut

Each

Thruty Sleeve Thruty sleeve is a rigid PVC tube of 2mm wall thickness, supplied in 2 metre lengths which can easily be cut to the required size. It is used as an expendable sleeve over tie bolts, facilitating their removal and also acting as a spacer to ensure correct width of wall.

Thruty Sleeve Size Inside Diameter / Outside Diameter (mm)

20/24 22/26 26/30 32/38

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Thruty Cones Thruty cones are used at the ends of the thruty sleeve and can be easily extracted after removal of the formwork, to form a chamfered recess for subsequent grouting. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Thruty Cones Size, Inside Diameter (mm)

20 22 26 32

Plastic Stoppers Used with plastic sleeve/tube to form a watertight seal. For tube internal diameters 20-32mm.

Plastic Stoppers Size, Outside Diameter (mm)

20 22 26 32

Tieplug Cement A specially developed cement for plugging and waterproofing tie holes in concrete walls, becoming waterproof within hours and withstanding a hydrostatic pressure of 10 bar after full curing. Water Council approved. Trowel applied. Coverage approximately 220 holes per 8kg tub.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Tiefill

She Bolt Type Number of Holes Tie Rod Cover (mm)

She Bolt Size (“)

Tie Rod Sizes (“)

11⁄4

1 ⁄4

⁄4

1 ⁄4

13⁄4

⁄4

8kg pack 4 litres

25kg pack 12.9 litres

6:1 Scoop Mix 285cc

⁄4

275

⁄8

144

453

⁄2

247

777

⁄4

226

⁄8

117

368

⁄2

200

629

Through Tie Type Number of Holes Depth of Fill (mm)

Diameter of hole (mm)

8kg pack 4 litres

25kg pack 12.9 litres

6:1 Scoop Mix 285cc

26mm

229

738

These figures assume holes are filled to concrete wall faces and allow for 10% wastage.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

For the filling of tie-holes formed by formwork bolts in new construction, particularly where a rapid setting, durable, waterproof mortar is required. Tiefill is a single component, polymer modified, fibre reinforced, Portland cement based repair compound, which exhibits unique hydraulic properties to produce a rapid curing mortar with enhanced polymer properties. It only requires the addition of clean water to give a rapid setting, yet durable high strength mortar and is ideally suited for the filling of voids particularly in new construction which need to be rapidly put into service, such as tie-holes, grout holes and voids around fixings. For the treatment of tie-holes formed by through-ties, any remaining plastic tube should be cut back and removed to approximately 40-50mm from the concrete face. To eliminate the possibility of water tracking around the plastic tube, it should be plugged with cork or a proprietary stopper. Tiefill is a WRAS approved product confirming suitability for use in contact with potable water and it is CE Marked in compliance with EN 1504-3 Class R4.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Formwork Systems Circular Concrete Forms These forms are light-weight, easy to set and strip, even in the wet. Standard sections are available ex stock at selected branches. Specials can be made to order. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Benefits: • Lightweight and easy to handle • Easily cut to correct length on site • Versatile and can be cut, drilled or scored for numerous construction applications • Available in a variety of types and sizes to meet different forming needs • Convenient and cost-effective • Placing, bracing, pouring, stripping and finishing requires less time and labour • Skilled labour is not required as with permanent forms • Recyclable • Inexpensive way to form square columns

Circular Concrete Forms Diameter (mm)

Concrete volume (m2/m)

150

0.018

200

0.031

250

0.049

300

0.071

350

0.096

400

0.126

450

0.159

500

0.196

550

0.238

600

0.283

650

0.332

700

0.385

750

0.442

800

0.503

900

0.636

1000

0.785

1200

1.131

Forms are available in lengths up to 12m with diameters ranging from 150 to 1200mm.

One-piece forms for a multitude of one-time uses: • Columns for residential, commercial and other structural buildings • Stub piers for elevated ramps • Fence post bases • Footings • Flag stones and other round steps • Outdoor sign posts • Light pole bases • Theatrical and movie props • Super-sized shipping/or storage tubes And, you can set and pour multiple columns at one time.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Seamless Circular Column Formers This tube has a resin-coated liner, which is completely seam free and provides the ultimate in concrete surface finish and appearance.

For up to four metres high and/or up to 450mm diameter, normal pouring methods (skip or bucket) can be used. For over 4 metres high and/or 450mm diameter, place concrete by pump and hose. Only vibrate from inside the tube.

Seamless Circular Concrete Forms Internal Diameter (mm)

150

Tube Diameter (mm)

Metres per hour

Max Pour Height (m)

Size

12.30

As required

100 – 300

6 5

200

10.25

As required

300 – 450

240

10.25

As required

450 – 600

3.5

250

10.25

As required

600 – 1000

2.5

300

10.25

As required

350

8.79

As required

360

8.79

As required

400

7.69

As required

435

7.00

As required

450

6.50

As required

500

7.30

As required

560

6.80

As required

600

6.15

As required

650

6.00

As required

700

7.03

As required

750

7.03

As required

800

7.69

As required

900

7.70

As required

1000

7.65

As required

1200

7.50

As required

* The maximum recommended pour height of concrete in consideration of the internal pour pressure related to tube diameter and wall thickness.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

The benefits of using seamless are: • Timed deliveries to meet site pouring schedule. • Reduced costs. • No seam to rub down. • Superior concrete finish.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Square or Rectangular Column Formers

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Square or rectangular concrete forms minimise labour costs and the hassles associated with site-built, plastic and metal forms. • Can be supplied with (most cost-effective) or without chamfer • Looks round, but has a square • Stands strong against the weight and pressure of poured concrete • Zipper eliminates the need for saws or utility knives to remove form • Easy to set up and brace Sizes: Lengths up to 6m. Most common sizes (mm): Square: 200 x 200, 250 x 250, 300 x 300, 350 x 350, 400 x 400, 450 x 450, 500 x 500 Rectangle: 200 x 250, 200 x 300, 200 x 350, 200 x 400, 250 x 300, 250 x 350, 300 x 400 Specials & Accessories Octagons, ovals & other specials shapes, feature indents and mushroom heads are also available upon request.

Fixing Collars Fixing collars have become the proven method for supporting circular column formers in position whilst casting. Reusable. Should only be supported in normal use at the base and top (they should not be supported in the middle). • Fixing collars are used to: • Hold the tubes upright. • Join tubes together. • Hold them at the top.

Fixing Collars Description/Size

Diameter range

Collar – No 1

200 - 300

Collar – No 1.5

350 - 450

Collar – No 2

500 - 600

Collar – No 3

650 - 900

www.sig-ca.co.uk

BCX Formwork Plywood Manufactured in Brazil from Elliottii / Taeda Pine. Good one side. Calibrated thickness & sanded one face. Economical formwork product. Number of pours: approximately x 5 (subject to site practice). FSC Certified. Complies with EN 13986:2004 – CE2+

Packaging & Sizes: BCX is available in 2440mm x 1220 x 18mm, 7ply. Available in pallets of 50 panels.

Release Agent Do not use a petroleum based agent.

Tulsa MDO • Used in concrete forming, recommended for finished surfaces. • Allows between 12 to 20 reuses (when reasonable care in use and handling is taken). • Overlayed with 200 mgs/m2 MDO paper. • 35% phenolic resin content.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

• • • • • • •

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Metal Formwork Hy-Rib® Permanent Formwork

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Expamet Hy-Rib® is an expanded metal sheet product, specifically developed for use as permanent formwork to concrete. The profile of the open mesh, in combination with the Hy-Rib tangs, allow the development of dense concrete nodules and indents on the face of the Hy-Rib, forming an enhanced mechanical key for the second phase pour. In the case of visible elements, the resulting Hy-Rib surface is suitable to receive a rendered or tiled finish. Hy-Rib is primarily used in construction joint applications but it is also used to form wall, beam & column surfaces and slabs soffits, where the formed surface will not be seen. For over 80 years Hy-Rib has been successfully used as permanent formwork on innumerable building & infrastructure projects, throughout the world. Hy-Rib is unique in that it has technical data supporting it’s use in structural design. Independent bodies have undertaken full scale testing programmes to determine and verify Hy-Rib’s effectiveness in forming construction joints. The result is a product with well defined engineering properties, established formwork pressure characteristics and measured improvements to the joint performance. Hy-Rib is certified for use as permanent formwork by the British Board of Agrément (BBA). See table oopposite;

Hy-Rib Permanent Formwork Type

Length (m)

Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg/m2)

2811

2, 3, 4, 5

89, 178, 267, 356, 445

0.4

3.39

2611

2, 3, 4, 5

89, 178, 267, 356, 445

0.5

4.23

2411

2, 3, 4, 5

89, 178, 267, 356, 445

0.75

6.34

Stainless Steel Hy-Rib is also available to order in the following lengths; 2, 4, 5m.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Typical Applications • Construction joint stopends in thin & thick base and suspended slabs. • Vertical construction joint stopends in thin and thick walls. • Deep construction joints. • Capping beams. • Permanent wall and column formwork. • Permanent Soffit Formwork.

• Industrial floor slabs. • Water retaining & excluding structures. • Bolt boxes / Void formers. • Curved formwork. • Day work joints. • Baffles to self compacting concrete. • Inclined & top formwork. • Sprayed concrete background.

Zinc Coated Hy-Rib Grade

Type: (BS EN 10327) Thickness (Steel Gauge)

2811

2611

2411

DX51D + Z275

0.4mm

0.5mm

0.75mm

Weight

3.39kg/m2

4.23kg/m2

6.34kg/m2

Sheet Identification

ID Colour: Red 2811

ID Colour: Green 2611

ID Colour: Yellow 2411

Stainless Steel Hy-Rib Grade

2811 S 304

Type: (BS EN 10088-1)

1.4301

Thickness (Steel Gauge)

0.4mm

Weight

Sheet Identification

3.4kg/m2

ID Colour: Blue 2811 S 304

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Reasons to use EXPAMET HY-RIB®: • Reduced risk of Hand & Arm vibration injury (white finger): product featured in HSE document - Vibration Solutions Ref HS (G) 170. • When Hy-Rib is used as vertical formwork, the resulting formwork pressure is significantly less than that developed with traditional forming materials, reducing the overall support requirement. • Expamet Hy-Rib joint surfaces require minimal preparation prior to the next pour, with the exception of the rebar cover zones. It minimises the labour, mess and disposal requirements associated with scabbling, chemical retarders and jet washing. • A correctly formed Hy-Rib joint outperforms traditionally prepared joints in shear and bond. • Hy-Rib reduces the risk of trapped air and voids within the concrete. • The range of narrower sheet widths improves site productivity and minimises wastage. • Hy-Rib is a proven construction product with comprehensive technical data, manufactured by an established UK company. • In all joint applications, Hy-Rib permanent formwork can give considerable performance and economic benefit when compared with traditional solutions.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Groundprop®

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Groundprop® is a fast and simple system for constructing in-situ concrete ground beams and pile caps. • Durable polypropylene sheets supplied in standard sizes or to required beam lengths – 2500mm long. • Straight Connectors and Joint Clips. • Sheet Ties to maintain required beam widths. • Concrete square bar for base spacers. • Gripper grade plate for base and side spacers.

Polypropylene Sheets Sheet width (mm)

Sheet length (mm)

Straight Connectors

Sheet Ties

Length (mm)

Pack

Length (mm)

Pack

475

2500

600

300

525

2500

750

400

625

2500

900

500

775

2500

1200

600

925

2500

700

1025

2500

800

1225

2500

Type

900

2400

2500

Joint Tape

2400

4800

Accessories Pack

33m roll

Claylite 3.3 Claylite is a green coloured low density expanded polystyrene compressible fill board which acts to absorb movement between ground and concrete foundations to alleviate pressure on structures caused by clay heave, shrinkage or other soil movement. Four types are produced: • Standard for applications with ground beams and in even sided trenches. • Super for extra strength in uneven sided trenches. • Castellated for fitting under lightweight ground beams. • Super Castellated gives added strength and stability over Castellated. Claylite is supplied in boards 2400mm x 600mm and 2400mm x 1200mm and a range of thicknesses – 50, 75, 100, 125, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275 and 300mm. Claylite fixing accessories are also available – ask about Safefix and fixing bolts.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Clayshield 3.3 Clayshield is an inexpensive, low density, BBA Certified EPS compressible material which forms a buffer between soil and structure, compressing with the soil movement thus alleviating the pressure on the foundation.

It is also available as a castellated design in a range of widths and thicknesses for fitting under reinforced concrete ground beams. Pile collars are also available in a variety of widths and thicknesses to suit trench dimensions.

Standard Clayshield Board Length (mm)

Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

2000

610, 1000, 1220

50, 75

2400

610, 1000, 1220

50, 75

Castellated Clayshield Board Length (mm)

1200

Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

400, 450, 500, 550, 600

100, 150, 200, 250, 300

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

It does not degrade, is resistant to water and unaffected by extremes in temperature, thus will remain effective for the life of the building. It is available in a variety of standard sizes in the form of plain boards for application to the side/underside of ground beams and trench foundations.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Clayboard® Clayboard® is a unique, environmentally friendly void former and foundation stabiliser developed by Dufaylite. Clayboard® is a biodegradable honeycomb core set between lightweight polypropylene facings. When dry, Clayboard® is strong enough to support the weight of wet concrete and steel reinforcement. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Water is introduced to the Clayboard® core once the concrete is set, degrading the Clayboard® honeycomb centre which will ultimately lead to the creation of a void. This space will accommodate clay expansion without exerting undue pressure on the structure above. The resulting void continues to accommodate natural soil shrinkage and expansion. Sizes: Clayboard® is supplied in panels 2440mm long by 1000mm wide, by the specified thickness. Clayboard® is delivered to site on lightweight pads for easy unloading and is polythene wrapped for protection. Thickness: Thickness depends on the depth of the required void which should be specified by the soil engineers taking into account the plasticity index.

Examples of Clayboard® thickness required Clayboard Thickness

Void

Compressive Strength

160mm

150mm (high shrinkage)

Standard Strength – KN30 and KN90

110mm

100mm (medium shrinkage)

Nominal Strength – KN30

85mm

75mm (medium shrinkage)

60mm

50mm (low shrinkage)

Screed Rails & Accessories Metalscreed Unirail Screed Rail System A “Leave in place” range of screed rails suitable for screeds and concrete floors from 40mm deep to 225mm. Easy to install and use, will enable surface flatness levels to be achieved up to and including Superflat category. Both the rails accept the top extender strip which assists the use of striker tubes and screeding apparatus, the strip can be left in place or later removed for caulking if required. Typical applications: • Sand & cement screeds 40mm and deeper • Concrete screeds and overslabs • Ground bearing slabs • Suspended slabs • Metal Deck and Composite floors • Elevated slabs • External slabs/car parks/yards

The UniRail Range

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Unirail 40/60 A 40mm high screed rail that can be rotated through 90° to increase the height to 60mm. Strong galvanised High Tensile steel construction, with 30mm diameter holes at 50mm centres in both elevations to accept dowels and tie bars, suitable for screeds up to 100mm deep.

Unirail 70/90

UniRail 40/60 with top strip

Basically the 40/60, but with multi-positional feet and clamp screws. These feet are designed for use on metal decking systems, they fix by simple Tek screw to the top of the deck profile, increasing the rail height and providing height adjustment by an additional 30 – 60mm. Height adjustment to compensate for deflection during the pour can be obtained by the use of the clamp screws. 125mm maximum height obtainable on full adjustment of feet.

UniRail 70/90 with multi position feet

Unirail 140 140mm high rail with feet fitted, designed for slabs up to 200mm, comes with snap on feet, but can also be fixed with pins. Suitable for internal and external slabs. Fix 20mm compressible foam to the rail to construct an expansion joint which allows concrete to be poured both sides simultaneously, providing a fast tracking method for external slabs. UniRail 140

For additional arris protection a rail can be fitted both sides of the foam to create a true expansion joint. All types of dowel can be used in conjunction with this rail, especially the Metadowel which has clips punched into the rail to secure it in place.

UniRail 140 with 20mm foam

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Metalscreed Unirail Benefits: • Lightweight, easy to use • Strong High Tensile Steel construction • Galvanised to resist corrosion • Forms a vertical face – no voids • Only anchors into one slab • Level - manufactured to ± 1mm per 3 metre length

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Metalscreed Ancillaries Metalscreedsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; range of fixings have been designed to suit a wide variety of applications, whether you want to fix on one side, or both, require adjustment or not, want to fit to falls or just need a speedy installation, there is a fixing that will suit.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Angled Metal Foot Fixes to Metaform with screws & wingnuts, height adjustable, provides a strong stable mounting, useful for fixing directly to metal decking or a concrete sub-base, can also be anchored with timber props, concrete dabs or roadform pins.

Snap-fit Metal Foot Quick fitting and ideal for most applications, particularly suitable for larger jobs where a lot of feet are required, can be anchored with timber props, concrete dabs or roadform pins.

Unirail Top Extender Strip A U.V., stable plastic strip that clips firmly to the top of the Unirail, giving an additional 15mm in height, strengthens top edge for screeders and striker tubes to run on, can be left in the floor or removed as required.

Isolating Manhole Surround A new and unique product designed and manufactured to isolate manholes from surrounding mass concrete pour. This product allows virtually any manhole to be isolated and finished with far greater ease than before because it reduces the need to finish the awkward detailing around these objects while in the middle of a large concrete pour. They each have jacking studs to give accurate adjustment to height and levels as well as effective load transfer features. The top steel allows for easy screeding and gives a very neat and professional finish to the completed job.

Isolating Manhole Surround Size

1.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 3.0

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Alphajoint Floor Formwork System

Using the AlphaJoint system gives the following benefits: • Superior joint edge protection, which reduces maintenance. • Discontinuous dowel load transfer, which provides better “burst-out” performance to continuous systems. • Better floor flatness tolerances due to threaded adjustment. Versions are available for ground bearing slabs up to 240mm thick, 10mm maximum joint opening, and for suspended floor slabs up to 240mm thick, 20mm maximum joint opening.

Betajoint Floor Formwork System A “leave-in-place” formwork system for tied or contraction joints in light to medium duty floor applications. Manufactured from galvanised steel, it is suitable for internal and external use and is available with 2mm and 12mm topstrips for a choice of jointarm protection. Bolt-on feet are available for easy levelling, for super flat floors, and it can be supplied punched to suit all types of dowel and dowel spacing.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

A “leave-in-place” dual joint armouring and load transfer formwork system with 10mm wide by 50mm square edge steel joint edge protection. It is used in conjunction with Alpha or Diamond dowels and provides two-way movement capability. It features a fool-proof levelling system and prefabricated corner, t-junction and cross intersections are available.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Plastic Screed Chairs An easily adjustable system for use with a 50mm diameter pole. For calculating amount of tubing required, deduct 25mm from required depth. Minimum slab depth 100m.

Plastic Screed Chairs Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Type

Pack

Base

100

Collar

100

Saddle

100

Shaft

Steel Screed Chairs A heavy duty steel screed chair system that is designed for slabs up to 405mm deep, comprising a rigid three legged base with threaded shaft into which a saddle is screwed to adjust the height. There are four sizes to accommodate varying slab depths.

Steel Screed Chairs Slab Depth

Pack

115 - 150

145 - 205

195 - 305

295 - 405

Screed Bars Used when screeding to provide greater accuracy in concreting levels.

Screed Bars Size

25mm x 50mm x 7.5m

Metal Top Screed Rail The metal top rail is a combination of concrete and galvanised steel. These rails make it easier to achieve a superflat surface, since the permanent rails provide a more stable base from which to screed. The unique design with its 1.5mm top profile of galvanised steel provides a very straight and fully controlled hairline crack. The profile of this rail along with the holes in the metal strip tie the rail firmly to the slab.

Metal Top Screed Rail Height (mm)

65, 90, 115, 140, 165

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Temporary Protection Polythene

Rolls can also be supplied in larger sizes where mechanical handling facilities are available on site. The use of a larger roll reduces laying time and the quantities of tape used for joints.

Polythene Rolls Type

Gauge

Colour

Size (m)

FR Polythene

500

White

4 x 50

Polythene

500

Clear Black

4 x 50 4 x 50

Polythene

1000

Super Clear Blue Black

4 x 25 4 x 25 4 x 25

Polythene

1200

Clear Blue Black

4 x 25 4 x 25 4 x 25

Polythene

2000

Blue Black

4 x 12.5 4 x 12.5

0.4 x 300

4 x 25

Pallet Wrap TPS Polythene Heavy Duty

Extra Wide Polythene We are able to supply 1,000, 1,200 and 2,000g polythene sheeting in widths up to 8m and lengths up to 200m, offering considerable savings in manpower and jointing tape when working on large floor areas. Contact us for details.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

On the roll polythene is the ideal general protection product. We can supply centre folded, for example a four metre wide sheet of plastic would be folded onto a one metre roll for ease of storage and transportation. This product eliminates the multi-fold creases that act as crack inducers.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Temporary Rainwater Downpipe (layflat)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Ideal solution to rainwater staining of brickwork, natural stone & render finishes etc, used prior to the installation of rainwater pipes. • Supplied on a roll for diverting rainwater away from brickwork and masonry. • 254mm is generally suitable for all outlets up to 150mm diameter. • Larger diameters available to order. • A range of large diameter hose clips and zip ties for fixing to gutter outlets are available. Description

Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

390

100 approx

240

100 approx

203

100 approx

156

100 approx

Temporary Rainwater Downpipe

Crack Inducers & Void Formers Corner Fillets A range of rigid PVC strips of 2.5m length for nailing to column shutters or formwork. Supplied as either plain or with a nailing flange. Supplied in 100m bundles.

Corner Fillets - Plain

Corner Fillets - Wide Flange

Size

10 x 10

10 flange

20 x 20

15 flange

25 x 25

20 flange

30 x 30

25 flange 30 flange

Top Crack Inducer Two Part A two part top crack inducer and joint former. The top section should be removed after concrete has cured, leaving a sealant void of 25mm x 10mm. Supplied in 5m lengths. For sealants, see Chemicals, Sealants & Fillers section. We recommend the use of the aluminium T-bar when using this product.

Top Crack Inducer Two Part Code

Depth (mm)

CP50/10

CP75/10

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Aluminium T-Bar A re-useable rigid aluminium T-bar to form a straight void to accept top crack inducers. Supplied in 5m lengths.

Aluminium T-Bar Depth

50TBAR

Each

75TBAR

Each

Base Crack Inducer A base crack inducer used to induce a crack from the base vertically. Used in conjunction with either of the above top crack inducers or saw cutting. Supplied in 5m lengths.

Base Crack Inducer Depth (mm)

40 75

PVC Void Former A re-usable PVC void former for forming grooves in concrete or nailing to formwork. All supplied in 3m lengths.

PVC Void Former Size

20 x 10 20 x 20 25 x 12 25 x 25

Polystyrene Void Formers Polystyrene Void Formers utilise the low weight/high strength characteristics of expanded polystyrene to provide the designer and contractor with a cost effective method of reducing the deadweight of a variety of structures: • Motorway bridges • Pre-cast beams • Basement slabs • Water treatment works The void formers are either cylindrical, generally moulded or profiled and cut from expanded polystyrene block. The moulded cylinders are available in diameters ranging from 250 to 1050mm and the standard length is 2.4m. By glueing and cutting the profiles can be manufactured to suit engineers’ requirements.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Code

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Side Slab Seal A 40mm deep by 5mm wide expanded polyethylene foam joint filler used as a permanent seal in longitudinal and warping joints in pavement construction. It is either ploughed into the slab being cast, or glued to the edge of the formed concrete using contact adhesive, prior to casting the adjacent slab. A self-adhesive version is also available. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Side Slab Seal Type

30m x 5mm coil 30m x 5mm self-adhesive coil 1 litre contact adhesive 5 litre contact adhesive

Reinforcement Standard Fabric Manufactured to BS 4449:2005 from cold reduced wire conforming to BS 4482. Each wire intersection is resistance welded using electronically controlled techniques. When ordering non-standard sheets, the main wire length should be the first dimension stated.

Standard Sizes (2.4 x 4.8) BS References

Mesh size nominal pitch of wires Main (mm) Cross (mm)

Wire Sizes

Cross sectional area per metre width Main (mm2) Cross (mm2)

Nominal weight per m2 (kg)

Sheets per tonne (approx)

Sheet weight (kg)

Sheets per bundle

Sq metres per tonne

Main (mm)

Cross (mm)

A393

200

393

6.16

70.96

162.34

A252

200

252

3.95

45.50

253.16

A193

200

193

3.02

34.79

331.13

A142

200

142

2.22

25.57

450.45

A98

200

1.54

17.74

649.35

B1131

100

200

1131

252

10.90

125.57

91.74

B785

100

200

785

252

8.14

93.57

122.85

B503

100

200

503

252

5.93

68.31

168.63

B385

100

200

385

193

4.53

52.19

220.75

B283

100

200

283

193

3.73

42.97

268.10

B196

100

200

196

193

3.05

35.14

327.87

C785

100

400

785

70.8

6.72

77.41

148.81

C636

100

400

636

70.8

5.55

63.94

180.18

C503

100

400

503

49.0

4.34

50.00

230.41

C385

100

400

385

49.0

3.41

39.28

293.26

C283

100

400

283

49.0

2.61

30.07

383.14

D49

100

2.5

49.1

0.77

113

8.87

1298.70

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Merchant Sizes (2.0 x 3.6) BS References

Mesh Size Nominal Pitch of Wires Main (mm) Cross (mm)

Wire Sizes

Cross Sectional Area per metre width Main (mm2) Cross (mm2)

Nominal Weight per m2 (kg)

Sheets per Tonne (approx)

Sheet Weight (kg)

Sheets per Bundle

Sq Metres per Tonne

Cross (mm)

200

393

6.16

44.35

162.34

A252

200

252

3.95

28.44

253.16

A193

200

193

3.02

21.74

331.13

A142

200

142

2.22

15.98

450.45

Tailor Made & Flying End Fabric Benefits of Flying End Fabric Four overlapping sheets of fabric - shown coloured for clarity. • Sheets manufactured to suit bay size. • Minimum wastage. • Less cutting on site. • Faster fixing time. • Eliminates build-up of reinforcement to maintain correct cover. • Manufactured to BS 4483 Sheets can be manufactured up to 6m in length and 2.45m in width. Our Service: • Detail drawings and laying instructions. • Schedule of all accessories, polythene and floor topping. • Complete support.

FLYING END FABRIC Fabric nesting at laps utilising flying ends.

Close-up of area where all four sheets overlap

STANDARD FABRIC Fabric layer congestion at laps.

Large Floor Construction • Sheet manufactured to suit bay size. • Minimum wastage. • Less cutting on site. • Faster fixing time. • Eliminates build-up of reinforcement at laps to maintain correct cover. • Produced to BS 4449:2005, manufactured from wire conforming to BS 4482. • Sheets can be manufactured up to 6 metres in length and 2.45 metres in width.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Main (mm)

A393

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Cut and Bent Reinforcement Bending Dimensions - Preferred Shapes Reinforcing bar to BS 4449:2005, produced to Engineer’s schedules. Delivery usually with a few days of receipt of an order, or to site call-off requirements. Shape Code

Shape Code

27 01

(C)

2A + B + 2C + 1.5r - 3d

(C)

(D) A

A + B - 0.5 - d

A + B + (C) - 0.5r - d

2(A + B + C)) - 2.5r - 5d

A (C)

D (C)

A + (B) - 0.43R - 1.2d R

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Shape Code B

A + B + (C) - 0.5r - d

29 A + B + (C) - r - 2d

(B)

(F)

(E)

(C)

A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3d

(D)

A + 0.57B + (C) - 1.6d

A + B + C + (D) + 2 (E) - 2.5r - 5d

2A + 3B + 2(C) - 3r - 6d

(D) A

B A

A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3d

A + (C) - 4d

A + B + C +2D + E + (F) - 3r - 6d

(C)

2A + 1.7B + 2C - 4d

A + (C)

(F)

A + B + C + (E) 0 5r d

A + B + (C) - r -2d

(D)

π (A-d) + B

(E)

B D

(B)

A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3d

35 1

A + B + C + (E) 0 5r d

(E)

D A

(D) (D)

A + B + (C) - r - 2d C

Where B is greater than A / 5 this equation no longer appl es in which case the fol owing formula may be used: L = C(( π(A d))2 + B 2)

A + B + C + (D) r 2d

C π (A-d)

A + 2B + C + (D) - 2r - 4d

A B

(D)

B B

A + B + C + D + (E) - 2r - 4d

A + B + (C) (C)

24 A

A + B + (E)

A + B + C + D (E) 2r 4d A

(E)

All other shapes where standard shapes cannot be used. No other shape code number, form of designation or abbreviation shall be used in scheduling. A dimensioned sketch shall be drawn over the dimension columns A to E . Every dimension shall be specified and the dimension that is to allow for permissible deviations shall be indicated in parenthesis, otherwise the fabricator is free to choose which dimension shall allow for tolerance

A + B + (C)

A + 2B + C + (E)

* Stock bars are supplied in 12 metre notional lengths in diameters of 12mm and above in original manufacturers bundles. Tolerances for stock lengths shall be subject to BS4449: 2005

Bar Dimensions / Weights Nominal Size (mm) Cross-Sectional Area (mm) Mass (kg/m)

1256.6

804.2

490.0

314.2

201.1

113.1

78.5

50.3

9.864

6.313

3.854

2.466

1.579

0.888

0.616

0.395

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Lenton Couplers Lenton Couplers utilise a tapered thread that is cut into the reinforcement bars which, when tightened to the required torque setting, will develop the strength requirements of BS8110 as verified by the British Board of Agrément BBA.

2) The P14 type is used where both bars being joined are fixed and unable to rotate. Both types available in sizes to suit 12-50mm diameter bars.

Reinforcement Continuity Systems These are manufactured in a robust, all steel, galvanised case developed to withstand the rigours of site handling and conditions. The case is designed to remain embedded in the concrete and its indented profile provides an excellent initial bond and subsequent key where structural joints are made. The profile’s efficiency is in the bonding of two concrete surfaces and eliminates any need for manual preparation at the joint. The ultimate configuration of case, bar, shape & dimensions is almost infinite - so for simplicity, the tables (right) contain ONLY the most regularly requested combinations. If your requirement is not catered for in the tables, please contact our sales staff. Applications: • Walls • Floor slabs • Stairwells • Slip forms • Gutters • Balcony • Parapets

• Pile caps • Strip foundations • Brick support • Ledges • Corbels • Haunches • Troughs

Standard Unit Stirrup Types:

M60

M160

M140

M110

M80

M190

M240

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Two general types of coupler are available: 1) The A12 type requires that one of the two bars being joined is free to rotate and lock into position

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Eazistrip Continuity System

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Eazistrip Reinforcement Continuity Systems are designed to maintain continuity of reinforcement at construction joints in concrete. Formwork design is simplified and there is no need to drill shuttering. Each unit consists of a galvanised steel casing which is dimpled to provide an effective concrete bond. Pre-bent bars are housed within the box and are secured by a protective cover. When the cover is removed the bars can be straightened ready for lapping onto the main reinforcement. Bars must be straightened only once, using an Eazistrip re-bending tool. When the potential for water ingress through the construction joint is a major concern, Eazistrip can be supplied with a Pentaflex hydrostatic seal which provides protection against moisture permeation along the joint face. Eazistrip Reinforcement Continuity systems are CARES approved. The grade of reinforcing bar used is Grade 500B, minimum yield 500N/mm2, minimum uniform elongation Agt 5%. The bars are bent in accordance with BS8666. Standard Range Specifications The following tables give details of the Eazistrip standard ranges. Many customers require purpose-made units to suit their particular application. In order to meet this requirement Ancon will manufacture according to your specific bar arrangement. The most common shapes are shown overleaf. We can provide custom-built shapes to meet your configuration. For further details please contact your local branch. h

b b

Type SH Angle with leg in horizontal plane

Type 2H Double Hook (not available in 60mm and 80mm box)

Type H Hook (60mm and 80mm box) h

Type RU U Bar h

Type RA2 Double Angle

Type RA1 Double Angle

Type U U Bar

b b

Type RA Angle

b b

Type S Straight Bar

Type S2 Double Straight Bar

Type RA3 Double Angle

Notes: 1. Dimensions shown are nominal. Heights and lengths may typically vary by one bar diameter. 2. On 16mm diameter Type U boxes, the stirrup may be achieved by using two shape code 21 bars. These are referenced DH. 3. Boxes containing 16mm bars are nominally 40-50mm deep. 4. Maximum box length is 3m dependant upon weight.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Reinforcement Continuity Systems Enquiry Form Please photocopy this page and use it to detail your enquiry/order, please fax to your local branch. Date:

Order

Enquiry

Tel:

Fax:

Tel:

Fax:

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Company: Address: Town: Post Code: Contact: Delivery date: Delivery address Town: Postcode: Contact: Project:

Item

Quantity

Box width1 (mm)

Bar dia 10, 12, 16 mm

Stirrup spacing2 (mm)

Stirrup type (see illus.)

Box length3 (mm)

Stirrup width4 b (mm)

Stirrup height h (mm)

Anchoring length l (mm)

Rebending tool

1 Standard box widths 60, 80, 110, 140, 160, 190 and 240mm. 2 Variable stirrup spacing available. Standard spacing 150 and 200mm. 3 Box lengths up to 3000mm available in certain sizes dependent upon weight. Standard length 1200mm. 4 Stirrup width b is 20mm less than box width as standard. Special spacing for all types available on request. 5 For types RA1, RA2 and RA3, please state dimension c. Note: Bars must be stra ghtened using an Eazistr p re bending tool. Do not stra ghten bars more than once.

Stirrup width5 c (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Standard Unit Systems 10mm Rebar Diameter Box Width (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Centres (mm)

Stirrup Height (mm)

Stirrup Width (mm)

Leg Length (mm)

150

170

410

200

170

410

150

170

410

200

170

410

110

150

170

410

110

200

170

410

140

150

170

120

410

140

200

170

120

410

160

150

170

140

410

160

200

170

140

410

190

150

170

410

190

200

170

410

240

150

170

220

410

240

200

170

220

410

Centres (mm)

Stirrup Height (mm)

Stirrup Width (mm)

Leg Length (mm)

150

170

500

200

170

500

110

150

170

500

110

200

170

500

140

150

170

120

500

140

200

170

120

500

160

150

170

140

500

160

200

170

140

500

190

150

170

500

190

200

170

500

240

150

170

220

500

240

200

170

220

500

Centres (mm)

Stirrup Height (mm)

Stirrup Width (mm)

Leg Length (mm)

190

150

170

650

190

200

170

650

190

150

170

650

190

200

170

650

240

150

170

220

650

240

200

170

220

650

12mm Rebar Diameter Box Width (mm)

16mm Rebar Diameter Box Width (mm)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Custom Built Units Below are examples of some of the many configurations available, custom built to your specification.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Bar Couplers In addition to the straight bar couplers listed below, we are also able to supply a range of special bar couplers. These include bent bar couplers, double male and double female couplers as well as custom length couplers.

Bar Couplers Female Coupler

Male Coupler

Thread Metric

Length (mm)

400

375

600

575

800

1000

1500

550

520

800

770

1020

1440

2200

700

665

1000

965

1280

1800

2200

1000

Bar Diameter (mm)

*Items shown in bold show preferred sizes.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories Bar Couplers (continued) Female Coupler

Male Coupler

Thread Metric

Length (mm)

1500

2260

400

1790

2530

1440

1400

2000

2300

1600

2000

2600

Bar Diameter (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

*Items shown in bold show preferred sizes.

Position Couplers The position coupler is assembled from a threaded bar with a nut and an internally threaded coupler sleeve with a lock nut. The position couplers are suitable for a bent or straight reinforcement bar, of which neither can be rotated, and where the space for the connected bar is limited. Please refer to data sheet for correct installation instructions.

Position Couplers Bar Diameter

Thread (mm)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

MBT Couplers

When the pre-determined tightening torque for the bolts is reached, the heads shear off leaving the top of the installed bolt slightly proud of the coupler. This provides an instant visual check of correct installation.

MBT ET Series ET series couplers are used to connect reinforcing bars of the same diameter. They can be used when neither bar can be rotated and are available in sizes 10mm to 40mm.

MBT Transition Series MBT Transition couplers connect reinforcing bars of different diameters and are suitable for applications when neither bar can be rotated. They are available to suit bar sizes 12mm to 40mm.

MBT ET Series ET Series

MBT Transition Series Bar Diameter (mm)

Transition Series

Bar Diameter (mm)

ET10

ET20/12

20/12

ET12

ET20/16

20/16

ET14

ET25/16

25/16

ET16

ET25/20

25/20

ET20

ET32/20

32/20

ET25

ET32/25

32/25

ET28

ET40/32

40/32

ET32

ET34

ET40

Sizes: To join bars of a similar size from 10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 40mm diameter.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

The MBT range of couplers provides a cost-effective method of joining reinforcing bars, particularly when the fixed bar is already in place and there is insufficient space for a hydraulic swaging press. They are easy to install and achieve failure loads higher than 115% of the characteristic yield strength of grade 500 reinforcing bar. Neither bar end preparation to form threads, nor bar rotation are required. MBT couplers can also be used to join imperial, plain round or deformed reinforcing bars.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories MBT Continuity Series The MBT Continuity coupler allows reinforcement to be extended at construction joints in concrete without the need to drill or otherwise damage the formwork at the construction joint locations. They are available to suit bar sizes 12mm to 40mm.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

MBT Continuity Coupler Continuity Series

Bar Diameter (mm)

C12

C16

C20

C25

C32

C40

MBT Headed Anchors MBT Headed Anchors are designed to provide dead end embedment for bars in concrete. This helps to reduce congestion and simplify the placement of rebars by removing the need for hooked ends. The anchor comprises half an MBT coupler with a plate welded to one end which carries the full tension load of the bar when it is bearing against the concrete. The MBT Headed Anchor also has the added advantage of requiring no special bar end preparation.

MBT Headed Anchors MBT Headed Anchors

Bar Diameter (mm)

ETHA10

ETHA12

ETHA14

ETHA16

ETHA20

ETHA25

ETHA28

ETHA32

ETHA34

ETHA40

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Shear Load Connectors

DSD The DSD is the original two-part, double dowel, shear load connector. The dowel component can move longitudinally within the sleeve to accommodate movement.

DSDQ The DSDQ shear load connector uses the same dowel component as the DSD, but the cylindrical sleeve is contained within a rectangular box section to allow lateral movement in addition to the longitudinal movement.

ESD This single dowel shear connector is available in three sizes with each size available in two lengths. ESD shear connectors are used where the slab or wall is too thin for DSD, and where loads are small.

ESDQ The ESDQ shear load connector uses the same dowel as the ESD, but the cylindrical sleeve is contained within a rectangular box section to allow lateral movement in addition to longitudinal movement.

Insulated & Reinforced Balcony Connectors Ancon Isolan The Ancon Isolan system joins external concrete balconies to internal concrete floor slabs. It provides continuity to both the reinforcement and the thermal insulation of the wall protecting the building against the effects of cold bridging. Standard systems, comprising rigid CFC-free polystyrene insulation and stainless steel shear reinforcement, are available in five heights to suit different slab depths. Conventional reinforcing bars (supplied by others) provide the tension and compression reinforcement.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Ancon shear connectors offer significant advantages over conventional single dowels. The two-part construction means that the sleeve component can be simply nailed to the formwork, drilling or either formwork or concrete is not required. The dowel unit can then be inserted into the sleeve. The engineered nature of the two components ensures alignment, vital where movement is required.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

System Benefits Ancon Isolan connectors use conventional reinforcing bars (grade 500B to BS4449: 2005) to provide the tension and compression reinforcement. When compared to systems where this reinforcement is an integral component, the Ancon Isolan solution can provide substantial cost savings and simplify specification, scheduling, transportation, handling and installation. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

MV System The Ancon Isolan MV system is used for the transfer of moment and shear forces in cantilevered balconies.

V System The Ancon Isolan V system is used for the transfer of shear forces in simply supported balconies.

Ancon Isolan Product Code

Insulation Unit Dimensions

2MV6

Shear Bars Supplied

Length of Shear Bars

2 x 6mm diameter

530mm

Other Reinforcement Required

5 x Tension Bars

4MV6

Height:

4MV8

160, 180,

4 x 8mm diameter

670mm

4MV10

200, 220

4 x 10mm diameter

810mm

or 240mm

2 x 6mm diameter

530mm

4 x Compression Bars

4 x 8mm diameter

670mm

5 x Compression Bars

4 x 10mm diameter

810mm

2V6 4V6 4V8

4 x 6mm diameter

5 x Compression Bars

4 x 6mm diameter Length: 750mm

4V10

Design Information Design graphs are used to select the most appropriate Isolan element, and the diameters of the shear, tension and compression reinforcement. Example Isolan Reference:

4MV8 - 200 - 5â&#x2C6;&#x2026;12T / 5â&#x2C6;&#x2026;16C Number of shear bars. System type. Diameter of shear bars

System height

Number and Number and diameter of diameter of tension bars to be compression bars supplied by others to be supplied by others

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Ancon Shearfix

Ancon Shearfix Type

Stud Diameter (mm)

AS10

AS12

AS14

AS16

AS20

AS24

Product Reference Quantity of Rails. Shearfix Code, Stud Diameter - Number of Studs - Stud Length - Rail Length e.g. 5 No. AS12 - 3 - 230 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 600

Floor Decking ComFlor 70 ComFlor 70 is designed for optimum performance in span capacity, economy, composite performance and concrete usage. The economy and spanning capacity of a trapezoidal profile is combined with the interlocking shear performance of a re-entrant to give major performance advantages.

ComFlor 70 Code

CF70

Size (mm)

900

ComFlor 100 ComFlor 100, has a very strong profile shape and offers the capability to span up to 4.5 metres without props. Designed particularly for Continental European application, the ComFlor 100 also brings considerable benefits to the British designer looking for longer unpropped spans. The profile is not suitable for use with shear stud connectors.

ComFlor 100 Code

CF100

Size (mm)

700

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Ancon Shearfix is used within a slab to provide additional reinforcement around a column head or base. The system comprises double-headed studs welded to flat rails. Studs are manufactured from high strength steel bar in six diameters and in lengths to suit the depth of slab. Shearfix rails are manufactured from strips of steel, 16mm wide. The quantity of studs and rails, their dimensions and spacings, and the layout pattern around the column is determined by calculation.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Deep Composite Floor Decks Deep Composite Floor Decks will be considered where longer span (4m plus) floor slabs are required. When combined with Corus Slimdek system, deep decks are designed to achieve a very shallow overall structural floor-hence the term Slim Floor Construction. Please contact us for design advice, pricing and delivery. Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

ComFlor 210 The original SlimFlor long span steel deck, ComFlor 210 has the capability to span up to 6 metres in unpropped construction. Suitable for use in Corus Slimdek construction, which offers minimal structural depth, fast construction and many other benefits.

ComFlor 210 Code

CF210

Size (mm)

600

SD225 SD225 is the latest addition to PMFâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s flooring range. Developed specifically for Corus Slimdek system, SD225 offers up to 6.5 metres unpropped span. Corus Slimdek engineered flooring solution is a unique structural floor system which uses Asymmetric SlimFlor Beams, where the bottom flange is wider than the top flange. The SD225 steel deck bears on the lower flange of the beam which results in a minimal overall floor depth, the concrete that surrounds the beam provides composite action without the need for shear studs, and fire protection to the beam. The Slimdek system is fast, eliminates temporary props, is structurally optimized and saves on cladding costs. The system also reduces building height or enables extra floors to be built.

SD225 Code

SD225

Size (mm)

800

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Accessories PVC Groutcheck Tape

PVC Groutcheck Tape Roll Size

Pack

50mm x 33m

Roll

75mm x 33m

Roll

100mm x 33m

Roll

Groutcheck Foam Tape A foam groutcheck tape which provides a tight seal to butt joints in formwork that are unable to be sealed with PVC Groutcheck Tape.

Groutcheck Foam Tape Size (mm)

6 x 12 x 1200

Box qty

Pack

40 rolls

Per Box

Expanding Foam (Handyfoam) Handyfoam Plus is a one component aerosol-packed foam which expands on release to form a semi-rigid sealer and filler with adhesive and insulation properties. Supplied in a cannister.

Silicone Sealant Silicon sealant supplied in 310ml cartridges is a high modulus silicone sealer.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

A special developed matt finish waterproof pressure-adhesive PVC tape, for use on all types of concrete formwork in climate conditions ranging from cold to tropical. It has excellent adhesion even where residual release agent is present on form face, retains flexibility at low temperatures and thinner so as to not mark concrete.

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Formwork Magnets Heavy duty ring magnets for removing wire and nails from shutters prior to concrete placement.

Formwork Magnets OD Size (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

45 60

Thermometers Maximum-Minimum Thermometer with Quick set press button. Digital Dial Thermometer. -40/+150 x 0.1ยบC, Integral probe, protective sleeve with pocket clip.

Concrete Scoop Aluminium hand scoop for use with cube moulds and testing equipment.

Wire Brush Construction duty wire brush with scraper back edge.

Tell-Tale Produced in durable acrylic plastic. Monitors horizontal and vertical movements across cracks.

Turks Head Brush A fine haired brush for the easy application of formwork chemicals and brush applied waterproof membranes.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Blue Glider (“Big-D”) Blue Steel Large bladed Blue Steel finishing trowel reduces working time and eliminates power trowelling. Used with variable pitch bracket makes work easier. Snap-lock aluminium handles.

Type

1200 x 300 1500 x 300 Pitch Bracket Handle Spare Handle Clips

Blue Glider with Brush Finish Attachment Its purpose is to use the Blue Glider as a vehicle to extend a broom effortlessly across wide slabs of uncured concrete without lifting or reaching. The trowel supports the weight of the broom, while the variable pitch bracket allows the broom to be lifted clear of the surface during extension by turning the handle to lift the leading edge of the trowel. Simply turning the handle the opposite direction engages the broom and controls downward pressure during retrieval. The broom itself is mounted on an adjustable pivoting arm, which allows the user to determine the working angle of the broom from 45º to perpendicular.

Blue Glider with Brush Finish Attachment Type

Big-D Pitch Bracket Broom Adaptor Bar Handle Spare Handle Clips

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Blue Glider (“Big-D”) Blue Steel

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Construction Duty Magnesium Round Ended Bull Float Heavy duty ribbed magnesium float with rounded ends to prevent gouging.

Construction Duty Magnesium Round Ended Bull Float Type

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

1200 x 200 1500 x 200 Pitch Bracket Adjustable Bracket Handle Spare Handle Clips

Straight Edges A robust aluminium construction straight edges with grips for tamping and levelling concrete. Lengths from 2-6 metres. Also handles are available to give comfort and firm control. Supplied in pairs.

Concrete Placer and Rakes For rapid placing and raking of freshly poured concrete. Supplied with handle, replacement handles available.

Concrete Placer and Rakes Description

Size (mm)

Toothed one side, plain other side

560

Plain blade with hook

495

Handles

1370

Edging Tools For finishing of concrete edges, adding strength and improves weather resistance.

Edging Tools Material

Finish

Size (mm)

Turned up ends

150 x 75

Blue Steel

10mm radius

150 x 100

Blue Steel

10mm radius

150 x 150

Blue Steel

13mm radius

150 x 100

Stainless Steel

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Concrete Finishing Brush Steel bristle concrete finishing brushes to the latest DOT specifications.

Magnesium Hand Floats for initial concrete floating, strong, light yet hard wearing. Plastic economy floating tool.

Hand Floats Type

Size (mm)

Plain

400 x 85

Plain

600 x 85

Double Round Ended

400 x 85

Plastic

140 x 280

Plastering Trowel Banana shaped handle with 280mm hardened and tempered blade. 8 rivet fixing.

Plastering Trowel Size m

120 x 280

Steel Hand Trowel Carbon steel. Strong and light.

Steel Hand Trowel Type

Size (mm)

Plain

275 x 114

Flat Back Round Nose

350 x 100

CFlat Back Round Nose

400 x 100

Flat Back Round Nose

450 x 100

Double Round Ended

450 x 100

Blue Steel - Plain

300 x 100

Blue Steel - Plain

400 x 100

Blue Steel - Plain

450 x 125

Blue Steel - Double Round Ended

500 x 125

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Hand Floats

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Groover Durable bronze groover, for 38mm deep groove.

Groover Size (mm)

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

187 x 112

Carborundum Rub-Block Carborundum rub-block complex with plastic handle for greater comfort.

Carborundum Rub-Block Size (mm)

150 x 75

Frost Blankets Application: Laying concrete at temperatures below 5ºC generally requires special precautions (such as special concrete additives, heating devices, hot vapour equipment etc.). An easy and inexpensive solution is the use of Frost Blankets. The thermal insulation effect of the Frost Blanket significantly reduces the loss of natural concrete hydration heat and thereby keeps the concrete warm long enough for a safe curing. Benefits: Concrete laying in summer and winter season. The combination of their excellent thermal insulation performance, their negligible water absorption and their flexibility make Frost Blankets ideal for improved concrete curing. • negligible water absorption. • excellent thermal insulation. • excellent chemical resistance. • fast laying from the roll. • lightweight, easy to handle and cut. • good mechanical resistance. • flexible at very low temperatures. Frost blankets from SIG Construction Accessories can be directly rolled onto the wet concrete. Wind conditions might necessitate the mats being held in place by suitable loading at the contractor’s discretion. Beware not to walk on the mats during installation and before hardening of the concrete. Available in roll size 2m x 75m x 7.5mm (+/-5% tolerance on width and length).

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bubble Wrap A versatile bubble film sheeting on a roll. Used for a low cost concrete curing blanket/frost blanket and protection membrane.

Size (m)

1, 1.5 x 100

Hessian Hessian Rolls for frost protection and curing of concrete and brickwork.

Hessian Size (m)

1.37 x 46

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Bubble Wrap

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Notes / Calculations

Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories

Waterproofing

There are many forms of sheet membranes used to protect structures from water ingress. We pride ourselves on stocking a full range from the important manufacturers in this sector, Fosroc, Grace, RIW, Ruberoid and Sika, to name but a few. We have been stocking these products for many years and are well able to give advice on all the systems.

• • • • • • •

Pre-applied Post-applied Bentonite carpets Bentonite / HDPE combinations Geotextile / HDPE combinations Cavity forming membranes Plus all the ancillaries to go with the systems including protection boards, sealing tapes, detailing accessories and where required primers.

Waterproofing Membranes

PAGE

Liquid Membranes

104

Waterstops & Waterplugs

111

Joint Sealers

120

Cementitious Waterproofing

128

Liquid Additive Waterproofing

135

Waterproofing

Our range includes:

PRODUCTS

Waterproofing

Waterproofing Membranes Proofex 3000 Proofex 3000 is a high performance self-adhesive membrane for a range of waterproofing applications including basements and substructures. Proofex 3000 provides a vapour and waterproof membrane to water excluding structures and protects concrete from attack by aggressive ground salts.

Proofex 3000 Type

3000

Width (m)

Length (m)

Roll Area (m2)

Edge Laps (mm)

End Laps (mm)

50 min

150 min

Waterproofing

Proofex Protection Board Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

Proofex Protection Board

2x1

Proofex Protection Board

2x1

Proofex Cavity Drain This provides a continuous water and damp proof drainage former to connect with drainage channels or outlets cast into floor slabs. These drainage channels or outlets connect with the site drainage system to provide a high level of waterproofing security.

Proofex Cavity Drain Code

Description

Size

PRO-CAVHC

Cavity drain HC

970mm x 50m

PRO-CAVFX

Cavity fixings

100

Detail strip

200mm x 10m

PRO-DTS

Proofex Sheetdrain A geocomposite HDPE drainage sheet with thermobonded polypropylene filter.

Proofex Sheetdrain Thickness

Roll Width (m)

Roll Length (m)

8mm

1.1

16mm

1.1

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Proofex Engage Proofex Engage is a pre-applied waterproofing membrane which mechanically bonds to poured concrete, remaining in place if settlement of substrate occurs.

Proofex Engage Type

Engage Detail Strip LM

Thickness (mm)

Width (m)

Length (m)

Edge Laps (mm)

End Lengths

Weight (kg)

4-5

1.27

Butt jointed

1.5

0.2

Nominal 100

3.3 - 6.7

Proofex Ancillaries Proofex LM Two-component bituminous liquid membrane for waterproofing of underground structures and intricate details in conjunction with Proofex waterproofing systems.

Proofex LM Size (kg)

Yield

7m2 at 4mm thick

Proofex Engage Detail Strip A reinforced, double sided waterproof adhesive tape for sealing and jointing roll ends, cut edges corner pieces. It consists of a strong synthetic fibre fabric impregnated and coated both sides with a butyl adhesive which is protected by a removable siliconised paper.

Proofex LM Mesh A reinforcing mesh used in conjunction with Proofex LM for areas of extreme loading (covings, edges and pipe penetrations).

Proofex Hydromat Proofex Hydromat is a bentonite waterproofing membrane with unique surface bentonite impregnation for impermeable lap joints.

Proofex Hydromat Roll Size (m)

Roll Weight (kg)

Thickness (mm)

1.2 x 2.42

7 dry

2.42 x 15

210

7 dry

Waterproofing

LM Mesh

Waterproofing

Hydromat Powder To ensure watertight continuity during detailing work and for sealing around awkward geometrical shapes, it may be necessary to cover an area with loose natural sodium bentonite powder.

Hydromat Powder Size (kg)

Famguard GS100 Waterproofing

Famguard GS100 is a bridge deck waterproofing membrane. It is a hot-applied pour and roll sheet system for use on podia, hard standings and local authority bridges.

Famguard GS100 Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg)

Laps (mm)

Famguard GS100*

1x8

Side lap: 100 End lap: 150

*Requires Proofex Primer.

Bituthene® Bituthene® Membranes Basement/substructure waterproofing and vapour proofing. Bituthene® is a range of flexible preformed post-applied basement waterproofing and vapour proofing membranes. Bituthene membranes are available in all grades to suit all climates, damp surface or green concrete application. Chemically resistant to provide effective external protection against aggressive soils, contaminated water, dilute acids and alkalis.

Bituthene® MRX Methane, CO2 and Radon resistant grade of Bituthene. Suitable for dry surface applications only.

Bituthene® 2000 For use below screeds as a vapour barrier. Suitable for dry surface applications only.

Bituthene® 3000 For basements and substructures. Externally applied waterproofing membrane for CO2 and radon gas protection. Suitable for dry surface applications only.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Bituthene® 4000 For basements and substructures. Externally applied waterproofing membrane for CO2 and radon gas protection. Suitable for application to damp surfaces and green concrete.

Bituthene® 8000 A Superior performance externally applied waterproofing membrane for basements and substructures. 70m hydrostatic pressure resistance with ultra low moisture transmission rate. Methane CO2 and radon gas protection. Suitable for application to damp surfaces and green concrete.

Bituthene® 4000 DW

Bituthene® Type

Roll Size (m)

Primer

Application Temp Range (ºC)

Bituthene MRX

1 x 20 (20m )

+5 to +35°C

Bituthene 2000

1 x 25 (25m2)

+4 to +35°C

Bituthene 3000

1 x 20 (20m2)

+4 to +35°C

Bituthene 4000

1 x 20 (20m2)

-10 to +35°C

Bituthene 8000

1 x 20 (20m2)

-10 to +35°C

Bituthene 4000 DW

1 x 20 (20m2)

-10 to +35°C

Bituthene® Primers Specially formulated one-part primers for sealing concrete and masonry surfaces to promote adhesion of Bituthene membranes.

Bituthene Primers Type

Size (litres)

Primer B1 - dry surface application only

5, 25 litres (Approx 10m2/litre)

Primer S2 - dry/damp surface and green concrete application

5, 25 litres (Approx 10m2/litre)

Waterproofing

Designed specifically for waterproofing roofs of drinking water structures. Suitable for application to damp surfaces and green concrete.

Waterproofing

Bituthene® Protection Boards and Tapes Robust, non-degradable bitumen boards to provide protection to Bituthene membranes against backfill.

Bituthene Protection Boards Type

Size

Bituthene Protection Board

3mm x 1m x 2m

Waterproofing

Servipak Protection Board

6, 12mm x 1m x 2m

Bitustik™ 4000 (Adhere board to Bituthene)

150mm x 12m rolls

Bitutape™ 4000 (tape for over laps)

70mm x 20m rolls

Bituthene® LM Two component elastomeric cold applied liquid detailing compound. For use with Grace waterproofing membranes where liquid applied waterproofing is necessary to ensure watertight continuity, such as pile terminations, pipe penetrations, internal corners and membrane continuity through masonry walls. Bituthene LM cures to form a tough seamless rubber-like waterproof layer.

Bituthene LM Type

Size (litres)

Bituthene LM

5.7

Preprufe® Pre-applied external waterproof membranes for basements and substructures Preprufe develops a continuous mechanical bond to poured concrete preventing water migration between the structure and the membrane, substantially reducing the risk of leaks. Preprufe 300R & 160R also provide protection against methane, CO2 and radon gas. For use below slabs and on reinforced concrete basement walls. Preprufe membranes are composite sheets comprising a robust HPDE backing, a pressure sensitive adhesive and a trafficable weather resistant coating. Preprufe 300R – under slabs greater than 350mm thick. Preprufe 160R – under slabs less than 350mm thick and vertical applications.

Preprufe Type

Thickness (mm)

Roll Size (m)

Roll Area (m2)

Roll Weights (kg)

300R

1.2

1.2 x 30

160R

0.8

1.2 x 35

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Preprufe® 160 Flex Pre-applied flexible waterproof membrane that develops an adhesive bond to poured concrete. It composes of a robust flexible backing, a pressure sensitive adhesive and a trafficable weather resistant coating.

Preprufe® 160 Flex Type

Preprufe 160 Flex

Size

Roll Area (m2)

Weight (kg)

1.2m x 35m roll

Store upright in dry conditions below +30°C.

Preprufe® 160 Flex Ancillary Products Preprufe 300R Preprufe Tape LT Adcor 550MI Adcor 500S Bituthene LM

Size

Waterproofing

Type

1.2m x 30m 100mm x 15m 8 x 5m rolls 6 x 5m rolls 5.7 litre packs

Preprufe® 800PA Self-adhesive Preprufe membrane for basement walls in open excavations. Preprufe 800PA is a cold-applied, self-adhesive waterproofing membrane, composed of a reinforced cross laminated HDPE film, and a synthetic non-bituminous adhesive. Preprufe 800PA incorporates the Preprufe Advanced Bond Technology™.

Preprufe® 800PA Type

Preprufe® 800PA

Size

Weight

Minimum overlap

1.2m x 35m roll

35kg/roll

50mm

Store upright in dry conditions below +30°C.

Preprufe® SC1 All surfaces should be primed with one coat of Preprufe SC1 primer.

Preprufe® 800PA TType

Preprufe SC1

Size

Coverage (m2/l)

20 litre can

10 – 12*

*Depending upon method of application, surface porosity and ambient temperature.

Waterproofing Preprufe® SC1 Ancillary Products TType

Size

Bituthane LM

5.7 litre packs

Grace Protection Board

3mm x 0.9m x 2.03m (±6%)

Adcor 500S

6 x 5m rolls

Hydroduct

1.25m x 32m, see product details below

Preprufe® Tape For sealing overlaps at Preprufe roll ends and cut ends.

Waterproofing

Preprufe Tape Type

Thickness (mm)

Roll Size

Roll Weight (kg)

0.7

100mm x 15m

Hydroduct® Hydroduct® Vertical Drainage Sheets Creep resistant drainage sheets are prefabricated geocomposites comprising studded polystyrene drainage cores covered with polypropylene filter fabric. They provide cost effective alternatives to traditional aggregate drainage. To be used in conjunction with Grace waterproofing membranes.

Hydroduct® 200 Polypropylene spun bonded filter fabric on one face of a 11mm studded drainage core. Applied to walls of basements that have been waterproofed with Bituthene membranes and protected with Bituthene Protection Boards.

Hydroduct® 220 Polypropylene spun bonded filter fabric on one face of a 11mm studded drainage core with a bonded plastic film on the other. Applied to walls of basements that have been waterproofed with Bituthene membranes. Also applied to existing basement walls and permanent shuttering prior to the application of Preprufe membranes.

Hydroduct® Coil 150 Polypropylene non-woven filter fabric encapsulating a 25mm studded drainage core. Installed at the bottom of basement walls and linked to the Hydroduct drainage sheet.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Hydroduct Type

Thickness (mm)

Roll Size

Roll Area (m2)

Roll Weight (kg)

Hydroduct 200

1.25m x 32m

Hydroduct 220

1.25m x 32m

Hydroduct Coil 150

150mm x 30.5m

Hydroduct CF Hydroduct CF

Waterproofing

A highly efficient, cost effective drained cavity former. When installed against the internal face of concrete floors and walls Hydroduct CF will provide a continuous drainage path that must link with the site internal drainage system.

Hydroduct CF 20 Forming drained cavities horizontally and vertically.

Hydroduct CF 08 Used for drained cavities vertically in lower risk applications.

Hydroduct CF Code

Description

Size

HYD-CF20

Hydroduct CF 20

20m x 2m

HYD-CF08

Hydroduct CF 08

20m x 2.4m

SERV-TAPE

Servitape 4000

30mm x 12m

HYD-STRIP

Hydroduct Strip 4000

150mm x 20m

Hydroduct® Ancillaries

Hydroduct Ancillaries Type

Cut fasteners (jointing)

Roll Size

Strip 8 x 4 dimples, 5 supplied per roll

Bitutstik™ 4000 (jointing)

150mm x 12m long

Bitutape™ 4000 (jointing)

70mm x 20m long

Hydroduct Tape End Outlet Straight Connector Tee Connector

Waterproofing

Sheetseal Sheetseal is a cold applied, self adhesive bitumen sheet waterproofing membrane. It is typically used as an external basement tanking system or ground floor DPM, particularly where large unobstructed areas are to be waterproofed.

Sheetseal Type

Thickness (mm)

Roll Size

Weight (kg/m2)

226

1.6

1050mm x 19.05m

1.7

226

1.6

300mm x 20m

1.7

226

1.6

150mm x 20m

1.7

Waterproofing

Sheetseal Ancillaries Membrane Primers Sheetseal primer is a bitumen solution.

Sheetseal Primers Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Sheetseal Primer

Membrane Protection Boards Bitumen Protection Board is a tough, flexible bitumen impregnated board used for the protection of waterproof membranes against mechanical damage, pedestrian or vehicular traffic and abrasion caused by backfilling.

Adhesive Tape Adhesive Tape is a double-sided tape, designed to be used in conjunction with the Bitumen Protection Board to adhere it to dry surfaces of bituminous type membranes. It may be used in ‘pads’ 150mm square, or in strips of suitable length. It can also be used to adhere to other materials, such as polyethylene sheets or similar, to most ‘dried’ RIW membranes.

Bitumen Protection Board/Adhesive Tape Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

Weight

Bitumen Protection Board

0.9 x 2.02

3kg/m2

Adhesive Tape

0.15 x 15

4kg/roll

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Double Drain Double Drain is an impermeable high density polyethylene profiled sheet incorporating a permeable geotextile filter fabric designed to prevent ground water reaching a structure and to protect and enhance the performance of the waterproof membranes.

Double Drain Thickness

8mm

Roll Size (m)

Weight (kg/m2)

2 x 15

0.62

RIW Top Edging Strip

RIW X Cramps A fixing aid for locating and mechanically securing the system to the substrate. Bags of 60.

Plaster Drain Plaster Drain is an internal drainage system manufactured from clear high density polyethylene with 5mm undercut studs in a dovetail shape which forms the key for plaster and render finishes in above and below ground situations.

Plaster Drain Thickness (mm)

0.5

Roll Size (m)

Weight (kg/m2)

Overall Thickness (mm)

2 x 20

0.48

RIW Plaster Drain Overtape Butyl rubber tape, with a nonwoven polypropylene surface, for sealing over joints in the membrane. 25 metre rolls.

RIW Plaster Drain Plugs A plastic plug for fixing membrane to structure. Boxes of 500.

Waterproofing

A high-density profiled polyethylene sheet which protects the top edge of the RIW Double Drain and prevents clogging. 2 metre strips.

Waterproofing

RIW Cavity Drain Cavity Drain is an internal tanking drainage system used to collect water entering the basements and sub-structures and channel it to a sump or collection point for disposal. P20 is used mainly on floors but can also be used for walls. P5 is used only for walls.

RIW Cavity Drain Type

Roll Size (m)

Weight (kg/m2)

2.07 x 20

0.48

Overall Thickness (mm)

P20

2 x 20

0.95

Waterproofing

RIW Ancillaries RIW Sealing Tape A self-adhesive tape to seal joints between the RIW Wall / Floor Junction and membrane. 20 metre rolls.

RIW Sealing Rope A self-adhesive rope for sealing between individual sheets and around services, fixings etc. 5 metre length.

RIW Brick Plugs A fixing plug for vertical fixing of the Cavity Drain. Boxes of 100.

RIW Wall / Floor Junction A pre-formed corner piece for assisting in sealing around corners and services. 20 metre rolls.

RIW Adhesive Tape A double-sided tape for adhering the RIW Wall / Floor Junction. 15 metre rolls.

Structureseal Structureseal is waterproofing composite of high swelling Sodium Bentonite encapsulated between a non-woven and woven geotextile. When confined under pressure within a structure the swelling is controlled, forming a dense, monolithic, impervious waterproofing membrane.

Structureseal Type

Structureseal

Thickness (mm)

Roll Size (m)

Roll Weight (kg)

6.4

1.1 x 5

35 - 40

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Structureseal Ancillaries Waterstop Waterstop is an active bentonite based waterstop that is designed to replace passive PVC/Rubber type waterbars thereby eliminating the requirement of special pieces and seam welding. Waterstop is not designed for, or intended to function as an expansion joint sealant.

Waterstop Type

Size (mm)

Supplied as

RIW Waterstop

25 x 19

6 x 5m long coils per box

Sealing Compound

Sealing Compound Type

Sealing Compound

Size (litres)

Weight (kg)

14.25

Granules Granules are chemically treated sodium bentonite granules, which are used as a detailing accessory product, with the RIW Structureseal system. When hydrated and in containment, the Granules form into a dense, impermeable material, that combines with the sodium bentonite in Structureseal to form a seamless waterproof membrane. Available in 20kg tub.

Washers 40mm hardened nail with 30mm premounted washer for securing the RIW Structurseal to concrete by hand nailing or shot firing.

Staple Gun A manual stapler and staples box of 2500 for fixing sheets of Structurseal together at laps etc.

Waterproofing

Sealing Compound is a trowel-grade, sodium bentonite / butyl-rubber based sealant, designed for a variety of surface preparation and waterproofing detail work, for use with the RIW Structureseal system. Being a bentonite based material, Sealing Compound swells upon contact with water to seal against water intrusion. With the consistency of thick grease, Sealing Compound is easy to apply and bonds to most materials.

Waterproofing

Hyload Tanking Membranes A range of SBS polymer modified bitumen waterproofing systems for use in cast concrete, brick and blockwork constructions, both internally and externally, to protect buildings against water from the ground. All Hyload Tanking Membranes have BBA certification.

Hyload Tanking Membrane - 1000SA A multi-purpose, self adhesive damp proof and tanking membrane.

Hyload Tanking Membrane - 2000SA A tougher, more durable self adhesive damp proof and tanking membrane. Waterproofing

Hyload Tanking Membrane - 3100 A high performance torch applied tanking membrane, ideally suited for tanking in cold and damp conditions. Excellent lap adhesion and security is achieved by torch application.

Hyload Tanking Membrane - 3100HD A high performance torch applied tanking membrane, ideally suited for tanking in cold and damp conditions. It has a tough, non-woven polyester fibre facing, which eliminates the need for a separate protection board when externally tanking. Excellent lap adhesion and security is achieved by torch application.

Hyload Tanking Membranes Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

1000SA

1 x 20

1.5

2000SA

1 x 15

2.0

3100

1 x 10

3.0

3100HD

1 x 10

3.7

IKOpro SA Bitumen Primer A rubber-modified bituminous priming solution designed to seal and prepare surfaces for the application of selfadhesive damp proofing or tanking membranes. It is fastdrying and is ideal for ensuring a long-term bond between the surface and subsequent membranes being applied. It may be applied to many substrates including concrete, wood, brickwork, blockwork and metal.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

IKOpro Quick Dry Primer A quick-drying and deep-penetrating priming solution designed to seal and prepare surfaces for the application of torch applied tanking membranes. IKOpro Quick Dry Primer dries in approximately 30 minutes at 20째C, depending on the substrate, and leaves no residual tack. Suitable for use on dry or slightly damp surfaces. It may be applied to many substrates including concrete, wood, brickwork, blockwork and metal.

Liquid Primers Type

Size (litre cans)

Coverage (m2/litre)

IKOpro SA Bitumen Primer

5, 25

Concrete 3 - 4, Metal 10 - 15

IKOpro Quick Dry Primer

5, 25

Concrete 3 - 4, Metal 10 - 15

A tough, flexible polymeric board for protecting tanking membranes against mechanical damage, pedestrian or vehicular traffic and abrasion caused by backfilling. Hyload Protection Board also protects against ground salts and most corrosive chemicals.

Hyload Protection Boards Type

Thickness (mm)

Size (m)

1.5, 3.0

1x2

Hyload Protection Board

Hyload PlasDrain.12 and Hyload PlasFlow.25 Structural Drainage Systems Hyload Plasdrain is a high performance geocomposite drainage layer that offers distinct benefits over aggregate filter beds. Hyload Plasdrain.12 structural drainage systems have been specifically developed to provide high flow capacity while offering protection to Hyload Plasprufe tanking membranes. Hyload PlasDrain.12 should be used in conjunction with Hyload PlasFlow.25 flow drain.

Structural Drainage Systems Type

Size (m)

Hyload PlasDrain.12

1.1 x 50

Hyload PlasFlow.25

0.1 x 50

Waterproofing

Hyload Protection Board

100

Waterproofing

Bitusheet XL Bitusheet waterproofing membranes consists of a self bonding polymer modified bitumen which is covered on one side by a tough two ply cross laminated polythene film and protected on the other side by a release sheet which is removed prior to the bonding of the material on to a suitably prepared substrate. Once the release sheet has been removed the membrane can be easily applied by roller pressure.

Bitusheet XL Type

Bitusheet XL

Size (m)

1.05 x 19.05

Waterproofing

Bitusheet Ancillaries SBS Protection Board Used in conjuction with sheet membrane and liquid membrane tanking systems. 2 x 1 metre bitumous board.

Reinforcing (XL) Tape Bitusheet Self Adhesive Reinforcing Tape comprises of a cross-laminated high-density polyethylene sheet coated with a Bitumen Polymer Adhesive faced with a release sheet. 20 metre roll.

Double Sided Tape Self Adhesive Double Sided Tape comprises of a Polymer Modified Bitumen 1.5mm thick faced on both sides with a release sheet.

Bitusheet Primer Type

Bitusheet Primer

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litres)

5, 25

Tapes Type

Reinforcing Tape Double Sided Tape

Roll Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

100, 150, 200, 300

50, 75, 100, 150

www.sig-ca.co.uk

101

Dual Seal Dual Seal is a high performance self swelling, self healing waterproofing membrane comprising of a thick, tough, high density polyethylene sheet laminated to 4kg/m2 of quality Bentonite granules. The Bentonite used in the manufacture of Dual Seal is capable of repeated cycles of wetting and drying without deterioration of its sealing properties and has a life expectancy measured in thousands of years. It has WRAS approval for use with potable water and is BBA Certified.

Type

HDPE Thickness (mm)

Membrane Thickness (mm)

Roll Width (m)

Roll Length (m)

Coverage Per Roll (m2)

0.5

4.0

1.22

7.32

8.93

HDPE

Dual Seal Ancillaries Dual Seal Mastic A trowelable mastic comprising of a special formulation of expandable minerals and elastomeric compound which expands and stiffens in the presence of water to form an impervious barrier to water penetration. Size: 19 litres.

Dual Seal Granules A high swelling sodium bentonite in granular form which reacts when in contact with water and forms an impervious gel. Size: 23kg bags.

Bitusheet XL Tape Used as an overband tape for the sealing of membranes to membranes. Size: 100mm x 20m.

Fixing Strip 3 metre long (galvanised), holes punched every 300mm.

Waterproofing

Dual Seal

102

Waterproofing

Walldrain Walldrain consists of a cuspated lightweight plastic core bonded to a geotextile fibre filter. The fibre will permit free entry of water, but not soil, and so prevent soil particles from clogging drainage systems. Walldrain is designed to be placed with the geotextile filter layer facing the direction of the water seepage or backfill.

Slabdrain Slabdrain is a cavity drain former manufactured from a dimpled H.D.P.E, designed to provide a drainage channel beneath the concrete in floor and wall construction. The former is provided with selvedges to enable joints to be sealed to give a water and gas tight membrane.

Slabdrain Waterproofing

Roll Size (m)

Walldrain Thickness (mm)

1 x 50

Roll Size

12mm x 1m x 50m

Walldrain Ancillaries Soft Washer Fixing Fast, reliable fixing for membranes, mesh or insulation.

Anchor Plug Drill 8mm hole and set with hammer. Use mastic tape to form a washer seal under head.

Washered Nails Membrane Washers For use with washered nails.

Soft Washer Fixing Size (mm)

Nail 37 Washer 36

Anchor Plug Box Quantity

150

Washered Nails Size

25, 30, 40

Size

8 x 75

Box Quantity

100

Membrane Washers Box Quantity

Size (mm)

Box Quantity

500

19, 32

100

www.sig-ca.co.uk

103

Bentonite Geotextile Waterproofing Bentonite has been used by the construction industry in waterproofing systems for more than 30 years. Naturally occurring sodium bentonite has exceptional waterproofing qualities, with its ability to swell when in contact with water and convert from dry clay to impervious gel. Manufacturers have harnessed this waterproofing power by containing sodium bentonite between two layers of geotextile, creating the ideal system for sealing reinforced concrete structures. Can be installed in virtually any weather condition. Bentonite membrane forms a continuous mechanical bond to concrete. This bond is created when the strong geotextile fibres are encapsulated by poured concrete as shown in the illustration.

Waterproofing

Voltex Applications: • Under structural slabs. • Sheet piling. • Tunnels. • Concrete walls.

Soft-washer Fastener Allows direct shot-fired application to steel piling, sheets, concrete etc.

Voltex Type

Pack

Voltex 1.10m x 5m

Per roll

Soft Fixing Washer

Box of 150

Fixing Stapler Staples

Each Box of 2500

Bentoseal® Patented trowel grade sodium bentonite compound used to detail around penetrations, corner transitions and terminations.

Volclay® granules Pure granular Volclay® bentonite used dry, or as paste by adding water at detail areas requiring additional protection.

Bentoseal Type

Bentoseal Pail Bentoseal Cartridge Volclay Granules

Pack

14.25 litres 0.95 litre 20kg

104

Waterproofing

Liquid Membranes Mulseal DP Mulseal DP is a bitumen rubber/latex compound designed for use in waterproofing applications. Mulseal is suitable for uses such as waterproof membrane to retaining walls, as a vapour barrier to panels and repairing fine cracks in asphalt surfaces.

Mulseal DP Type

Mulseal DP

Size (litre)

Coverage (m2/litre*)

5, 25, 200

1.1 - 1.4

*Depending on surface texture. Waterproofing

Fosroc Primer 3 Metal and timber surfaces must be primed with a coat of Primer 3 before applying Mulseal DP.

Fosroc Primer 3 Type

Size (litre)

Fosroc Primer 3

5, 25 litres

Proofex LM Two-component bituminous liquid membrane for waterproofing of underground structures and intricate details in conjunction with Proofex waterproofing systems. Yield: 7m2 at 4mm thick.

Proofex LM Size (kg)

Yield

7m2 at 4mm thick

Eurotec 1000 Eurotec 1000 is an advanced performance, cold applied, polymer waterproofing which dries to form a tough elastomeric seamless membrane. Waterproofing integrity assisted by two colour coat applications, providing visual assurance of application. Applied in two coats (red first) with brush, roller or airless spray, to various substrates, including concrete, masonry, steel or timber. No primer required. Eurotec 1000 offers levels of protection for below ground structures in accordance with BS 8102. Best applied between +5째C to +35째C. Applications: Waterproofing and Vapour proofing Ground Floors, Basements, Sub Structures, where movement is anticipated.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

105

Eurotec 1000 Code

Size (litre)

Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)

0.8 - 1.5

EURO/1000/5/R

0.8 - 1.5

EURO/1000/20/Y

0.8 - 1.5

EURO/1000/20/R

0.8 - 1.5

EURO/1000/5/Y

Eurogard HD

Applications: Uses include High Risk Waterproofing, Chemical Resistant Applications, Hygienic areas and Trafficable and Anti-skid Surfaces. For example; Computer Floors, Bund Walls, Balconies and Walkways. Applications can be steam cleaned. Colour - Light brown.

Eurogard HD Code

Size (litre)

Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)

EURO/GARDHD/5

0.25

EURO/GARDHD/20

0.25

Eurocote Eurocote is a cold applied, UV light resistant, bitumen solution reinforced with mineral fibres. Easily applied with minimum preparation. No primer required. Apply in two coats using roller or brush. Best Applied between +5째C to +35째C. Applications: Water and Vapour Proofing, Non-Potable Water Tanks, Ponds, Plinths, Exposed Metal, Wood and Concrete. Will encapsulate Asbestos. Colours - Black, Aluminium.

Eurocote Code

Size (litre)

Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)

EURO/COTE/5

0.5

EURO/COTE/20

0.5

Waterproofing

Eurogard HD is a cold applied, solvent free, durable, epoxy resin coating for internal or external use. Applied in two coats with brush, roller or airless spray. Anti-Skid is achieved by broadcasting Bauxite into the second coat. No primer required. Best applied between +5째C to +35째C.

106

Waterproofing

Bituthene LM Type

Size (litres)

Bituthene LM

5.7

Waterproofing

Procor® Procor® is a two-component, synthetic rubber, externally applied liquid waterproofing membrane. It cures to form a resilient, fully bonded elastomeric sheet. Procor will protect structures against water and water vapour ingress. At a single coat thickness of 1.5mm, Procor will resist a hydrostatic head in excess of 20m when fully loaded. Damp surface tolerant, can be applied to green concrete and damp to touch surfaces.

Procor® 10 Trowelling grade for horizontal surfaces. Also recommended for vertical application at temperatures less than 12°C.

Procor® 20 Trowelling grade for vertical surfaces at application temperatures above 12°C.

Procor® Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/unit)

Procor 20

7.5

4.5

Procor® 10

7.5

4.5

Procor® Ancillaries Type

Size

Grace Protection Board ®

Armourtape™

1.0m x 2.0m 75mm x 10m roll

Hydroduct® 200

1.25m x 32m

Preprufe® Tape

100mm x 15m roll

Servijoint® One Adcor® 500S Bitutape™ 4000

310ml 6 x 5m rolls 70mm x 20m roll

www.sig-ca.co.uk

107

Procor® Concrete Sealer Procor® Concrete Sealer is a water-based surface conditioner designed to mitigate problems associated with the application of Procor® applied to cast concrete and masonry substrates in conditions where an air or vapour drive is likely to cause blistering or pin-holing of the Procor® surface.

Procor® Conrete Sealer Type

Size (litre buckets)

Procor Concrete Sealer

18.9

Aquamac Bituminous Black Paint

Aquamac Sizes (litre)

Coverage (m2/litre)

5, 25

approx 6.5

Flexiseal Flexiseal is a two colour, seamless and fully bonded liquid applied waterproof coating based on polyurethane technology. RIW Flexiseal cures by drawing moisture from the air to form a highly flexible but durable barrier to water and water vapour and is typically used where a high performance tanking system is required. Available in black or grey.

Flexiseal Type

RIW Flexiseal RIW Flexiseal Primer

Size

Coverage

6, 25kg

2m2/kg/coat

5, 20 litres

8m2/litre

Flexiseal Ancillaries Protection Board/Sheetseal Type

RIW Protection Board RIW Sheetseal 9000 DPC

Size

3mm x 0.9 x 2.02m Available in standard sizes

Waterproofing

A solvent-borne bituminous black paint. For the protection of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, concrete roofing felt, fibre cement, corrugated iron, asphalt and wood against water.

108

Waterproofing

Heviseal Heviseal is typically used to provide a protective coating to concrete or steel superstructures or other structures such as retaining walls, plinths etc. RIW Heviseal is suitable as a waterproof membrane, for periodic maintenance onto existing flat roof area. The membrane can also be used on parapet walls, gutters, planters, ponds and water storage tanks. Heviseal has excellent U.V. resistance.

Heviseal Type

Size (litre)

Coverage (m2 per litre/coat)

5, 20

1.5

Heviseal Waterproofing

Hydrocoat Hydrocoat is an easily applied, high build black bitumen paint, which dries to a water and water vapour proof finish. It may be easily applied to most building substrates.

Hydrocoat Type

RIW Hydrocoat

Size (litre)

Coverage (m2/litre in 2 coats)

205

LAC Liquid Asphaltic Composition is typically used as a damp proof membrane to ground floors, as a vapour barrier behind cladding and for tanking of basements. It is also suitable for waterproofing foundation walls, ducts, lintels, columns, beams and similar structures at, above and below ground level and as a radon barrier.

LAC Type

RIW Liquid Asphaltic Composition

Sizes (litre)

Coverage For Two Coats

1m2/litre (typical 2 coats )

1.25m2/litre (steelwork 2 coats)

205

LAC Ancillaries Sheetseal 226 Size

150, 300mm x 20m Also see page 94.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

109

Toughseal

Toughseal Type

Toughseal

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre/coat)

5, 20 litres

Toughseal Ancillaries Aggregate/Solvent Type

Size

Aggregate, Grade 1

25kg

Aggregate, Grade 2

25kg

Cleaning Solvent

5 litres

Flexiseal

6, 25kg

Synthaprufe Synthaprufe Original IKOpro Synthaprufe Original is a high performance, brush applied damp proofing emulsion containing synthetic rubber latex which provides a waterproof and vapour resistant, black elastomeric membrane. IKOpro Synthaprufe Original exhibits low odour, with exceptional flexibility and crack resistance, even at low temperatures and offers excellent resistance to sulphates and other soil salts. When suitably protected, Synthaprufe will be effective through the life of the building. Synthaprufe bonds with great strength to a range of building materials.

Waterproofing

Toughseal is typically used to provide a water and water vapour proof barrier, or to give protection against abrasion, fresh and salt water, carbon dioxide, alkalis and dilute mineral acids. It is resistant to U.V. light and atmospheric attack. Suitable uses for Toughseal include raised access floors, ground floor slabs, swimming pool wet areas and shower areas, plant rooms, sewage plants and marine applications. When dressed with a suitable aggregate it will provide a slip retardant wearing surface or a waterproof key for tile bedding or renders. Toughseal is a two part mix and always requires two coats it is normal to do first coat in a different colour to the 2nd and for this purpose is available in grey and black.

110

Waterproofing For use as damp proofing of concrete, brick, blockwork and masonry, with vertical surfaces being finished with a gypsum based plaster system. Adhesive for unsealed wood block flooring (min 10mm thick). Suitable for tanking of basements.

Synthaprufe LAC High performance liquid damp proof membrane IKOpro Synthaprufe LAC is a high performance waterproofing liquid used as a damp proof membrane and water-repellent coating, prior to the erection of masonry. It forms a flexible membrane when cured and provides an effective barrier to water and water vapour.

Waterproofing

IKOpro Synthaprufe LAC is easy to apply and is suitable for use in the most demanding site locations. For use in waterproofing of foundations, retaining walls, abutments, steel columns, beams, lintels and structures where cladding is to form the outer leaf.

Synthaprufe Type

Sizes (litre cans)

Coverage for two coats (m2/litre)

IKOpro Synthaprufe Original

5, 25

Floors: 1st coat 1; 2nd coat 1.5

IKOpro Synthaprufe LAC

5, 25

Metal surfaces: 1st coat 2.5; 2nd coat 2.5

Walls: 3 coats each 2

All other surfaces: 1st coat 1.5; 2nd coat 2.5

Bitumen Emulsion A rubberised bitumen emulsion, cold applied as a protective damp proof membrane to concrete and brickwork. It can be applied by brush or roller but NOT SPRAY as a general waterproofer. Supplied in 5 litre, 25 litre or 205 litre.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

111

Waterstops & Waterplugs Supercast Hydrofoil Supercast Hydrofoil PVC waterstops are suitable for use in water retaining structures. When positioned centrally within the thickness of the concrete components they prevent the loss of water from within the structure and the ingress of ground water.

Supercast Rearguard Rearguard PVC waterstops are designed for use in vertical and horizontal joints in both water retaining and water excluding structures.

Type

Supercast Hydrofoil

Size

Section width (mm)

Roll weight (kg)

Roll length (m)

250

27.1

200

27.3

250

33.4

200

24.0

250

42.9

Supercast Rearguard S Supercast XHD Hydrofoil

Other sizes available on request. A range of prefabricated junctions and intersections is available, also see generic profiles and accessories on page 128.

Supercast Twinstop Supercast Twinstop is a PVC waterstop incorporating two hydrophilic elements for use in water excluding and water retaining structures. The hydrophilic elements provide extra security over standard PVC profiles.

Supercast Twinstop Type

Size (mm)

Supercast Rearguard TS

250

Supercast Hydrofoil TS

250

A range of prefabricated junctions and intersections is available, also see generic profiles and accessories on page 128.

Waterproofing

Supercast Hydrofoil and Rearguard

112

Waterproofing

Supercast SW10 and SW20 Supercast SW10 and SW20 are hydrophilic waterstops for use in water retaining and water excluding structures. The SW10/20 waterstops are fixed into place using either Supercast SW adhesive or SWX hydrophilic adhesive. Supercast SWX can also be used as a problem solving hydrophillic waterstop in difficult access areas and detailing.

Supercast SW10 and SW20 Type

Size

Coverage

Supercast SW10

5mm x 20mm x 15m rolls

Usually single run of strip per joint

Supercast SW20

10mm x 20mm x 5m rolls

Usually single run of strip per joint

Waterproofing

Supercast SW Ancillaries Supercast SW Type

Size (ml)

Coverage

Supercast SWX

310 cartridge

1.5m @ 16mm bead per cartridge

Supercast SW Adhesive

380 cartridge

Approx 13m @ 5mm bead per cartridge

Supercast Butyl-Nek Supercast Butyl-Nek is a rubber/bitumen pre-formed flexible sealing strip specifically used to provide a permanent watertight joint for pre-cast units which are jointed together on site. Applications include joints in manholes, inspection chambers, box culverts and concrete pipes. This easily compressible product is designed to completely seal and fill the annular space between pre-cast units regardless of shape or size. Supercast Butyl-Nek associated products have a 50year proven track record in the most extreme situations and are specified and used by precasters and contractors worldwide.

Supercast Butyl-Nek Type

Supercast Butyl-Nek

Size (mm)

12 x 60 x 6m 12 x 80 x 6m 12 x 120 x 6m 18 x 18 x 4.5m 22 x 22 x 4.5m 25 x 40 x 4m

Supercast Butyl-Nek - Primer Type

Supercast Butyl-Nek Primer

Size (litres)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

113

Supercast Synkoflex Supercast Synkoflex is a unique non-swelling, pre-formed plastic adhesive waterstop that bonds fast to cured concrete surfaces and fuses with fresh concrete. Supercast Synkoflex offers a host of practical advantages in application. It provides watertight integrity for construction joints in concrete structures in places where swellable waterstops are not best suited, such as bund walls and thin section walls and slabs. It has exceptional adhesion and malleability, making it an excellent choice for steel sheet piling/floor slab joints. Supercast Synkoflex comes with an extensive track record of more than 30 years proven reliability on major projects in the USA - now extending to Scandinavia, the UK and other major European countries.

Supercast Synkoflex Size (mm)

Coverage

Supercast Synkoflex

25 x 25

Box of 25mm x 1m strips

Supercast Synkoflex FR

12 x 30

Box of 6mm x 5m roll

Supercast Synkoflex Ancillaries Supercast Synkoflex Ancillaries Type

Supercast Synkoflex Primer Supastik E10 Adhesive

Size (litres)

3.79 2

Supercast Joco 10 Multiple injection hose for protection against potential and active leaks in concrete structures. Supercast Joco 10 is a resin injection system developed to provide increased water integrity for construction joints in water retaining and excluding structures i.e. tanks and basements.

Supercast Joco 10 Type

Supercast Joco 10

Size

14mm x 20m coil

XHD Hydrofoil Increased web thickness gives a much stiffer section. The stiffened profile is used where large volumes of concrete are being placed. They are used where concrete is being placed from a great height such as deep wall shutters.

Waterproofing

Type

114

Waterproofing

Supercast - SW Supercast SW is a swellable Waterstop for integral sealing of construction joints in concrete cast in-situ.

Supercast - SW Adhesive Supercast SW Adhesive is used to fix Supercast SW10 and SW12 to substrate.

Supercast - SWX

Waterproofing

Supercast SWX is grey, elastomeric water-swellable paste which is applied like a sealant. The hydrophilic properties of Supercast SWX display good consistency in swell rate during repeated wet/dry cycling. Expansion of the product on contact with water creates a positive pressure against the faces of the concrete joint, thus preventing the passage of water.

Supercast SW

Supercast SWX & Adhesive

Size

Type

5mm x 20mm x 15m

SWX Paste

Size (ml)

310

10mm x 20mm x 5m

Adhesive

380

Fosroc Waterstop Ancillaries Factory Welded Intersections A range of factory welded intersections for Hydrofoil (prefix H), XHD Hydrofoil (prefix X) and Rearguard S (prefix R).

Jointing Jigs Use to produce accurate square cuts in Fosroc waterstops and to hold ends to be welded in precise alignment. Contact us for details.

Flat on mitre

3 way on flat

Heater Blades

Used to weld PVC waterstops and intersections. 110v and 220v x 350w blades are available. Non-electric blades are also available. Contact us for details.

4 way on flat

Factory Welded Intersections Type

(prefix) MOF (prefix) 3 WAY (prefix) 4 WAY (prefix) T-PCE (prefix) MOEINT (prefix) MOEEXT

90 mitre on edge

270 mitre on edge

www.sig-ca.co.uk

115

Adcor速 500S A conformable, swellable polymer/butyl rubber waterstop strip for construction joints that expands in contact with water. When fully encapsulated by poured concrete, the expansive forces form a seal against concrete faces. The seal resists hydrostatic pressure, stopping water from entering sub-structures. Adcor速 is a unique product that has been specifically developed to provide better performance than conventional swellable rubber waterstops.

Adcor 500S Type

Adcor 500S

Size

5m rolls

Adcor Mastic

310ml cartridge

Adcor Adhesive MS

310ml cartridge

Adcor 500S Ancillaries Type

Adcor 500S Mesh Profile Large Secura Clips

Size

1m strips, 30 strips/bundle Each

Serviseal Serviseal is an externally cast passive PVC waterstop system manufactured in a range of sizes for the protection of expansion, construction and contraction joints in reinforced concrete basements and substructures.

Servitite Servitite is a specially formulated PVC, internally cast, heavy duty waterstop system manufactured in a range of sizes and grades for use in reinforced concrete structures. Servitite is cast into the centre of the concrete member where it provides resistance against high hydrostatic pressure from both faces.

PVC Edgetie PVC Edgetie is an internally cast passive waterstop system manufactured in a range of sizes for sealing joints in concrete structures subject to water pressure. Centrally placed.

Waterproofing

6 rolls/carton 30 cartons/pallet

116

Waterproofing

AT System AT System waterstops have been specially developed for water excluding and retaining structures such as basements, reservoirs or sewage treatment works. The AT System is an important advance in concrete joint protection that combines 'active technology' with the conventional mechanical properties of internally or externally placed PVC waterstops.

Grace Waterstops Description

Size (m)

Waterproofing

195mm Serviseal

240mm Serviseal

7.5

K320 Serviseal

7.5

Serviseal Pilecap

7.5

150mm Servitite

7.5

230mm Servitite

305mm Servitite

210mm PVC - Edgetie

260mm PVC - Edgetie

7.5

Servitite AT 200

7.5

Serviseal AT 240

7.5

Grace Waterstops Ancillaries Factory Welded Intersections A range of factory welded intersections, a full range of Grace Waterstops are available to order.

Factory Welded Intersections Description

Size

Flat L

–

Vertical L

–

Reverse Vertical L

–

Flat T

–

Flat X

–

Vertical T

–

*Junctions to suit all types of PVC Waterstop

www.sig-ca.co.uk

117

Ancillaries Description

Pack

Jointing Jigs

Each

110V knife

Each

220V knife

Each

Servistrip速 AH205

Servistrip AH205 Type

Size (mm)

Weight (m)

Servistrip AH205

5 x 20

PVC Waterstops Profiles SCP PVC Waterstops are available in various profiles for different concrete joint situations. Flat Dumbell and Centrebulb types are used for internal waterstop details and have been independently tested to prevent the ingress of water, up to 27m head in construction and expansion joints in water retaining and excluding structures. Extaseal external PVC Waterstop is a high performance heavy duty profile specifically developed to seal joints in concrete structures at the outside surface. Pilecap waterstop has been specifically developed to provide a watertight seal between the pilecap and floor slab in concrete structures.

Extaseal Type

Width

Construction Joint

200

250mm

Expansion Joint

200

250mm

320mm

250mm

320mm

10m

Kicker Joint Roll Size

Pilecap Type - Pilecap

Width (mm)

Roll Size (m)

Construction Joint

125 x 125

Expansion Joint

125 x 125

A range of prefabricated junctions & intersections are available, also see generic profiles & accessories on page 128.

Waterproofing

Servistrip速 AH205 is a hydrophilic solid rubber strip that exceeds the performance of thinly coated or hollow swellable strips. Servistrip AH 205 can be cast into insitu concrete or used between new and existing concrete sections to provide a highly effective watertight seal. The rate of swelling is controlled to allow installation and exposure to rain. The swelling pressure does not cause spalling or damage to freshly poured concrete before it has time to reach its design strength. The simple, solid form also allows it to be used in difficult locations such as diaphragm and secant piled walls. Also concrete surfaces where other sealing methods would be impractical.

118

Waterproofing Dumbell and Centrebulb Type

Width x 5mm web (Eyeletted)

Width x 10mm web (Heavy Duty)

Flat Dumbell Construction Joint

150, 200, 260mm

150, 250mm

Centrebulb Expansion Joint

150, 200, 260mm

150, 250, 305mm

15m

10m

Roll Size

Dual Stop Bentonite Waterstop

Waterproofing

Dual Stop Waterstop is a Bentonite based waterstop which reacts in contact with water by swelling to form a watertight seal in concrete structures. It has been independently tested up to 30 metre head of water. It has full WRAS approval for use with potable water. Dual Stop Waterstop has been specifically designed to seal construction joints against the ingress or outgress of liquids in water retaining or excluding structures. It is fixed by nailing to the face of the existing pour prior to placing the next pour. It is installed directly onto scabbled surfaces and will swell into voids up to 12mm deep. Changes of direction and end joints are simply achieved by butting together, no welding or adhesives are required.

Dual Stop Bentonite Waterstop Type

Size (mm)

Roll size (m)

Dual Stop Waterstop

7 x 25

Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint Waterstop Dualtite Waterstop consists of a PVC profile manufactured from weldable waterstop grade material incorporating Dual Seal Hydrophilic Bentonite Waterstops, which swell in contact with water, to form a totally watertight seal. The lug on either side of the central section, ensures that Dualtite is fully embedded into the adjacent concrete surface, and its unique central core design allows the joint to open up to 50%. When Dual Seal Bentonite Waterstop is installed in Kicker or Construction Joints, it is simply butt joined to the integral Dual Seal Waterstop, in the Dualtite, to create a totally watertight system.

Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint Waterstop Type

Roll Length (m)

Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint Waterstop

Superstop Self Swelling Waterstop SCP Superstop has been developed to provide a watertight seal in construction joints, and is particularly effective when used in â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;box outâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; applications. When water comes into contact with Superstop the bentonite expands to form a pressure seal which has been successfully tested to withstand a 33 metre head of water without leakage.

Superstop Self Swelling Waterstop Type

Size (mm)

Superstop

12 x 25

Roll Length (m)

19 x 25

3.9

www.sig-ca.co.uk

119

Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant Waterstop SCP Uraswell is a polyurethane based sealant which swells in contact with water and forms a permanent waterproof seal. Uraswell is solvent free and non-toxic and is easily applied with a barrel gun, it provides excellent adhesion on many materials including uPVC.

Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant Waterstop Description

Size (ml)

Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant

600 sausages

Barrel Gun

600

Swelltite Hydrophilic Self Swelling Waterstop

Swelltite Hydrophilic Self Swelling Waterstop Type

Swelltite Hydrophilic Primer P

Size

Roll Size (m)

20mm x 5mm

1 litre cans

Waterstop Waterstop is a sodium bentonite based material, designed to stop water infiltration through insitu concrete construction joints. Sodium bentonite swells when in contact with water, forming an impermeable barrier. This swelling property allows the Waterstop to form a permanent pressure seal within the concrete joint, thus eliminating water migration over or along the waterstop. The key to the productâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s effectiveness is its 75% sodium bentonite content, which provides superior expansion, to seal and fill voids and cracks within the concrete. Waterstop is an active bentonite based waterstop, that is designed to replace passive PVC / Rubber type waterbars, thereby eliminating the requirement of special pieces and seam welding. Waterstop is manufactured in light - weight, flexible coils that are easily installed in hot or cold weather conditions, by a single worker.

Waterstop Type

RIW Waterstop RIW Mesh

Size

25m x 19mm, supplied in 5m long coils. A box of 50 600mm lengths including fixing nails 30 linear metres per box

Waterproofing

SCP Swelltite Hydrophilic Waterstop is manufactured from a neoprene polymer based hydrophilic compound and high water absorbent resins. Swelltite has been specifically designed for use in sealing construction joints between pre-cast concrete units, steel and insitu concrete. Unlike traditional waterstops Swelltite is centrally placed and bonded flat in the joint prior to making the second pour, activated by water Swelltite will swell up to five times itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s volume and seal the passage of water by exerting pressure across the joint. Swelltite rolls are self adhesive. Porous Surfaces should be sealed with Primer P.

120

Waterproofing

Joint Sealers Bentorub+ Bentorub is a green flexible hydrophilic strip made of natural bentonite clay and synthetic rubber. It is designed for the sealing of concrete joints, cold joints and working joints in concrete, around pipe penetrations, in sewer joints, against slurry walls and sheet piling.

Bentorub Salt A Red flexible hydrophilic strip made of natural bentonite clay and synthetic rubber. It is has the same applications as Bentorub+ except Bentorub Salt may only be used in contact with salt and Brackish water.

Hydophilic Waterstop Waterproofing

Type

Size (mm)

Roll Size (m)

Bentorub+

20 x 25

Bentorub Salt

20 x 25

Swellseal Joint Swellseal Joint is a flexible co-extruded vulcanised strip made out of a combination of chloroprene rubber and a hydrophilic resin. The orange part has a swelling capacity of up to 600% in contact with water. The black part (= compression zone) has a swelling capacity of 150%. The ridged finish assures a better adhesion to concrete. Advantages: • Swellseal Joint has a proven track record in concrete structures subject to high water pressure. • Reversible vulcanised rubber swelling strip in contact with water. • Will not sag when correctly placed. • Can be easily installed by nailing or glueing with Swellseal Mastic. • Has a good all-round chemical resistance and can resist to petroleum, mineral and vegetable oils and greases. • Swellseal Joint can also be installed between smaller pre-cast elements and/or joints where one expects smaller settlements.

Swellseal Joint Description

Swellseal Joint Contact Adhesive

Size

7mm x 25mm x 10m 1ltr

www.sig-ca.co.uk

121

Swellseal 3V Swellseal 3V is an elastic strip made out of a combination of rubber and a hydrophilic resin. Enclosed between prefabricated concrete elements, it will expand in contact with water and in this way seal the joint. Swellseal 3V has a swelling capacity of up to 300 times when in contact with water.

Type F For sealing construction joints between pre-cast elements.

Type S For sealing joints between pre-cast tunnel segments.

Swellseal 3V Can only function properly in a confined space.

Swellseal 3V Description

Size

Swellseal 3V Type F

20mm x 5mm x 15m

Swellseal 3V Type S

20mm x 5mm x 15m

Swellseal 3V Type S CON5

20mm x 10mm x 5m Contact Adhesive 5 litre

Swellseal 8V Swellseal 8V is an elastic strip made out of a combination of rubber and a hydrophilic resin. Enclosed between prefabricated concrete elements, it will expand in contact with water and in this way seal the joint. Swellseal 8V has a swelling capacity of up to 800 times when in contact with water. Thanks to its high swelling capacity Swellseal 8V is extremely appropriate for applications with polluted water, in case of higher water pressure in zones with changing water table (wet/dry cycles). • Type F: For sealing construction joints between pre-cast elements • Type S: For sealing joints between pre-cast tunnel segments • Swellseal 8V can only function properly in a confined space The expansion of Swellseal 8V will create a certain pressure. Installation in the middle of the joint is preferred.

Swellseal Joint Description

Size

Swellseal 3V Type F

20mm x 5mm x 15m

Swellseal 3V Type S

20mm x 5mm x 15m

Swellseal 3V Type S CON5

20mm x 10mm x 5m Contact Adhesive 5ltr

Waterproofing

The expansion of Swellseal 3V will create a certain pressure. Installation in the middle of the joint is preferred.

122

Waterproofing

Swellseal Mastic Swellseal Mastic is a one-component, polyurethane based, solvent free, hydroswelling mastic, supplied in cartridges and aluminium sausages, for the sealing of construction joints and around pipe penetrations Swellseal Mastic cures and swells in the presence of moisture. Curing time depends on temperature and humidity conditions, i.e. curing time will reduce if RH and C° are higher. Swellseal Mastic will become firm in 24-36 hours. Performance is not affected by the curing time.

Swellseal Mastic Description (ml)

310 Cartridges Waterproofing

600 Sausages

Bentoject Bentoject is the combination of a hydrophilic bentonite strip and a post-injectable injection tube into one system for the sealing of construction joints in concrete. Bentoject is manufactured out of three layers: • A reinforced spiral of steel wire • A filtrating membrane • Bentonite rubber outer skin

Bentoject Description

Bentoject

Size

40m kit inc. accessories

Waterstop RX® 101/Revofix Waterstop RX® Waterstop RX® is a specially formulated mixture of natural sodium bentonite and butyl rubber. On contact with water penetrating the joint, the material swells to form a tight compression seal.

Revofix RX® Revofix® is an overlay mesh strip, used to hold Waterstop RX® in place centrally, supplied complete with fixing nails. The Waterstop RX® is held in place by the use of Revofix, or by using RXWB Adhesive.

Waterstop RX Description

Waterstop RX Revofix RXWB Adhesive

Size

20mm x 25mm x 5m 30m Box 3.8ltr

www.sig-ca.co.uk

123

Hydrotite Hydrotite is the original expanding rubber used in a variety of applications for sealing joints against water penetration. Initially developed for sealing segmental concrete tunnel linings, Hydrotite is a compound of polychloroprene (Neoprene) and hydrophilic resin, which expands when in contact with water, providing a self-sealing and easy to use alternative to traditional methods. Ideal for water retaining structures to achieve watertight insitu concrete joints.

Hydrotite Size

CJ-0725

10m coil

Contact Adhesive

1 litre

Leakmaster Leakmaster is a one-component, water-swelling elastic sealant, with excellent adherence. Supplied in 310ml cartridges for use with standard applicator gun.

Leakmaster Description

Hydrotite CJ Contact Adhesive Super Glue Leakmaster Cartridge

Size

7mm x 25mm x 10m 1 litre 20g 310ml

Sika 2, 3, 4 & 4A Sika 2, 3, 4 & 4A are all purpose waterproofing liquids with various setting times and/or waterproofing properties. Setting time dependent on concentration.

Sika 2 Sika Plug, is Sikaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fastest setting point leak plugging product when used neat, for point leak plugging where high water ingress is present.

Sika 3 All purpose setting and hardening accelerator also repairing cracks and joints (contains calcium chloride). A mortar accelerator for sealing joints in brickwork, blockwork, masonry and rock fissures.

Sika 4 Accelerator, waterproofer, also for oil resistant renders and underwater concreting. For point and surface waterproofing against seepage, particularly sea water and sewage.

Waterproofing

Description

124

Waterproofing

Sika 4A Quick setting waterproofer for renders and leak sealing, setting in about 45 seconds. For point and surface waterproofing against general seepage (should be covered with Sika 1 render).

Sika Waterproofing Liquids Type

Set Time

Consumption per kg Cement

Pack Size

Sika 2

10 to 20 seconds

0.7

Sika 3

20+ seconds

0.23 - 0.7

Sika 4

25+ seconds

0.15 - 0.7

45 seconds

0.18 - 0.35

5, 25

Sika 4A

Note - all consumption rates vary on set time and required use. Waterproofing

Sika 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Structural Waterproofing System Integral liquid waterproofing admixture component for structural waterproofing. SIKA 1 is diluted 1:10 with water and added to a pre-batched mortar. Also available in prebag system, see page 134.

SikaSwell Three joint sealing profiles that swell in contact with water. They are permanently water resistant, highly elastic and pretreated to prevent premature swelling on site.

SikaSwell Type

Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

Box (m)

140

2003

2010H

2507H

SikaSwell Sealant

600ml sausage

Sika Injectoflex Sika Injectoflex System (type HP) is an expanding, reinjectable hose for producing waterproof construction joints. Uses: Providing watertight joints for: Grade 2, 3 and 4 basements. Underground car parks. Water retaining structures.

Components: Inner tube of non expanding black neoprene. 3 red external hydrophilic swelling strips. 3 yellow compressible sealing cords of foam rubber

Sika Injectoflex Type

Injectoflex

Size (m)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

125

Thoro Waterplug Thoro Waterplug is a blend of hydraulic cements, well graded sands and chemical additives supplied in a dry powder form. It requires only the addition of clean water to produce a ready to use, ultra rapid setting plugging mortar.

Thoro Waterplug Type

Size (kg)

Thoro Waterplug

5, 25

Coverage: 1kg powder will yield 0.585 litres.

Fastfill WP is a safe and simple to use ultra-rapid setting mortar for arresting water seepage and infiltration under pressure through cracks, joints and voids in concrete and masonry prior to the application of cementitious coatings and mortars. It is a single component, polymer modified, fibre reinforced mortar based on shrinkage compensated Portland Cement, which is non caustic in use.

Fastfill WP Type

Fastfill WP

Size (kg)

Coverage

4.25 litres per 8kg

Coverage: 1kg powder will yield 0.53 litres.

Renderoc Plug Renderoc Plug is a rapid setting mortar which is easy to apply to horizontal, vertical or overhead surfaces at a wide range of thicknesses. There are two grades available: Renderoc Plug 1 with an initial set time of approximately one minute, and Renderoc Plug 20 with an initial set time of approximately 20 minutes. (Set times are based on ambient/substrate temperatures of 20째C).

Renderoc Plug Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (litres)

Renderoc Plug 1

Renderoc Plug 20

12.5

Waterproofing

Fastfill WP

126

Waterproofing

Plug A cementitious ready-mixed and rapid setting compound to plug leaks and stop water. DWI approved for use in contact with drinking water.

Plug Type

Vandex Plug

Size

15kg plastic, re sealable bucket

Cementfill WP Waterproofing

Cementfill WP is a single component, polymer modified, fibre reinforced, Portland cement based plugging and sealing compound. When mixed with water it exhibits unique hydraulic properties to produce a rapid setting mortar.

Cementfill WP Type

Cementfill WP

Size

Yield

Coverage

8kg bag

4.25 litres

2.15kg/mm/m2

Cementfill FC Cementfill FC is a single component, thixotropic, polymer modified, cement based, waterproof fairing coat and repair mortar for concrete and masonry.

Cementfill FC Type

Cementfill FC

Size

Yield

Coverage

20kg bag

12 litres

4m2 at 3mm thickness

Cementfill HB Cementfill HB is a single component, thixotropic, polymer modified, cement based, waterproof, rapid hardening, high build repair mortar for concrete and masonry.

Cementfill HB Type

Cementfill HB

Size

Yield

Coverage

20kg bag

13.2 litres

2.64m2 at 5mm thickness

www.sig-ca.co.uk

127

Cementflex Cementflex is a two component, polymer modified, flexible, cement based, waterproof coating for concrete and masonry.

Cementflex Type

Cementflex

Size

Yield

15kg bag (2-part) 9.4 litres

Coverage

1.6kg/mm/m2* & 4.7m2 at 2mm thickness

*On repaired and normal concrete surfaces

Cementjoint

Cementjoint Type

Cementjoint

Size

120mm x 10m rolls

Cementseal Cementseal is a two component, polymer modified, cement based, waterproof coating for concrete and masonry.

Cementseal Type

Cementseal

Size

Yield

15kg (2-part)

7.9 litres of slurry, sufficient to treat 4m2 at 2mm thickness

Cementseal Primer Cementseal Primer is a multi-functional, water based primer/curing agent, formulated on an aqueous acrylic copolymer.

Cementseal Primer Type

Cementseal Primer

Size

Yield

5 litre

5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 7 m2/litre

Waterproofing

Cementjoint is an advanced, elastomeric, highly tear resistant, breathable, waterproof composite tape.

128

Waterproofing

PVC Internal and External Profiles PVC Waterstop profiles are designed for the use in basement, foundation and floor slab construction in both horizontal and vertical joints.

External Expansion Incorporates a flat top centre box.

External Construction Plain web section for use in contraction and construction joints.

Centrebulb For use in expansion or contraction joints. Reinforced eyeleted outer flanges.

Dumbell Waterproofing

Plain web sections for use in construction and contraction joints, also incorporating eyeleted outer flanges.

H.D. Centrebulb Range 10mm thick plain web sections for use in construction and contraction joints, also incorporating eyeleted outer flanges.

Jointing Pieces A full range of junction pieces are available.

Tools Jig and Knife Type Jointing Jig 110V Hot Knife Gas Heated Hot Knife

Cementitious Waterproofing Aquatek Elastic 2C Aquatek elastic 2C is a two-component coating containing cement, selected silicas, fibres, modifiers and a water-based acrylic liquid. Aquatek Elastic 2C cures into a flexible, waterproof coating which allows a movement up to 0.6mm and up to 1.2mm if reinforced with Reinforcement Mesh.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

129

Aquatek Elastic 2C Type

Size (kg)

Roll Length

Aquatek Elastic 2C

Grey

Aquatek Elastic 2C

White

Aquatek Brush

Aquatek

Aquatek Super XA Description

Aquatek Super XA

Size (kg)

Colour

Grey

Application Brush

Omnitek Omnitek RM Fiber is a cement based powder containing selected silicas, fibres and modifiers. When mixed with clean water Omnitek RM Fiber provides a rapid setting, polymer modified, waterproof repair mortar. Omnitek XL Fiber is a cement based powder containing selected silicas, fibres and modifiers. When mixed with clean water Omnitek XL Fiber provides a fast setting, polymer modified, waterproof repair mortar.

Omnitek Description

Size (kg)

Colour

Omnitek RM

Grey

Omnitek XL

Grey

Aquatek Plug Aquatek Plug & Aquatek Plug X are powders composed out of cement, selected silicas and modifiers. When mixed with clean water Aquatek Plug & Aquatek Plug XF provide rapid setting plugging mortars. Aquatek Plug has a final setting time of three minutes, Aquatec Plug XF of thirty seconds. Can be applied even under water.

Aquatek Plug Description

Size (kg)

Colour

Aquatek Plug

10, 25

Grey

Aquatek Plug XF

10, 25

Grey

Waterproofing

Aquatek super XA is a waterproofing powder product composed of Portland cement, selected silicas, chemically reactive ingredients and modifiers. When broadcasted onto the surface, Aquatek Super XA reacts with the moisture in the concrete and forms a waterproofing barrier through reaction of the active chemicals with the free-lime, to form long chained insoluble crystalline complexes which block the capillaries and micro-fissures in the concrete, stopping water penetration even under negative water pressure.

130

Waterproofing

Aquatek Mastic P Aquatek Mastic P is a one-component, polyurethane sealant and adhesive which can be used as a durable, flexible sealant or for bonding applications on most building materials.

Aquatek Mastic P Description

Aquatek Mastic

Size

310ml

Application Gun

Thoroseal Waterproofing

Thoroseal速, when mixed with water or a THORO ACRYL 60/ water blend (one part THORO ACRYL 60 to three parts water) to a lump free consistency, provides a waterproof coating that is easily applied by brush or spray to concrete and masonry above and below ground level.

Thoroseal Type

Thoroseal

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

1st coat: 1.5 2nd coat: 1.0

Thoroseal Ancillaries Thoro Acryl 60 Thoro Acryl 60 is an acrylic polymer liquid additive for cement mixes, designed to enhance their physical characteristics, ease application and increase wear and weather resistance.

Thoro Acryl 60 Size (litres)

5, 20

Thoroseal Super When mixed with clean water Thoroseal Super forms an extremely durable waterproof coating for concrete and masonry. Applied with a brush or spray. Available in white and grey and in bags or pails. Resists both positive and negative pressure.

Thoroseal Super Type

Thoroseal Super

Size (kg)

Coverage

2.5 - 3.5kg/m2 for two coats

www.sig-ca.co.uk

131

Tarmac Limelite Plasters Modern gypsum based plasters should not be used in connection with cementitious waterproofing products. Limelite Renovating plaster and Tarmac High Impact Finishing Plaster have been formulated to compliment cementitious waterproofing systems.

Limelite Renovating Plaster Ideal for plastering on a range of substrates during renovation work and specifically following the installation of a new damp-proof course or system.

Tarmac High Impact Finishing Plaster

Tarmac Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

Limelite Renovating Plaster

3m @ 11mm / bag

High Impact Finishing Plaster

10m2 @ 3mm / bag

Flexcrete Cementitious Coating Range A range of twin component cementitious modified polymer coatings which resist a 100 metre hydrostatic head to waterproof concrete and other mineral substrates against both positive and negative pressure. The products are CE Marked in compliance with EN 1504-2 and have a variety of performance characteristics.

Cementitious Coating 851 A 2mm coating which cures to form a hard, highly alkaline film with a degree of flexibility. This versatile coating produces a complete barrier to chlorides and has a range of uses including potable water (DWI Approved), basements, tunnels and other underground structures. BBA certified.

Cemprotec Elastic Elastomeric grade of waterproof coating for the treatment of cracked or crazed surfaces.

Cemprotec E-942 Epoxy modified waterproof coating for enhancing the chemical resistance of concrete, blockwork and brickwork. Ideally suited for dirty water applications.

Waterproofing

A hard durable finishing plaster specifically designed to complement Limelite Backing Plasters.

132

Waterproofing

Cemprotec E-Floor Available as a standard 2mm product or a 3-6mm variable formulation for the waterproofing of floor and deck areas. Overcomes the risk of osmotic blistering on damp substrates.

Flexcrete Cementitious Coating 851 Type

Waterproofing

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

Coverage

Cementitious Coating 851

30 kg

16.67

8.33m²/30kg @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec Elastic

30kg

18.8

9.4m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec E-942

30kg

16.2

8.1m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec E-Floor

30kg

16.2

8.1m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec E-Floor HB

30kg

5m² @ 3mm thickness

Cemprotec EF Primer

5L & 25L

5 & 25

3-10m² per litre

Fosroc Integra Integra is an economic cementitious coating system for waterproofing concrete against positive and negative hydrostatic heads of water. Its uses include: sewage treatment and water treatment tanks, pipes, tunnels, manholes and below grade basements including retaining walls.

Fosroc Integra Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

By brush: 1 - 1.5, By trowel: 2 - 2.5

Integra

Nitocote CM210 Nitocote CM210 is a flexible cementitious coating, used for waterproofing water retaining structures and water excluding structures. It provides a flexible waterproof coating suitable for use in potable water tanks, reservoirs, canals and culverts. The material can be used on concrete, brick and blockwork substrates.

Nitocote CM210 Type

Powder component (grey or white) Liquid polymer component Proofex LM mesh

Size

18.2kg bag 5kg plastic container 100mm x 50m

Coverage

1mm - 12.5m2 per pack wet film thickness: 0.54m2/kg

www.sig-ca.co.uk

133

SikaTop Seal 107 SikaTop Seal 107 is a two-component polymer modified cementitious waterproof mortar comprising of a liquid polymer and a special cement based mix incorporating admixtures.

SikaTop Seal 107 Type

Size (kg)

Colour

Average Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

SikaTop Seal 107

10, 25

Cement

2.0

SikaTop 121 SikaTop 121 is a two-component thin layer waterproofing, levelling and bonding mortar.

Type

SikaTop 121

Size (kg)

Average Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

Sika Damp Proofing Slurry Sika Damp Proofing Slurry is a one-component flexible polymer modified cementitious dampproof product comprising of special cement based components and admixtures. When used with water a slurry or mortar material is produced for direct application to a variety of construction substrates, available in Grey and White.

Sika Damp Proofing Slurry Type

Sika Damp Proofing Slurry

Size (kg)

Average Coverage

12.5, 25

6.5 - 7m /25kg bag @ 2mm thick 2

Waterproofing

SikaTop 121

134

Waterproofing

Sika Prebag System Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortars Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortars are blends of specially graded aggregates, sand and cements manufactured to the correct mixing ratio, given below. The four graded bags (Spritz, Render, Finish, and Screeding) make up the Sika 1 Pre Bagged Tanking system. This consists of a three-coat render for the walls and a 35mm thick floor screed. The Sika 1 additive is first diluted with clean water at a 1:10 ratio, and then mixed with each bag. Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortars can be used in the following uses, structural waterproofing to resist water pressure below ground, moisture and dampness above ground level and internal waterproof tanking. This system has been BBA Certified, Certificate no. 00/3761. Consumption/Dosage of Gauging Solution Waterproofing

Type

Gauging Liquid (litres)

Size (kg)

Coverage

Spritz & Bonding Coat Mortar

5.7

2m2 @ 6mm per bag

Render Mortar

3.3

2m2 @ 6mm per bag

Finishing Mortar

3.3

2m2 @ 6mm per bag

Screed Mortar

2.5

2m2 @ 6mm per bag

Vandex BB 75 Vandex BB 75 is a cementitious, ready for use (just add water), efflorescence-free surface waterproofer with hydrophobic properties, resistant to water and moisture. BBA approved (certificate no. 90/2516) and approved for use in contact with drinking water.

Vandex BB 75 Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/3mm)

Vandex BB 75

Vandex BB 75 E Vandex BB 75 E is a cementitious two-component polymermodified and efflorescence-free surface waterproofer with hydrophobic properties, resistant to water and moisture. Made of Vandex BB 75 as a dry component and Vandex Elasticizer PK 75 as a liquid component, which provides elasticity and crack bridging properties.

Vandex BB 75 E Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/3mm)

Vandex BB 75 (dry component)

Vandex Elasticizer PK 75

www.sig-ca.co.uk

135

Vandex Super / Super White Vandex Super is a capillary-active cement based waterproofing slurry specifically designed for concrete waterproofing applications. It is based on grey Portland cement and is applied to concrete to provide in-depth waterproofing protection. BBA approved (certificate no. 04/4188) and approved for use in contact with drinking water.

Vandex Super/Super White Type

Vandex Super/Super White

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

1.5kg/m2

SBR SBR is a high performance but economic water resistant bonding agent for external rendering and screeds. It can be used as an admixture for concrete repair, brick slip and tile fixing mortars as well as an improving agent for resistance to abrasive chemicals and oils.

SBR Type

Size (litre)

SBR

5, 25

Nitobond SBR Additive for improving mortars for waterproofing repairs. Also used as a bonding agent for slip bricks, ceramic tiles etc.

Nitobond Type

Nitobond SBR

Size (litre)

Coverage

2, 5, 10, 25

As Slurry Primer = 2 to 3m2/litre

For other uses SBR coverage is dependant on mix design.

Febond SBR Bonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, renders and repair mortar mixes. Available in 5 litre and 25 litres.

Waterproofing

Liquid Additive Waterproofing

136

Waterproofing

Sika 1 Sika 1 is an integral liquid waterproofing admixture which when diluted with clean water swells and blocks the pores and capillaries within sand & cement renders and screeds, supplied in 5 and 25 litre containers. It is also part of the Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortar System, (please see details on page 120). Consumption As a general waterproofing admixture - approx 0.75 litre/25kg cement.

SikaCem 810 Waterproofing

SikaCem 810 is a patented one component water based acrylate bonding agent and integral mortar admixture. When diluted it produces a gauging solution for improving cementitious mixes. It should be added to water then mixed with cement and sand/aggregate to produce: Bond coat/slurry, Pourable micro concrete, Renders, Screeds with enhanced mechanical properties.

SikaCem 810 Type

Size (litre)

SikaCem 810

Ronafix for Waterproofing Ronafix is a high performance site batched, water based, polymer for producing waterproof renders. The cured mortar bonds monolithically to concrete and other surfaces and will resist both positive and negative pressure. Ronafix is used in swimming pools, tanks and basements to contain or exclude water.

Ronafix Type

Ronafix

Size (litres)

Coverage

5, 25, 220, 1000

See Mix Design Table

www.sig-ca.co.uk

137

Ronafix Mix Design Mix

Thickness/Notes

Floor screeds and screed repairs

6mm – 50mm

Floor screeds and screed repairs

26mm+

Floor toppings and topping repairs

15mm – 25mm

Floor toppings and topping repairs

Application

26mm+

35mm+

Concrete repair

over reinforcing steel

Concrete repair

no reinforcing steel

Renders

watertight and tanking

Renders

waterproof

Bedding brick slips, copings

6mm – 12mm typical

Fine concretes

25mm+ typical

Slurry coats

1mm – 3mm typical

Water resistant renders

12mm - 18mm

Watertight renders

12mm - 18mm

Mix Designs

Cement Sharp Sand

Medium Granite Chips

By weight 50kg

125kg

150kg

By volume A1

By weight 50kg By volume

C, D &E

By weight 50kg By volume

Slurry By weight 50kg Coat By volume

6-3mm Pea Shingle

10-5mm Granite Chips

10-5mm

Ronafix (approx)

Water (approx)

Yield m3 (approx)

Coverage

9 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1:1 with water

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

2.5

1:3 with water

75kg

9 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1.25

1:1 with water

75kg

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.1

7m2 @15mm

1.25 1:3 with water

1.25

125kg

14 litres

4 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

3:1 with water

150kg

4.5 litres

13.5 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

2.5

1:3 with water

100kg

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.14

5.6m2 @25mm

1.5

1:3 with water

50kg

35 litres

0.1

105-122m2

Waterproofing

Floating floor screeds

138

Waterproofing

Notes / Calculations

Waterproofing

Sealants & Fillers

Adhesives & Sealants From low tech gap filling mastics to hyperlon strips we have the sealant to do the job.

Filler Boards and Corks To complement our wide range of sealants we can supply filler materials for every purpose: • Closed cell polyethylene in sheets, strips and cords. • Fibreboard in sheets and strips. • Bitumen cork in sheets.

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Sealants & Joint Fillers

140

Fire Protection Products

152

Chemicals for Formwork

154

Admixtures

157

Concrete Curing, Hardening & Sealing

158

Brick & Concrete Cleaning Material

162

Formwork Chemical Applicators

163

Sealants & Fillers

Our range includes: • Low and high modulus silicone sealants. • One and two-part polysulphides. • Polyurethane & modified polyethers. • Fire retardant and intumescents. • Foams & fire foams. • Hot pour bitumens for pavements. • Cold applied sealants for pavements. • Epoxy sealants for high chemical resistance. • Bitumen rubber sealants and bituminous putty. • Hypalon and butyl strips.

140

Sealants & Fillers

Sealants & Joint Fillers Compriband Super Expanded polyurethane foam impregnated with waxes and neoprene to form a high quality, low cost and efficient strip sealant.

Sealants & Fillers

• Joints for thermal or differential movement. • Seals for curtain walling and cladding panels. • Perimeter seals for window and door frames. • Abutment seals for conservatories and canopies. • Tunneling and guttering seals. • Seals for ductwork and air conditioning. • Joints for portable or sectional buildings. • Seals for rooflights, windows and timber framed buildings. • Automotive and highway applications.

Compribrand Super Size Ref.

Gap Size (mm)

Tape Width / Joint Depth (mm)

Expanded Thickness (mm)

Roll Length (m)

2 3

3 4

4 5

5 6

7 8

9 10

10 12

14 16

17 20

100

22 25

120/125

Aerofil® Aerofil 1 Aerofil 1 is a low compression natural white, inert, preformed, closed cell, polyethylene joint filler in sheet and strip form suitable for structural movement joints in concrete, brick and blockwork.

Aerofil 2 A high density closed cell polyethylene filler for critical movement joints in civil / structural works and water retaining structures.

Aerofil® Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

Aerofil 1

0.8 x 2 (1.6m )

5, 10, 15, 20, 25

Aerofil 2

0.8 x 2 (1.6m2)

10, 15, 20, 25, 50

www.sig-ca.co.uk

141

Closed Cell Polyethylene Closed Cell Expanded polyethylene foam is supplied in roll, sheet or strip form. High performance expansion joint fillerboard, for concrete slab construction and brickwork joints, which is supplied with an undercut to the depth of sealant for controlled void formation and easy removal.

Closed Cell Polyethylene Sheets Sheet Size

Thickness (mm)

1.5m x 2.2m = 3.3m2

10, 12, 15, 20, 25

1m x 2m = 2m2

10, 12, 15, 20, 25

Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

20, 25

Supplied in 2.2m strips.

Closed Cell Polyethylene Rolls Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

10, 12, 15

Supplied in 10m rolls.

Bitumen Impregnated Boards Bitumen Impregnated Boards are used as a general purpose expansion joint filler in non critical joints and brick wall construction.

Bitumen Impregnated Boards Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

100, 150, 175, 200, 250

10, 12, 20, 25

Standard length 2440mm.

Bitumen Impregnated Sheets Sheet Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

1.22 x 2.44 = 2.98m2

10, 12, 20, 25

Sealants & Fillers

Closed Cell Polyethylene Strips

142

Sealants & Fillers

Fibreboard Strip A compressible, non-extruding, bitumen impregnated, fibreboard expansion joint filler strip suitable for forming joints between in-situ and pre-cast concrete components. Available in 12, 20 and 25mm thicknesses.

Fibreboard Strip Slab Depth (mm)

Sheet Size (mm)

100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

1200 x 2440

Expandafoam Sealants & Fillers

A closed-cell polyethylene joint filler for use as an expansion joint filler in brick and blockwork, isolation joints and hinge joints where a readily compressible low load transfer joint filler is required. Available in 10, 12, 20 and 25mm thicknesses.

Expandafoam Slab Depth (mm)

75, 100, 150, 200

Hydrocell XL Hydrocell XL is a polyethylene sheet material used for forming or filling expansion joints in concrete, brickwork and blockwork. It gives excellent support to sealants subject to hydrostatic pressure. Hydrocell XL is WRAS approved and is typically used in potable water reservoirs, culverts and canals, sewage tanks, roadways and hardstandings, retaining walls, basements structures, subways, runways, taxiways and aprons. Hydrocell XL supplied in the following sheet sizes and can be easily cut to the required size with a Stanley knife or saw.

Hydrocell XL Type

Size (m)

Supastik E10 requirements (mm)

Hydrocell XL

1x2

10, 15, 20, 25

Pliastic Pliastic N2 and 77 are hot-poured rubber bitumen joint sealants. Pliastic N2 is a low extension grade for sealing joints in concrete pavements, floor slabs, water retaining and water excluding strucutres. Pliastic 77 is a hard grade for sealing low movement joints in factory floors and areas where joints are closely spaced and resistance to grit and traffic is of prime importance.

Pliastic Type

Size (kg)

Pliastic N2

Pliastic 77

www.sig-ca.co.uk

143

Nitoseal Nitoseal MS100 Nitoseal MS100 is a one-part primerless non-staining faรงade sealant. It is used for sealing joints in and around concrete, brick, masonry, pre-cast panels, stone cladding, windows, doors and fibre cement sheeting. MS100 is available in white, grey, black, portland, buff and rustic red. Damp tolerant application.

Nitoseal MS300

Nitoseal MS50 Nitoseal MS50 is a one-part general purpose building sealant. It is suitable for sealing joints in concrete brickwork, blockwork, perimeter sealing around doors and windows and for non-trafficked floor joints. MS50 is available in white, grey, black, magnolia, buff, portland, rustic red, brown and anthracite. Damp tolerant application.

Nitoseal MS600 Nitoseal MS600 is a one-part civil engineering sealant for immersed conditions. It is suitable for sealing movement joints that will be intermittently or permanently under water. MS600 is typically used in reservoirs, sewage tanks, non-tidal sea walls, basements, subways, parapets, bridges and superstructures. Available in grey. Damp tolerant application.

Nitoseal Type

Size (ml)

MS100

380 cartridges

MS300

600 sachets

MS50

600 sachets 380 cartridges

MS600

600 sachets

Sealants & Fillers

Nitoseal MS300 is a one-part, abrasion resistant floor joint sealant. It is used for sealing movement joints in factory floors, sports stadia terracing, shopping centres, warehouse and distribution depots and concrete hardstanding areas. MS300 is fast curing and is ideal for trafficked joints. Available in grey only. Damp tolerant application.

144

Sealants & Fillers

Expoflex 800 Expoflex 800 is a two-component epoxy urethane joint sealant. It is used for sealing internal joints where chemical resistance is required. Expoflex 800 is suitable for use in factories, warehouses and distribution centres, particularly where there is forklift truck traffic.

Expoflex 800 Type

Expoflex 800

Size (litre)

Sealants & Fillers

Hilastic Hilastic LM is a one-part, low modulus silicone sealant suitable for sealing around uPVC windows and movement joints in concrete, brickwork and a variety of other substrates. Hilastic LM cures on exposure to air and humidity to form a flexible seal that requires no maintenance throughout its service life.

Hilastic Type

Hilastic LM

Size (ml)

380

Plastiseal Plastiseal is a flexible rubber-bitumen gun-applied joint sealant. It is used for sealing joints in flashings, guttering and sheet laps. Plastiseal is an integral part of the Proofex waterproofing system. Usage: 10mm x 10mm joint requires 0.1 litre/metre.

Plastiseal Type

Plastiseal

Size (ml)

380

Nitoseal 12 Nitoseal 12 is a two-part, elastomeric joint sealant designed for use in the water industry. It is resistant to abrasion and bacterialogical attack making it ideal for â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;dirtyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; water storage applications. Nitoseal 12 is typically used in sludge digestion tanks, filtration and aeration tanks, culverts, raw water reservoirs, sea walls.

Nitoseal 12 Type

Nitoseal 12

Size (litre)

Nitoseal 12 accelerator One per 2 litre tin of Nitoseal 12

www.sig-ca.co.uk

145

Plastijoint Plastijoint is a hand-applied flexible bituminous putty used for sealing joints in ‘dirty’ water retaining structures. Plastijoint is particularly suitable for vertical and inclined joints and is typically used in sewage disposal works, culverts, sea walls, retaining walls, subways and basement structures. Plastijoint is not suitable for use in potable water retaining structures.

Plastijiont Type

Plastijoint

Size (litre)

Multi-component polysulphide sealant available in two grades; Gun Grade, produced in a range of colours for application in both vertical and horizontal situations. Pouring Grade, only in grey for joints in floors or other horizontal surfaces. Joints which are expected to experience cyclic movements should be designed to an optimum width:depth ratio of 2:1, subject to the overriding recommended minimum sealant depths set out below: • 5mm for metals, glass and other non-porous surfaces; • 10mm for all porous surfaces; • 20mm for trafficked joints and those subject to hydrostatic pressures. The use of a primer is always required on porous surfaces.

Thioflex 600 Type

Thioflex 600 gun grade Thioflex 600 pouring grade Primer 7*

Size

2.5 litre tin 5 litre tin 500ml, 5 litre tins

*1 litre of Fosroc Primer 7 is sufficient for 30 litres of Thioflex 600

Sealants & Fillers

Thioflex 600

146

Sealants & Fillers

Colpor 200PF Cold applied, high performance, pitch free pavement joint sealant, for the sealing and maintenance of joints in concrete roads, concrete runways and hard standings. Colpor 200PF is particularly suitable for sealing areas where fuel and oil spillage might occur such as aircraft fuelling areas, oil terminals, garage forecourts, parking and cargo areas. Application by pouring or bulk gun.

Accessories Fosroc Primer 20 Concrete joint faces should be primed with Fosroc Primer 20.

Colpor 200PF Sealants & Fillers

Type

Size

Colpor

5 litre tins

Primer 20*

500ml tins

*1 litre of Fosroc Primer 20 is sufficient for 25 litres of Colpor 200PF Joint size

10 x 10

10 x 20

10 x 25

15 x 15

20 x 20

25 x 25

M.P.L.

3.5

4.45

2.5

1.6

Vertiseal CE Vertiseal CE is a two-part, cold applied, gun grade polysulphide sealant for sealing vertical movement joints in buildings, and civil engineering structures.

Vertiseal CE Type

Vertiseal CE

Size (litre)

2.5 litre mixed volume

Paraseal Paraseal is a two-part, cold applied, pouring grade polysulphide sealant for critical horizontal joints in buildings, bridges, concrete storage tanks and similar structures and is resistant to environmental pollution, weathering and immersion.

Paraseal Type

Paraseal

Size (litre)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

147

Servijoint One Servijoint One is a cold-applied, one-part polyurethane sealant developed for critical joints in reservoirs containing potable water and is UK Water Bylaws Scheme listed. Servijoint One provides a durable, damage resistant surface sealant to protect steel reinforcement in concrete structures from corrosion. Servijoint One is also suitable for factory floors, culverts, spillways and car park decks.

Servijoint One Type

Servijoint One

Size (ml)

310

Servijoint Two is a chemically curing, pitch free polyurethane sealant specially formulated to provide a durable seal in movement or construction joints in concrete subject to contamination by oil and fuel spillage. It can be used in concrete roads, hard standings, runways, petrol filling stations and industrial production areas.

Servijoint Two Type

Servijoint Two

Size (litre)

5.0

Gripfill High Performance, Multi-Purpose, Gap Filling Adhesive. Gripfillâ&#x201E;˘ is a solvent-borne, filled rubber resin adhesive, developed to bond virtually any rigid materials together, regardless of the evenness of the surface. Available in 310ml cartridges.

Sealants & Fillers

Servijoint Two

148

Sealants & Fillers

Sikaflex Sikaflex-1A+ A single component gun grade polyurethane based sealant for both building and civil engineering structures. It cures under the influence of atmospheric moisture to form a tough elastic seal with excellent adhesive properties and resistance to ageing and weathering.

Sikaflex Pro 2HP High performance one-part polyurethane joint sealant, in a range of colours. Sealing expansion joints in all types of structures which are subject to movement.

Sikaflex PRO 3WF

Sealants & Fillers

One-part chemical resistant polyurethane sealant. The unique two stage cross linking process eliminates many of the problems associated with conventional single stage cross linking sealants.

Sikaflex 11FC+ Sikaflex-11FC+ is a one-part, gun grade dual purpose adhesive and sealing compound of permanent elasticity. Excellent adhesion to most building materials with a fast cure rate, high durability suitable for potable water contact.

Sikaflex-Windowseal Sikaflex-Windowseal is a specially developed one-part, low modulus, gun grade polyurethane based elastomeric joint sealant. It cures rapidly under the influence of atmospheric moisture to form a highly elastic material with excellent adhesion, resistance to weathering and capable of being overpainted.

Sikaflex Construction A one-part general purpose polyurethane permanently elastic joint sealant for use in most construction joints.

Sikaflex Type

Sikaflex-1A+ Sikaflex Pro 2HP Sikaflex PRO 3WP Sikaflex 11FC

Size

Coverage

600cc Sausage 310cc Cartridge

12 x 12mm joints: approx 2.1m

600cc Sausage

12 x 12mm joints: approx 4m

600cc Sausage 310cc Cartridge 600cc Sausage

Windowseal

600cc sausages, 310cc cartridges

Construction

600cc Sausage

3mm bead: approx 45m

www.sig-ca.co.uk

149

SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing System SikaDur-Combiflex The SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing System consists of a Sika Hypalon Strip and SikaDur 31DWI/Rapid epoxy resin adhesive. Combiflex Hypalon Sheet is a highly elastic, rot-proof and chemically resistant sealing sheet with a thickness of 1mm or 2mm. Sikadur 31DWI/Rapid adhesive is epoxy resin based and establishes a strong bond to the substrate. The system resists water pressure and can be used on wide joints without the need to remove any existing failed sealant, is suitable for potable water and has high joint movement capacity. The hypalon strip is activated by the use of Sika Thinners C being wiped on both sides. Thinners C is also used to remove any uncured resin from tools etc.

Two pack epoxy thixotropic adhesive for bonding building materials. Fast setting and non shrinking. For bedding tiles, wood etc. DWI certified for contact with potable water.

SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing System Type

Thickness (mm)

Size

Coverage/Length

1.2kg, 5kg

0.5kg*

1 thick 2 thick

100, 200mm 100, 200mm

25m 20m

SikaDur 31DWI/rapid SikaDur Combiflex Sika Thinners C

3 Litre

Only DWI approved when SikaDur-Combiflex and SikaDur 31DWI are used together as specified. *SikaDur 31DWI/rapid per linear metre of Combiflex (using 100mm wide Combiflex).

Sika Primer 3N For SikaFlex Pro 2HP, PRO 3WF, 11FC. Type

Sika Primer 3N

Coverage

Average 150-250g/m2 depending on substrate

Sika Foams SikaBoom S A general purpose expanding polyurethane foam in a can used for fixing and filling gaps in many applications.

SikaBoom N+ A B2 rated fire resistant expanding polyurethane foam in a can.

Sika Foams Type

Size (ml)

Coverage

SikaBoom S

750

34 litre of expanded foam*

SikaBoom N+

750

44 litre of expanded foam*

*Coverage approx + or - 3 litres.

Sealants & Fillers

Sikadur 31DWI/Rapid

150

Sealants & Fillers

Thoroflex 200 Thoroflex 200 is a Hypalon based, pre-formed membrane system for waterproofing over joints or cracks where a high degree of movement is expected in both vertical and horizontal applications. The material is suitable for use on a number of different substrates including concrete, brick, block and metals.

Thoroflex 200 Type

Size

Thoroflex 200

Thickness (mm)

100, 200mm x 20m rolls

100, 200 mm x 15m length

Thoroflex 200 Adhesive

5kg, 2 component

N/A

Sealants & Fillers

Slip Membrane Heavy Duty Slip Membrane comprises of a tough, dense sheet of specially formulated polyethylene having a very low friction surface. Uses: Heavy Duty Slip Membrane is designed for use in sliding joints in reinforced concrete structures where load bearing characteristics are present, and low friction resistance is required. The strip is used in two layers to form a load bearing, low friction sliding joint.

Slip Membrane Size (mm)

Roll Size (mm)

150

300

High quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boards to a wide range of surfaces. 5 litre cans.

Polystyrene Sheets Polystyrene Sheets Size (m)

2.44 x 1.22

Thickness (mm)

25, 50, 75, 100, 150

Other sizes available on request.

Polystyrene Adhesive High quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boards to a wide range of surfaces.

Polystyrene Adhesive Size (ml)

310 tube

www.sig-ca.co.uk

151

Denso Tape Denso Tape Ideal for protection against the corrosion of pipe work, metal surfaces and cable below ground or under water. Also for the temporary sealing of fractured mains and cable joints.

Denso Paste A primer for Denso Tape and a rust preventative for exposed metal.

Denso Mastic A mastic for all sealing, filling and caulking purposes.

Denso Size

Denso Tape

30, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300mm x 10m rolls

Denso Paste

2.5kg tubs

Denso Mastic

3kg

Vitaseal Expanding Foam Tapes Vitaseal expanding foam tapes are manufactured using an open cell polyurethane foam heavily impregnated with acrylics. When the impregnated foam is compressed, the cells close and at only 20% compression provide a complete primary weather seal. The importance of a breathable and weatherproof seal is essential in view of the new proposals in Part L of the Building Regulations - Conservation of Fuel & Power in dwellings. Vitaseal foam tapes offer a highly effective seal whilst allowing the structure to breathe at the same time. The unique cell structure and impregnation of the foam allows moisture to evaporate externally and prevents warm air escaping in this way not affecting the insulation properties required under Part L. Vitaseal is available as 300kPa (Vitaseal 300) and 600kPa (Vitaseal 600), both tapes provide excellent sealing properties against weather. The 600kPa product is recommended for use in more extreme weather applications and is resistant to UV. The 300kPa product is more suitable for partial weather exposure. Vitaseal expanding foam tapes are used extensively in roofing, glazing and general building and construction applications as a primary weather seal. The expanding foam tapes are used to seal uneven gaps between a variety of structures and surfaces.

Sealants & Fillers

Type

152

Sealants & Fillers Characteristics / Applications include; • Responds continually to expansion and contraction cycles without failure • Remains flexible for the duration of its life • Forms a complete primary weather seal • Joints for portable or sectional buildings • Construction • Side/end laps on roofing sheets

• Expansion joints • Perimeter seals for windows and doors • Gutter seals • Abutment seals for conservatories • Perimeter seals for curtain walling • Sealing roof lights • Ductwork

Vitaseal Expanding Foam Tapes Type

Expanded thickness (mm)

Vitaseal

Length of roll (m)

(300kPa)

(600kPa)

Sealants & Fillers

12.5

4.5

5.6

4.5

4.3

3.3

* Please note this product is supplied from factory where all thicknesses available ex-stock except Vitaseal 600 17-53mm.

Fire Protection Products Aerosol Foam FR A one component PU foam aerosol gap filler. Expands and cures on application bonding. Excellent sealing and insulating properties combined with outstanding fire resistance.

Silicone Sealant FR A one component low modulus neutral cure silicone sealant. Can be used externally and internally. Excellent resistance to fire. Colour: White.

Fire Rated Aerosol & Foam Silicone Sealants Type

Aerosol Foam FR

Size (ml)

750

Silicone Sealant FR

310

Applicator Gun

N/A

www.sig-ca.co.uk

153

Estimating Requirements Approximate yield of a 310ml cartridge in linear metres. Depth (mm)

Width (mm)

3.50

2.50

3.25

2.25

1.50

2.50

1.75

1.25

1.50

6.5

3.25

2.5

1.50

1.25

0.50

Promaseal速 Intumescent Sealant is a white or grey water based acrylic intumescent sealant. Promaseal速 Silicone Sealant is a silicone-based fire protection sealant, available in white, grey or black. Adhesion is excellent to most types of surface. The sealants cure in air to form a nonhardening, tack-free seal, preventing the passage of smoke, toxic gases and fire.

Promaseal Type

Size (ml)

Promaseal Intumescent Sealant

310

Promaseal Silicone Sealant

310

Accessories Promaseal Fire Barrier, Compound, Pillows, Foam, Expansion Joint Strip, Unicollar and Pipe Wrap.

Flamex Fire Protection Flamex One Flamex One is an intumescent sealant used for low movement joint sealing and gap filling applications such as door and window frames.

Flamex Two Flamex Two is a polysulphide intumescent sealant suitable for expansion joints in building superstructures and may be used in both internal and external joints.

Flamex S Flamex S is a fire rated silicone sealant which cures quickly and gives excellent adhesion to most building materials. It is suitable for the fire protection of curtain walling, building facades, expansion joints and penetration seals, where pipes and cables pass through fire rated structures. Flamex S is heavily used in the protection of stadia terracing.

Sealants & Fillers

Promaseal

154

Sealants & Fillers Flamex Fire Protection Size

Type

380ml cartridges

Flamex One

2.5 litre tins

Flamex Two

380ml plastic cartridges

Flamex S

Sika Fire Stopping Sika Firestop A one-component Intumescent fire proof sealant.

Sika Firesil-N Sealants & Fillers

A one-part neutral curing, flame retardant silicone sealant suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.

Sika Fire Stopping Type

Size

Sika Firestop

310cc cartridges

Sika Firesil-N

300ml cartridges

Chemicals for Formwork Formwork Polyurethane Sealer Nulease Standard A new concept in polyurethane chemical engineering. Is ideal for use on timber, metal and concrete surfaces. Advantages: â&#x20AC;˘ Extended mould and formwork usage, by deep sealing of wood fibres and providing a highly abrasive, chemically resistant coating. â&#x20AC;˘ Promotes good quality concrete finishes ensuring uniformity of colour and density of concrete surfaces, with minimal plywood grain pattern transfer.

Nulease Matt For higher quality concrete finish.

Nulease WB Environmentally Friendly water-based version.

Formwork Polyurethane Sealer Type

Nulease Standard

Size (litres)

5, 25

Nulease Matt

Nulease WB

www.sig-ca.co.uk

155

Chemlease A Chemical Release Agent providing a stain free concrete finish of high quality due to its blend of fatty acids. Has excellent release properties. Dries rapidly and should be used where forms are struck in not less than 12 hours.

Chemlease OF An odour free version of the popular chemical release agent is available to order on request which is suitable for use in confined areas or in areas with poor ventilation. Usage rate: Approximately 20-50m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes. 1000 litre IBC available to order on request. Both Chemlease products are WRAS/WRc approved.

Formstrike Mould Oil

Formstrike produces a uniform stain free concrete surface, Effects a positive release hence reducing cleaning time, Protects both metal and timber forms and is economical in use and easily applied. Usage rate 15-30mÂ˛ per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Aquatard Surface Retarders Surface Retarders are used to provide an attractive exposed aggregate finish for concrete or a key for subsequent pours or renders.

Aquatard FW For treatment to mould face prior to placing of concrete. Coverage: 3-4m2 per litre. Available in 25 litre size.

Aquatard TF For treatment to topface of freshly cast concrete. Coverage: 3-5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Formfil â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Formwork Repair Paste Designed to produce a fast setting compound which is resistant to impact, abrasion, oil, water and concrete alkalis. Available in 1.5 and 7kg pack sizes.

Sealants & Fillers

A versatile neat oil with surfactant which is designed to give optimum release and surface finish for a wide range of formwork materials. Complies with the British Cement Association, Category 2.

156

Sealants & Fillers

Chemshield A formulation based on high quality petroleum waxes for application to metal formwork, moulds, concrete plant and equipment. Chemshield, having removed any surface water by displacement, then deposits a highly anti-corrosive film giving long term protection for up to two years in the storage and shipping of metal components.

Sealants & Fillers

Advantages: • High anti-corrosive rating. Metal is protected for up to two years in normal conditions. • Chemshield may be used as a release agent, therefore it need not be removed prior to initial casting unless it is of prime importance. • A flexible and highly adhesive film, not easily removed in transit. • Excellent de-watering properties, eliminates moisture retention problems. • A quick drying one coat system easily applied by dipping or spraying. • Facilitates easy removal of concrete or mortar contamination. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adofill Two-part formwork filler paste.

Adofill Type

Grey

Size (kg)

2, 8

Mould Oil A high quality non-staining release mould oil for use on all types of shuttering and formwork. (BCA Category 2) It incorporates active ingredients which allows forms to remain in place longer than traditional Mould Oils. Gives a lighter and more uniform colour of struck concrete. High coverage per litre. Usage rate: Approximately 15-30m2 per litre. Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adostrike A high quality concrete mould release oil.

Adostrike Type

Adostrike

Sizes (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

25, 205

20 - 30

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Safetard Liquid (previously Atotard TF)

157

Safetard Type

Concrete surface retarder.

Safetard Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adotard MF

Size (litres)

5, 25, 210 5, 25

Adotard (Mould Face) Concrete surface retarder. Available in 5, 25 litre sizes.

Adofoam

Formwork joint sealing strip.

Roll Size (m)

12 x 6

12 x 25

Adoseal

Polyurethane formwork sealer. Available in 1, 5 and 25 litre sizes.

Adolease

Size (litres)

1, 5, 25

Adolease

Concrete chemical release agent. Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Size (litres)

5, 25, 210

Sika Rugasol Rugasol C and Rugasol MH+ Rugasol C is a Surface Retarder liquid for horizontal use, Rugasol MH+ is gel for vertical use.

Rugasol Type

Sizes (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

Rugasol C

5 - 10

Rugasol MH+

5 - 10

Admixtures Sika Additives Wintermix A winter working admixture for concrete. Accelerator Chloride free Sika Accelerator cold weather and rapid hardening admixture for mortars and concretes.

Sika Additives Type

Sika Additives

Size (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

3-6

Sealants & Fillers

Adoseal

Size (mm)

158

Sealants & Fillers

Concrete Curing, Hardening and Sealing Chemcure S – Concrete Curing Liquid An aqueous solution of metallic silicates which when applied to fresh concrete forms a micro crystalline seal in the pores, reducing the evaporation of moisture. Compatible with Silane. Chemcure S is WRAS/WRc approved. Coverage 5.5-6m2 per litre. Available in 20 and 210 litre sizes.

Chemcure R75 Resin-Based (75%) Inert resin-based curing membrane which gives 75% efficiency when tested to DOT specification. Sealants & Fillers

Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Chemcure R90 Resin-Based (90%) Inert resin-based curing membrane which gives 90% efficiency when tested to DOT specification. Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Chemcure R90 Aluminised Resin-Based (90%) 90% efficiency as resin-based 90, aluminised to give increased light reflectancy reducing the effect of solar heat. Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Chemcure R90 WB – Water Based Formulated with inert hydro carbonation resins which give an excellent film and water retention efficiency in excess of 90%, complying with ASTM C309.66 and Department of Transport Specification for Highway Works Clause 1027. Coverage 5.5-6m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Curecote Super – Curer/Sealer and Hardener Curecote Super is a clear acrylic polymer resin solution which impregnates concrete surfaces to combine all the benefits of curing, hardening and sealing. Curecote Super is a non-degrading and permanent material. Coverage: 5-9m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

159

Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer RonaFloor Concrete Dustproofer is a liquid surface hardener and dustproofer for the treatment of new and old concrete floors. It reduces dusting and wear and enhances the performance of the floor surface.

Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer Type

Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

16.5, 205

Adotuf Concrete Surface Hardener and Dustproofer

Surface preparation: Cement bound floors must be sound, clean, dry and free from oils, greases, fats etc. New floors require at least 10 days to thoroughly dry out before treatment. Covering capacity: Depends upon floor but average guide is 8m2 per litre of Adotuf per coat and generally two coats are required for best results. Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adocure Sealer A clear acrylic polymer resin solution primarily for application to surfaces of freshly laid concrete where it has a double function, firstly to form a highly effective curing membrane that conforms to ASTM. C309, and secondly to act as an in-depth sealer for the hardened concrete rendering its surface dustproof and extremely hard wearing. Its secondary function and benefits are also applicable when the material is applied to existing concrete surfaces. Benefits: • Cures and seals in one operation saving time and labour. • Ideal for use in fast track construction. • Curing efficiency 75% in accordance with ASTM. C390. • Provides abrasive resistant hard wearing easy-clean surface. • Effective anti-carbonation coating. • Permits bond of most subsequent coatings intended for concrete.

Adocure Sealer PF Available in PF grade for Power Floated floors.

Adocure Sealer Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Adocure Sealer

25, 210

Adocure Sealer PF

25, 210

Sealants & Fillers

The application of Adotuf to an existing cement-bound floor will significantly improve the properties of the floor to render dustproof, oil and grease proof, case hardened, resistant to dilute acids, more durable longer lasting and easier to clean.

160

Sealants & Fillers

Adocure WW A white, aqueous silicate solution, designed to deposit a layer of firmly bonded, high cohesive strength, minute crystals within the top surface of the concrete to form an integral membrane which fills all surface pores and capillaries to reduce moisture evaporation. Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes. Water retention tests on Adocure WW treated cubes and control cubes stored for 24 hours at 30Â°C showed the following results. Sealants & Fillers

Adocure WW Treated (%)

Control (%)

Water retention

80.4

54.2

Water retention

78.3

54.8

Water retention

78.9

54.4

Avg. water retention

79.2

54.5

The moisture retaining properties of the Adocure WW will reduce over the first few weeks after application so that the subsequent application of penetrating treatments will be unaffected.

Adocure WWT Fugitive dye is added to Adocure WW to aid visual identification of areas of application. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adocure Standard Resin based curing compound of 75% efficiency. Solution of inert resins in evaporative solvents for use in general construction projects. WBS listed for drinking water projects. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adocure Super Resin based curing compound of 90% efficiency. Complies with Clause 1027 of the Department of Transportâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s specification for Highway Works similar to Adocure Standard but with a higher curing efficiency. WBS listed for drinking water projects. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

Adocure Super AL Aluminised for use in strong sunlight conditions and where DTp stipulate aluminised for highways, bridges, runways etc. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

161

Fosroc Concure WB Concure WB is a water based concrete curing compound based on a low viscosity wax emulsion. It is supplied as a white emulsion which forms a clear film on drying.

Concure WB Type

Sizes (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

20, 200

3.5 - 5

Concure WB

Sika Dustproofer An economical ready to use dustproofer and hardener for concrete paths and slabs. Sealants & Fillers

Dustproofer Type

Sika Dustproofer

Size (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

3-6

Sika Hardeners Sikafloor CureHard 24 One-component silicate based hardener, dustproofer and curing liquid.

Sikafloor ProSeal Pro One-component economical curing and hardening liquid with low odour.

Sikafloor ProSeal One-component high performance curing, sealing and hardening liquid the original and best.

Sikafloor ProSeal 90 One-component higher efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid.

Sikafloor ProSeal W One-component high efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid water based.

Hardeners Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Sikafloor CureHard 24

25, 200

Water

Cleaner

Sikafloor ProSeal Pro

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal 90

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal W

25, 200

Water

162

Sealants & Fillers

weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer) A weber.tec acrylic sealer is a low-viscosity, colourless, penetrating sealer. The product is based on a pure acrylic resin in aromatic solvents. The concept is to achieve an in-surface seal with no material build-up. For severely exposed surfaces, one coat of weber.tec aquapel WR prior to two coats of weber.tec acrylic sealer is recommended.

weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer) Type

weber.tec acrylic sealer

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre/coat)

5, 25 and 200

Brick & Concrete Cleaning Material Sealants & Fillers

Chemclean A specially selected blend of inhibited inorganic acids, ideal for the removal of all cement based contamination and rust from a wide range of surfaces. Chemclean is ideal for the easy removal of concrete laitance from plant and equipment. Rust stains are quickly removed from all concrete surfaces. Ideal for descaling and rust removal from metal components. Excellent for final washing of newly exposed aggregate panels and ideal for etching concrete prior to application of subsequent treatments. Economical to use, can be diluted with water for many applications. Available in 5 and 25 litre sizes.

Concrete Remover Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover is designed exclusively to clean concrete construction equipment and does not contain any Muriatic, Phosphoric or Citric acids and is therefore non-corrosive. It is safe to use on painted surfaces, aluminium, glass and rubber. It is safe for both human handling and for the environment. Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover is biologically degradable and can be discarded in the normal sewage system (EAK 17 09 04). How it works: Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover contains active substances that break down the molecules that bind the cement together with sand and water. Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover is mixed with water to the desired strength and applied as a foam to the item concerned, using for example, a handheld foamer. The foam should be left to act on the concrete for 20-45 minutes. Then clean off the item thoroughly with a high-pressure cleaner or with water and a stiff brush. In cases where there is heavy buildup, the treatment can be repeated. Since the product is not harmful to the environment, it can be drained directly into the public sewer system (EWC 17 09 04). Collectively these extra benefits make for optimum utilisation of time and equipment. It is financially sound, saving you money as well as preserving your equipment and extending its life. You can use Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover on hand tools, mixers, scaffolding and aluminium sections. Available in 5 and 20 litre sizes. Plus Hand Foamer.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

163

Adoclean A specially selected blend of inorganic acids for the removal of cementitious contaminations and efflorescence from brickwork. Removal of rust staining from concrete. The cleaner can be further diluted depending upon application. In all cases of staining the cause should be identified. Application Instructions; To remove stains or mortar. Thoroughly saturate the area with water. Apply by brush a 50/50 solution of Adoclean and water, scrub lightly with a hard brush followed by rinse of water. Heavy mortar deposits may require repeated applications of Adoclean whilst lightly wire brushing and rinsing with water. Available in 5 and 25 litre cans.

Removes heavy deposits of rust, scale, cement, concrete and mineral deposits from most hard surfaces. Contains Hydrochloric acid and can be used neat up to 1:20 dilution depending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.

Janitol Plus A non caustic, high performance degreaser for the effective removal of heavy deposits of oils, greases and other stubborn soilings. An effective alternative to hazardous solvent and caustic cleaners. Dilution rate 1:10 to 1:40 depending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.

Jizer Water rinsable degreaser solvent action removes oil, grease, tar, bitumen and waxes used neat. Available in 5 and 25 litres.

Formwork Chemical Applicators Sprayers Sprayers: 8 litre metal, knapsack or 8 litre plastic. All sprayers sold as complete units. Sprayer for applying release agents and concrete curing compounds etc. CodeDescription

Capacity (litre)

Heavy Duty Metal

Standard Duty Metal Plastic

7.5 7

Knapsack

Sealants & Fillers

Brick Cleaner

164

Sealants & Fillers

Spares for Sprayers Quality spares readily available to fit sprayers. A telescopic sprayer lance to fit all sprayers. Operating length 0.9m-1.5m. Description

Maintenance Kit for SM8H Sprayer Maintenance Kit for SP7H Sprayer Lance and Nozzle Assembly for Sprayer Nozzle Assembly for Sprayer Washers for SM7.5C Sprayer Sealants & Fillers

Telescopic Sprayer Lance Trigger and Hosetail IMPORTANT: We recommend that cleaning solvent is used with all sprayers and the responsibility for maintenance lies with the purchaser. We accept no responsibility for badly maintained sprayers.

Turks Head Brush A fine haired brush for the easy application of formwork chemicals.

Flooring & Tiling

Tiling Our tiling products range is based round the leader in innovation Ardex UK. Ardex supply everything that the professional tiler would need.

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Ardex

166

Denso

173

Fosroc

173

Ronacrete

175

RIW

177

Sika

177

Weber

180

Industrial Flooring

180

Landscape Products

181

Flooring & Tiling

Flooring Treatments From the simplest floor leveling compound to very specialist MMA products we can offer advice and support for your project. We supply products from the leading quality manufacturers and carry large stocks for both commercial and industrial flooring products, to include: • High early strength and fast drying cementitious screeds (for both pump and hand application), leveling compounds, tile adhesives and screed additives. • Fast curing, high strength, pre-batched cementitious and resin based repair mortars. • Synthetic resin flooring, based on epoxy, polyurethane and methacrylate systems to provide sealers/coatings, high build coatings, multi-layer quartz broadcast systems, flow applied (self-smoothing) flooring, trowel applied screed and heavy duty systems. • Fully compatible surface DPM and bonding agents for concrete, screeds and resin flooring; along with surface hardeners, specialist impregnation and priming systems.

166

Flooring & Tiling

Ardex Tile Adhesives Ardex X 7 Extremely versatile adhesive for internal/external applications, swimming pools, etc., suitable for walls and floors.

Ardex X 7 G Plus

Flooring & Tiling

Ardex X 7 G Plus is specifically formulated to have a very high yield per bag (Ceram Research has confirmed approximately 20% more coverage per kg compared to traditional tile adhesives) along with enhanced properties of adhesion and flexibility. Ideal for fixing fully vitrified or porcelain tiles (internal areas only) and other tiles with low porosity as well as glass and porcelain mosaics without the need for an admixture.

Ardex X 7 R / X 7 R W Use with all tile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. For internal and external applications including swimming pools, etc. Suitable for walls and floors, built-in admix. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked only 2 hours after fixing.

Ardex S 16 Grey & White White or grey rapid hardening and drying wall and floor adhesive for fixing ceramic and natural stone tiles, glass mosaics, porcelain and fully vitrified tiles in internal dry or intermittently damp locations. Can be grouted or trafficked 2-3 hours after fixing. Ardex S 16 W is ideal for fixing translucent marble and glass mosaics.

Ardex S 21 For large format tiles. Pourable consistency. May be used to smooth rough bases and make up screed levels. For internal/external applications including swimming pools. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked 3 hours after fixing.

Ardex X 77 / X 77 W Exceptionally long open time. Heavier, larger tiles can be used without slipping. Fibre reinforced, flexible tile adhesive for internal/external use, swimming pools, etc., use with all tile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. Suitable for walls and floors, built-in admix.

Ardex X 78 S / X 78 SW Fibre reinforced rapid setting floor tile adhesive. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked 90 minutes after fixing. For fixing all types of ceramic floor tiles, mosaics, etc. Its enhanced adhesion properties and easily workable consistency make it ideal for solid bedding fully vitrified and porcelain large format tiles. For internal/external applications.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

167

Ardex X 77 S / X 77 W S Fibre reinforced rapid setting adhesive. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked only 90 minutes after fixing. Use with all tile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. For internal and external applications including swimming pools, etc. Suitable for walls and floors, built-in admix.

Ardex X 7001 / X 7001 W Fibre reinforced pourable adhesive. Specifically designed for fixing all types of floor tiles, including porcelain, to various surfaces including wood-based sheets and boards. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked 2 hours after fixing. Ardex X 7001 W white is ideal for fixing light and translucent marble and limestone.

Ardex D 20

Tile Adhesives Type

Size

Coverage

11kg, 22kg

1.3kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 7 G Plus

18kg

1kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 7 R

20kg

1.4kg/m2mm of bed thickness

11, 22kg

1.35kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex S 21

22kg

1.8kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 77 / X 77 W

20kg

1kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 78 S / X 78 SW

20kg

1.2kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 77 S

20kg

1.2kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

Ardex X 7001

20kg

1.4kg/m2/mm of bed thickness

2.5, 5, 10 litre

10m2/10 litres for 1mm bed thickness

Ardex X 7

Ardex S 16 Grey or White

Ardex D 20

Grouts Ardex C 2 Available in grey, white, limestone, sandstone, beige or anthracite â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for joint widths from 2mm upwards, suitable for wall and floor tiling in internal/external locations, swimming pools, etc.

Ardex-Flex FL For wall and floor tile joints from 3-15mm wide in internal/external locations, including swimming pools. Built-in admix. Available in 32 colours.

Flooring & Tiling

Ardex D 20 is a ready mixed adhesive for fixing ceramic tiles and mosaics to all internal walls in dry or intermittently wet locations, e.g. domestic showers, kitchens and bathrooms. No primer required, easy to apply with excellent slump resistance and offers up to 20 minutes open time and 40 minutes tile adjustability. Tremendous adhesion strength and reliability.

168

Flooring & Tiling Ardex-Flex FS Water repellent and dirt resistant flexible tile grout for tile joints up to 4mm wide. Easy to apply and clean off, suitable for use in internal/external locations, swimming pools, etc. Suitable for walls and floors. Built-in admix. Available in 32 colours. Please visit www.ardex.co.uk for a product coverage calculator.

Grouts Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)*

Ardex C 2

5, 11

0.25 - 2

Ardex GK

0.25 - 2

Ardex F 4 Flooring & Tiling

0.25 - 2

Ardex-Flex FL

2.5, 10

0.4 - 2.2

Ardex-Flex FS

2.5, 10

0.25 - 2

*Depending on tile size and joint width

Sub Floor Smoothing Ardex K 11 With Ardex K 11, floorcoverings can be applied the next day, and its rapid hardening properties mean that it is walkable in 21â &#x201E;2 hours. Ardex K 11 is suitable for use over traces of adhesive residues, and can be applied from 1.5mm-10mm.

Ardex K 15 Especially useful where the installation time of the floor finish must be kept to a minimum, Ardex K 15 can be applied up to 35mm thick with the inclusion of ARDEX Coarse Aggregate. Ardex K 15 is rapid hardening, walkable after 2 hours, and regardless of thickness, floor coverings can be applied the next day. Suitable for floors with under floor heating.

Ardex K 15 HB Rapid hardening and drying pump or hand applied levelling mortar which can be tiled on 4 hours after application. Ideal for interior, fast track tiling.

Ardex A 55 Ardex A 55 is extremely quick drying which makes it ideal for areas that require rapid repair and renovation work i.e. hospital wards that need to remain open. The sub-floor is ready to receive floor coverings after only 11â &#x201E;2 hours and the adhesive can be applied whilst Ardex A55 is still damp.

Arditex For over 40 years Arditex has offered unbeatable performance. Partially self-smoothing, floor coverings can be applied after 4 hours and it is suitable for use over most old adhesive residues, and under DPMs. Arditex can be applied up to 30mm with the inclusion of Ardex Coarse Aggregate.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

169

Arditex NA Arditex NA is a self-smoothing, protein free, low odour latex levelling compound. It is used for the preparation of cement/sand and concrete screeds, metal, quarry tiles, asphalt flooring (grade 1), granolithic or terrazzo floors, prior to applying the floor tiles. May also be used for pre-smoothing timber floors prior to oversheeting with plywood and can be used under a damp proof membrane, such as Ardex DPM. Also used to encapsulate under-tile heating cables to concrete, screeds and thermal tilebacking boards.

Sub Floor Smoothing Type

Coverage

Ardex K 11

22kg pack

1.6kg/m2/mm

Ardex K 15

22kg bag

1.5kg/m2/mm

Ardex K 15 HB

25kg bag

1.84kg/m2/mm

Ardex A 55

22kg bag

1.5kg/m2/mm

Arditex

4.8kg bottles, 22kg powder

1.9kg of powder/m2/mm

Arditex NA

4.85kg bottles, 20kg powder

1.7kg of powder/m2/mm

Arditex RS

4.8kg bottles, 20kg powder

1.9kg of powder/m2/mm

Arditex RS Plus

4.8kg bottles, 20kg powder

1.7kg of powder/m2/mm

Fast Track Floor Screeding Ardex A 35 Used in place of Portland Cement in cement/sand screeds, Ardex A 35 produces a floor screed that can be walked on after 3 hours and is dry enough to receive tiling after 24 hours regardless of thickness. After 1 day the compressive and tensile strengths of an Ardex A 35 screed exceed the acceptable minimum attained by a conventional screed after 28 days.

Ardex A 35 Mix Unique ready-for-use, rapid drying, pre-blended, screeding and screed repair mortar that just requires water to produce a screeding mortar with rapid strength development for receiving tiling after 24 hours, regardless of thickness.

Ardex PSRS A two component epoxy resin designed for strengthening and restoring poorly compacted and low strength cement/sand screeds. Ensure Ardex PSRS is always keyed with Ardex Fine Aggregate.

Flooring & Tiling

Size

170

Flooring & Tiling Fast Track Floor Screeding Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

Ardex A 35

approx 2.3m2 per 25kg bag for 30mm 1:4 screed

Ardex A 35 Mix

approx 1.85kg/m2/mm

10kg two component tin

Dependent on porosity and depth of the screed

Ardex PSRS

Fast Track Industrial Topping / Wearing Surface Ardex K80 Flooring & Tiling

Ardex K 80 is a cement based compound for resurfacing and levelling existing concrete floors to give a hard, smooth, flat wearing surface, or as a base suitable for paint and resin coatings.

Ardex SD-T B Ardex SD-T B is pre-blended with graded aggregate which gives significant cost savings on floors that require greater application thicknesses, and is designed to pre-level concrete surfaces prior to applying Ardex K 80.

Fast Track Industrial Topping / Wearing Surface Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

Ardex K80

1.65

Ardex SD-T B

1.87

Renovation Ardex K 301 A fast setting cost effective solution for smoothing rough or damaged concrete or cement/sand screeds and is suitable for internal and external applications prior to tiling. Ardex K 301 is walkable after 2-3 hours and can be tiled onto after 24 hours. Use to level uneven surfaces, such as paths and patios.

Renovation Type

Ardex K 301

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

1.6

www.sig-ca.co.uk

171

Tiling Renders Ardex AM 100 Specially formulated pre-blended cement/sand render, requiring only the addition of water to produce a slump free mortar which can be applied 2-20mm and is ready to receive wall tiling only 2 hours after application.

Tiling Renders Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

approx 3.2m2 @ 6mm thick

Ardex AM 100

Primers & Admixes Ardex P 4 Primer is a ready mixed, rapid drying, solvent free primer, itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s consistency has been optimised so that dripping and splashes are virtually eliminated. It can be used on internal and external walls, ceilings and floors. It can also be used prior to the installation of floorlevelling compounds.

Ardex P 51 Ideal for a wide range of applications, Ardex P51 seals and primes gypsum based plasters and screeds and minimises air bubbles rising through levelling compounds and porous surfaces. Ardex P 51 provides up to 160m2 per unit and can also be used with Ardex A 35 to produce a bonding slurry. Usually brush applied.

Ardex P 82 For use on all dense impervious surfaces, including hard flooring grade asphalt, ceramic and quarry tiles and rigid metal sub-floors. Apply by roller or squeegee.

Ardex E 90 Mortar admix for use with Ardex cement-based adhesives. Gives elastic and water repellent properties plus enhanced adhesive strength if fixing to smooth or glazed surfaces.

Ardex E 101 Grout admix for Ardex C 2, F 4 and GK cement-based grouts and normal cement/sand grout mortars. For elastic and water repellent tile joints.

Aggregate A dry, pre-packed 3mm graded aggregate for use with Ardex sub-floor smoothing compounds where thick applications are required.

Primers & Admixes Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

40m2 per unit on most typical substrates

Ardex P 51

1, 5, 25

up to 100m2 per 5kg bottle diluted 1:3

Ardex P 82

2, 6

approx 30 - 60m2 per 6kg

Ardex E 90

2, 4

4kg per 22kg bag of Ardex X 7 / S 16

Ardex E 101

1, 5

1kg per 11kg bag of Ardex grout

Aggregate / Fine Aggregate

1m2 @ 20mm thick

Ardex P4

Flooring & Tiling

Ardex P 4

172

Flooring & Tiling

Waterproofing Ardex WPC A flexible two-component waterproof coating for use prior to tiling in commercial shower situations. Also ideal for use on moisture sensitive backgrounds prior to tiling. Tiles can be applied just 90 minutes after application of the second coat.

Ardex DPM A two coat, colour coded, fast curing product ideal for use on very porous substrates to prevent pinholing. Can accommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RH.

Ardex DPM 1 C Flooring & Tiling

Provides a surface damp proof membrane and barrier to rising ground moisture. Easy to apply, one coat application that guarantees the early laying of all floor coverings and can accommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RH and has excellent resistance to water, grease, oil etc.

Ardex DPM 1 C Rapid A rapid drying, one coat DPM that can be overcoated after 4 hours making it ideal for fast track installations. Ardex DPM 1 C R can accommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RH and has excellent resistance to water, grease, oil etc.

Waterproofing Type

Size

Coverage

Ardex WPC

5kg bottle 5kg bag pack

6.6m2 per pack, giving 0.8mm coating (2 coats)

Ardex DPM

6kg two component tins

4m2 per kg

25kg pre-gauged plastic containers Ardex DPM 1 C

6kg and 10kg two-component tins or 25kg pre-gauged plastic containers

Approx 1.8m2 per kg i.e. one 10kg unit will cover approximately between 18 and 25m2 depending on application thickness

Ardex DPM 1 C R

6kg and 10kg two-component tins

2.5m2/kg at 250 microns, 1.8m2/kg at 350 microns

www.sig-ca.co.uk

173

Febond SBR Bonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, renders and repair mortar mixes. Available in 5 litre and 25 litres.

Denso Sylglas Anti-Slip Tape A self adhesive slip resistant tape for paths steps and slippery areas. Roll size 50mm x 3m.

Nitoflor Nitoflor FC130 High performance water dispersed epoxy resin floor coating for use where resistance to oils and liquids is required. Suitable for use on walls and floors in warehouses, garages, light industrial and food processing areas, kitchens and other areas of pedestrian and light vehiclular traffic.

Nitoflor FC140 High performance solvent based epoxy resin floor coating for use where high chemical resistance is required. Suitable for use in production assembly areas, workshops, dairies,soft drinks and bottling plants, breweries, kitchens, plating shops, processing plants, dye works etc. A fine textured nonâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;slip finish can be achieved with the addition of nonslip grains to FC130/140.

Flooring & Tiling

Fosroc

174

Flooring & Tiling Nitoflor Lithurin Hardener and dustproofing compound for concrete surfaces. Typical applications include industrial floors, light engineering works, warehouses, abbatoirs, car parks, dams, reservoirs, tanks, silos and flues. Nitoflor Lithurin is a white, soluble, crystalline powder. When mixed with water and applied to the floor, the solution penetrates the concrete reacting with lime and other soluble particles to form granite hard crystals, leaving a permanent, hard wearing and dust free surface.

Nitoflor Hardtop S

Flooring & Tiling

‘Dry-shake’ floor hardener for new concrete floors. Nitoflor Hardtop S is a ready-to-use factory blended powder that is easily trowelled into fresh concrete and cures to provide a dense, non porous surface which is extremely hard wearing and abrasion resistant. Ideal for industrial areas with heavy traffic, e.g. power stations, agricultural buildings, warehouses and loading bays.

Nitoflor Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

Nitoflor FC130

35 - 40m2 pack per coat

Nitoflor FC140

35 - 40m2 pack per coat

Nitoflor Lithurin

with nonslip grains – 24 - 30m2 pack per coat 1 coat application 200m2 2 coats 150m2 Nitoflor Hardtop S

5kg/m2

Cemtop Cemtop S A self-smoothing cementitious underlayment for a wide variety of floor finishes, e.g. tiles, carpets and vinyl sheeting. Suitable for residential and commercial buildings, for new construction or refurbishment projects.

Cemtop GP30 A general purpose cementitious floor levelling compound/underlayment for the preparation of floor surfaces before the application of tiles, carpet, vinyl, etc.

Cemtop GP12 A medium-duty cementitious floor surfacing system suitable for use in areas which will be subject to foot traffic or light commercial use. Also suitable for use as a heavy duty underlayment for the preparation of floor surfaces before the application of tiles, carpet, vinyl, etc.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

175

Cemtop XD A heavy-duty highly abrasion resistant cementitious floor surfacing system for the reinstatement of industrial floor surfaces.

Cemtop Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

1.7kg/m2/mm thick

Cemtop Range

Ronacrete Ronafix

Ronascreed DB Fastfloor Self smoothing cementitious floor screed supplied in two grades; Base which is used as an underlayment and Topping which gives a high strength industrial wearing surface. Foot traffic after 3 hours.

Ronascreed DB Fastfloor Type

Base Topping Primer

Size

Coverage

25kg

13.6 litres

25kg

14.2 litres

5, 25 litres

0.3 litres/m2 as both primer and sealer

Flooring & Tiling

A floor screed admixture for thin levelling and heavy duty wearing screeds and floor repairs. BBA Approved. For sizes and mix designs refer to Mix Design table on page 137.

176

Flooring & Tiling

Ronadeck Fast Grip Ronadeck Fast Grip The Ronadeck Fast Grip system combines a fast curing resin with natural aggregates to give the look and feel of loose stones and gravel but without the inherent mess. The applied surface is safe, slip resistant "non-slip" and decorative. Can be used for pedestrian, industrial and traffic areas giving excellent grip in a variety of colours and texture.

Fast Grip Standard An ultra rapid curing, self priming, 2 hour to traffic adhesive which is applied to prepared surfaces prior to blinding with natural or pigmented aggregates.

Seal Coat UV A coating giving increased chemical protection and easier cleaning with UV light stability. Flooring & Tiling

Seal Coat LS A coating giving increased chemical protection and easier cleaning.

Metal Primer A primer for metal substrates.

Fast Grip XP5 Resin A fast curing solvent free polyurethane 5 hour to traffic adhesive which is applied to prepared surfaces prior to blinding with natural or pigmented aggregates. Ideal for application in warmer temperatures.

Fast XP5 Primer Primer for above XP resin.

Ronadeck Aggregates A range of coloured aggregates for the Fast Grip system.

Ronadeck Fast Grip Type

Fast Grip Standard Resin Fast Grip Seal Coat UV Fast Grip XP5 Resin Fast Grip Metal Primer

Size

Coverage*

1.95, 7.5, 20kg

1.0 - 1.8kg/m2*

5, 25 litre

3 - 11m2/litre/coat

1.97, 9.5, 19kg

0.8 - 1.5kg/m2*

5 litre

4 - 4.5m2/litre

*Depending on aggregate.

RonaFloor HB200 RonaFloor HB200 is a solvent free high build epoxy resin floor coating for use on concrete, screeded and granolithic floors. It provides excellent abrasion and chemical resistance for floors subject to constant traffic. Two coats will provide an easy to clean gloss finish and achieve a dry film thickness of 400 microns.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

177

RonaFloor HB200 Type

RonaFloor HB200

Size

Coverage

5kg, 10kg and 20kg

15m2 per pack per coat norm 2 coat application

RonaFloor EWB RonaFloor EWB is a water based epoxy resin coating for use on concrete, screeded and granolithic floors. It has good adhesion to a wide variety of substrate to produce a tough, hard wearing floor finish in a range of colours.

RonaFloor EWB RonaFloor EWB

Size

Coverage

5kg, 10kg and 20kg

15m2 per pack per coat norm 2 coat application

RIW RIW Tilesafe Kit RIW Tilesafe Kit comprises of a self-adhesive, cold applied, waterproof membrane which consists of a thick rubberised waterproof layer, incorporating a woven glass fibre on one side. It has been developed for use prior to the application of ceramic tiles, which are applied using a conventional adhesive which keys to the mesh. To prevent water penetrations through ceramic tiles in bath/shower room, kitchens and other wet areas.

Tilesafe Kit Type

Matting

Size

10m2

Primer

1 litre

Mastic cartridge

310ml

Putty Reinforcing Tape

â &#x201E;2kg

150mm x 15m

Sika SikaCem 810 SikaCem 810 is a patented one-component water based acrylate bonding agent and integral mortar admixture. When diluted it produces a gauging solution for improving cementitious mixes. It should be added to water then mixed with cement and sand/aggregate to produce: Bond coat/slurry, Pourable micro concrete, Renders, Screeds with enhanced mechanical properties. Available in 25 litres.

Flooring & Tiling

Type

178

Flooring & Tiling

Sika Dryshakes Sikafloor-1 MetalTop One-component ultra tough metallic alloy dry shake hardener for concrete floors, formally Armorex SuperTop.

Sikafloor-2 SynTop One-component synthetic aggregate based dry shake hardener for concrete floors formally Armorex Armorshield.

Sika Dryshakes Type

Flooring & Tiling

Size (kg)

Yield per pack (m2)

Sikafloor-1 MetalTop

3.6

Sikafloor-2 SynTop

Some dry shakes can also be obtained in 1500kg bags.

Sikafloor-156 Sikafloor-156 is a two-part, low viscosity, solvent free epoxy resin for priming concrete substrates, cement screeds and epoxy mortars.

Sikafloor-156 Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

Sikafloor-156

2.5, 10

0.3 - 0.4kg/m2

Sikafloor-264 Sikafloor-261 is a two-part multi purpose binder based on epoxy resin. Due to its low viscosity, highly filled self-smoothing and broadcast systems as well as textured coatings, mortar screeds and seal coats can be produced.

Sikafloor-264 Type

Sikafloor-264

Size (kg)

Coverage

Roller coat 0.3kg/m2/coat

Sikafloor-2530W Sikafloor-2530W is a two-part solvent free coloured water dispersed easily applied epoxy coating. Can be subjected to normal up to medium heavy mechanical and chemical loading.

Sikafloor-2530W Type

Sikafloor-2530W

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/coat)

6, 18

0.2 - 0.3

www.sig-ca.co.uk

179

Sikafloor EpoCem Sikafloor-81 EpoCem Sikafloor-81 EpoCem is a three-part, epoxy modified cementitious, fine textured mortar for self smoothing floor screeds in thin layers of 1.5 to 3mm. Use 2mm as a damp proof membrane or for fast track floor application onto newer concrete, use primer Sikafloor 155W.

Sikafloor EpoCem Type

Sikafloor-81 EpoCem

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

2.25

SikaBond T2 High performance one-part elastic bonding polyurerthane adhesive for the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Liquid batternâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; system of fixing solid wood flooring.

SikaBond T54 High build one-part trowel grade polyurethane elastic timber flooring adhesive for bonding solid wood flooring aplication by notched trowel.

SikaBond Type

Size

Coverage

SikaBond T2

310cc

1 x 310cc cartridge per m2

SikaBond T54

13kg

minimum 0.6 - 1kg per m2

Sika Dustproofer An economical ready to use dustproofer and hardener for concrete paths and slabs.

Sika Dustproofer Type

Sika Dustproofer

Size (litres)

Usage (m2/litre)

3-6

Sika Hardeners Sikafloor CureHard 24 One-component silicate based hardener, Dustproofer and curing liquid.

Sikafloor ProSeal Pro One-component economical curing and hardening liquid with low odour.

Sikafloor ProSeal One-component high performance curing, sealing and hardening liquid the original and best.

Sikafloor ProSeal 90 One-component higher efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid.

Flooring & Tiling

SikaBond

180

Flooring & Tiling Sikafloor ProSeal W One-component high efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid water based.

Sika Hardeners Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Sikafloor CureHard 24

25, 200

Water

Cleaner

Sikafloor ProSeal Pro

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal 90

25, 200

Thinner C

Sikafloor ProSeal W

25, 200

Water

Flooring & Tiling

Weber weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer) weber.tec acrylic sealer is a low-viscosity, colourless, penetrating sealer. The product is based on a pure acrylic resin in aromatic solvents. The concept is to achieve an in-surface seal with no material build-up. For severely exposed surfaces, one-coat of weber.tec aquapel WR prior to two coats of weber.tec acrylic sealer is recommended.

weber.tec Acrylic Sealer (Dust Proofer) Type

weber.tec acrylic sealer

Size

Coverage

5, 25 and 200 litre non-returnable drums

4-8m per litre in 2 coats 2

Industrial Flooring A full range of products & systems are available within each of the listed generic groups. For specific information and guidelines, in accordance with individual requirements, please consult your local Branch.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

181

Landscape Products Ronadeck Resin Bonded Surfacing Winter Grade Ronadeck Resin Bonded Surfacing Winter Grade is a fast curing resin bonded aggregate surfacing systems for providing hardwearing slip resistant decorative flooring for foot, vehicle and heavier traffic. They create the look of natural aggregate without the mess of loose gravel.

Ronadeck Size (kg)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Ronadeck Resin Bonded Surfacing Winter Grade

7.5, 20

3.8 - 4

Ronadeck Tree Pit Ronadeck Tree Pit System is a UV Stable, clean, natural aggregate finish surround for planted trees in public and private areas. Tree pit aggregates available in various colours in 25kg pack size Ronadeck Tree Pit Fine Aggregate in 5kg pack size.

Ronadeck Tree Pit Type

Size (kg)

Ronadeck Tree Pit System 1.5, 6

Yield (m2)

0.33m2 @ 50mm

Geofix Used for the permanent filling of wide joints (>5mm) in external paving and stone surfaces. Available in Buff and Mid-Grey.

Geofix Type

Size (kg)

Usage

Geofix

10, 20

Usage depends on joint size

Sika Block Paving Seal Enhances the appearance and provides long lasting protection for block paving, patio slabs and concrete. Protects against weather damage prevents fungal growth and is oil and fuel resistant. Normally requires 2 coats, 5 litre 5-8m2 per coat.

Flooring & Tiling

Type

182

Flooring & Tiling

Sika PaveFix Plus Sika PaveFix Plus is a ready to use, one-component self-setting jointing compound that gives perfect pointing for paving, paths & patios, suitable for wide joint paving and block sets. Available in Buff and Grey.

Sika PaveFix Plus Type

PaveFix

Size

Coverage

7.5, 15kg buckets

12.5m paving* per 15kg 2

Flooring & Tiling

*Theoretical consumption based on 450mm x 450mm slabs with the joints sealed on a ratio of 6mm wide x 25mm deep joints.

Sika Resiblock Superior and Superior Natural The original Paving block sealer with no oil stains guarantee, suitable for new or existing concrete. Resiblock Superior prevents oil diesel and food staining plus the loss of jointing sand from power washing or the effect of the weather. It eliminates weeds, grass and ants nests and enhances appearance, protecting surfaces, binds jointing sands to blocks. Resiblock Superior provides a gloss finish. Resiblock Superior Natural provides a natural matt finish.

Sika Resiblock Type

Size (litres)

Coverage

Superior

5, 25

1st coat = 3m2 per litre, 2nd coat = 6m2 per litre

Superior Natural

5, 25

1st coat = 2m2 per litre, 2nd coat = 4m2 per litre

Sika PatioSeal Sealer and appearance enhancer for new and recently cleaned paving.

Sika PatioSeal Type

PatioSeal

Size

Coverage

5 - 6m2 per litre

Conrete Repair & Protection

Our range includes: • Primers & steel protection. • Cementitious repair mortars. • Resin repair mortars. • Crack injection and stitching materials. • Fast setting pavement repairs. • Decorative coatings. • Anti-carbonation coatings. • Concrete resurfacer.

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Ardex

184

BASF

185

Flexcrete

187

Fosroc

189

Ronacrete

196

Sika

199

Weber

202

Concrete Repair & Protection

As distributors for the largest manufacturers in the concrete repair market SIG Construction Accessories can offer the solution to all your repair problems. From large scale renovations and structures, to restoring kerbs and joint arises, SIG Construction Accessories will have a product or system to do the job.

184

Conrete Repair & Protection

Ardex Ardex A 45 - Internal Repair Mortar Ardex Ardurapid A 45 is ideal for the rapid repair of internal concrete, screeds, renders and concrete steps, it can also be used to form ramps, fill cracks and make good around fittings and pipework. Ardex Ardurapid A 45 receives finishes after 90 minutes regardless of thickness and is slump free, making it ideal for vertical and horizontal repairs. Concrete Repair & Protection

Ardex A 46 - External & Internal Repair Mortar Ardex A 46 is a slump free repair and patch mortar which can be used for both internal and external repairs to stair treads and risers. It is also ideal for infilling holes around fittings and for patch work on wall and floor areas. Ardex A 46 has rapid hardening properties that mean it is walkable in just 2-3 hours, as well as being suitable for use below a DPM.

Ardex PSRS A two component epoxy resin designed for strengthening and restoring poorly compacted and low strength cement/sand screeds. Ensure Ardex PSRS is always keyed with Ardex Fine Aggregate.

Ardex K 301 A fast setting cost effective solution for smoothing rough or damaged concrete or cement/sand screeds and is suitable for internal and external applications prior to tiling. ARDEX K 301 is walkable after 2-3 hours and can be tiled onto after 24 hours. Use to level uneven surfaces, such as paths and patios.

Ardex A 35 Used in place of Portland Cement in cement/sand screeds, Ardex A 35 produces a floor screed that can be walked on after 3 hours and is dry enough to receive tiling after 24 hours regardless of thickness. After 1 day the compressive and tensile strengths of an Ardex A 35 screed exceed the acceptable minimum attained by a conventional screed after 28 days.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

185

Concrete Repair Mortar Type

Ardex A 45

Size

Coverage

11kg bags

7 litres per bag

11kg

8 litres per bag

Ardex PSRS

10kg two component tin

Dependent on porosity and depth of the screed

Ardex K 301

25kg bag

1.6kg/m2/mm i.e. approx 7.8m2 @ 2mm thickness/25kg bag

Ardex A 35

25kg

approx 2.3m2 per 25kg bag for 30mm 1:4 screed

Ardex A 35 Mix

25kg

approx 1.85kg/m2/mm

BASF Emaco T545 Emaco T545 is a specially formulated repair mortar, based on magnesia-phosphate cement pre-mixed with selected aggregates, which gives controlled, extremely high early strengths in temperatures ranging from -20°C (or lower) up to over 30°C, making it particularly useful in cold store applications. It provides a repair material for concrete slabs which reaches an adequate strength for trafficking, or other use, at a very early age. It is also suitable for use as a repair medium at low ambient temperatures. Used for thicknesses above 20mm only, for depths of 30mm and above up to 10kg of 10mm single sized coarse aggregate may be added.

Emaco® Nanocrete R2 Universal, fast setting, polymer modified, fibre reinforced repair and levelling mortar Emaco® Nanocrete R2 is a universal, single component, polymer modified, fast setting, repair, reprofiling and levelling mortar. Emaco® Nanocrete R2 is a ready-to-use material that contains special cements, well graded sands, carefully selected polymers and fibres to reduce shrinkage and improve physical and application properties. When mixed with water, it forms a mortar with an exceptional wide range of applications. Emaco® Naoncrete R2 can easily be hand and trowel applied in thicknesses from 3 up to 100mm.

Emaco® Nanocrete R3 Lightweight, polymer modified, fibre reinforced, structural repair mortar Emaco® Nanocrete R3 is a single component, lightweight, polymer modified, high build structural repair mortar. Emaco® Nanocrete R3 is a ready-to-use material that contains Portland cement, well graded sands, specially selected polymer fibres and additives. Applied nanotechnology has been used to significantly reduce shrinkage.

Concrete Repair & Protection

Ardex A 46

186

Conrete Repair & Protection Emaco® Nanocrete R3 has been specifically formulated to produce a mortar with the compressive strength and modulus characteristics defined in class R3 of EN 1504 part 3. When mixed with water, it forms a highly thixotropic mortar that can easily be hand, trowel or spray applied in thicknesses up to 75mm in one layer. It is particularly suited to vertical and overhead work where hand-profiling is required.

Emaco® Nanocrete R4 Concrete Repair & Protection

Extra high-strength, shrinkage compensated, fibre reinforced, structural repair mortar Emaco® Nanocrete R4 is a single component, extra high-strength, high modulus, shrinkage compensated structural repair mortar that meets the requirements of the new European Norm EN 1504 part 3 class R4. Emaco® Nanocrete R4 is a ready-to-use material that contains Portland cement, well graded sands, specially selected polymer fibres and special additives to significantly reduce the risk and incidence of shrinkage cracking. When mixed with water, it forms a highly thixotropic mortar that can easily be spray or trowel applied.

Emaco® Nanocrete AP Single component, cement based, multi-use, bonding and active protective primer Emaco® Nanocrete AP active primer, not only reinstates a high pH environment it also contains active corrosion inhibiting additives for the protection of reinforcement steel. It can also be used as an adhesive bonding slurry for subsequent repair mortars. Emaco® Nanocrete AP is a ready-to-use material that contains portland cement, well graded fine fillers, redispersible powder and special additives. When mixed with water, it forms a slurry that can be applied by brush to the clean exposed reinforcement, or directly on the dampened, prepared concrete substrate when used as a bonding coat.

Bond-it SBR Bonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, renders and repair mortar mixes.

Bond-it SBR Type

Bond-it SBR

Size (kg)

5, 25

www.sig-ca.co.uk

187

Flexcrete Steel Reinforcement Protector 841 Economic, polymer cement coating to passivate and protect steel reinforcement. Supplied with a convenient mixing kit. BBA certified and CE Marked in compliance with EN1504-7.

Monolite

Monomix Medium density, multi-purpose structural grade polymer modified mortar based on Portland cement and benefitting from shrinkage compensation and fibre reinforcement. No primer required other than saturation of substrate. Simply mix with water and apply by hand or trowel to achieve 80mm build even overhead. Special spray grade available. Totally waterproof under a 100m hydrostatic head and has DWI Reg 31 approval. BBA Certified and CE Marked Class R3 to EN1504-3.

Monomix HD Heavy duty, high strength polymer modified mortar which is suited for durable structural repairs as well as heavily trafficked areas. No primer required, simply mix with water. High build, up to 80mm in a single layer even when used overhead. Compliant with Highways Agency Standard BD27/86, and CE Marked Class R4 to EN1504-3.

Fastfill Ultra high strength, rapid curing, single component, polymer modified, Portland cement based mortar giving fast return to service. Shrinkage compensated and fibre reinforced for use in heavy wear applications including industrial floors, runways, roadways and footpaths as well areas subject to early immersion. No primer required, simply mix with water. Used from 5mm or up to 300mm when bulked out with aggregate for filling of large voids or for bedding applications. DWI Reg 31 Approved for use in contact with drinking water, compliant with Highways Agency Standard BD27/86, BBA certified and CE Marked Class R4 to EN 1504-3.

Monolevel Single component, polymer modified mortars for rendering and reprofiling of in-situ and pre-cast concrete and brickwork to produce a high quality, decorative engineering finish. Mixed with water on-site and applied by spray, trowel or bag rubbing techniques. Uses include fairing coats to fill minor voids and defects on new and existing structures (Monolevel FC Class R2 EN 1504-3), waterproofing of basements and water tanks including drinking water structures (Monolevel 844SP Class R4 to EN 1504-3) and waterproof external rendering of brick and blockwork (Monolevel RM).

Concrete Repair & Protection

Low density, high yield, shrinkage compensated, polymer modified cosmetic repair mortar for concrete, brick or stone. Single component cementitious formulation, no primer required, simply mixed with water and easily applied in single layers up to 100mm. Particularly suitable for vertical and overhead use. CE Marked Class R2 to EN1504-3.

188

Conrete Repair & Protection

Cementitous Coating 851

Concrete Repair & Protection

Twin component, polymer modified cementitious coating which produces a flexible, highly alkaline film for waterproofing and protecting new and existing structures. It is particularly effective at reinstating concrete cover - 2mm is equal to 100mm of concrete cover. It is fully waterproof against positive and negative pressure, proven under a 100 metre hydrostatic head and protects concrete from the ingress of carbon dioxide and chloride ions (including de-icing salts). It has excellent freeze thaw resistance and can also be used on brickwork and blockwork. Spray or brush applied, uses include potable water containment (DWI Reg 31 Approved), basement waterproofing and chloride protection for marine and highway structures. BBA certified and CE Marked in compliance with EN 1504-2. Other EN 1504-2 certified cementitious coatings include Cemprotec Elastic for cracked concrete, Cemprotec E-Floor for high performance deck protection and Cemprotec E942 in areas where enhanced chemical resistance is required.

Monodex Range Technically advanced, low VOC, weatherproof anti-carbonation coatings which are independently tested to confirm equivalent protection to an extra 500mm of concrete cover. Applied over Bond-Prime in two coats, Monodex Ultra has a 10 year design life with Monodex Smooth extending to 15 years. Available in an attractive range of colours to produce a durable, decorative finish which is equally suited for repaired structures or in new construction.

Flexcrete Concrete Repair and Protection Type

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

Coverage

5 kg

2.8

45 linear metres of 10mm bar

Monolite

20 kg

18.5

1.85m² @ 10mm thickness

Monomix

25 kg

16.5

1.65m² @ 10mm thickness

Monomix HD

25 kg

13.1

1.31m² @ 10mm thickness

Fastfill

25 kg

13.3

1.33m² @ 10mm thickness

Monolevel FC

25 kg

5m² @ 3mm thickness

Monolevel 844SP

25 kg

5m² @ 3mm thickness

Monolevel RM

25 kg

1.4m² @ 10mm thickness

Cementitious Coating 851

30 kg

16.67

8.33m²/30kg @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec Elastic

30kg

18.8

9.4m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec E-Floor

30kg

16.2

8.1m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec E-Floor HB

30kg

5m² @ 3mm thickness

Steel Reinforcement Protector 841

Cemprotec E-942

30kg

16.2

8.1m² @ 2mm thickness

Cemprotec EF Primer

5L & 25L

5 & 25

3-10m² per litre

Bond Prime

5L & 25L

5 & 25

5m² per litre

Monodex Ultra

15L

37.5m² per pack

Monodex Smooth

15L

37.5m² per pack

All single component Flexcrete mortars require only the addition of clean water. Packs can be split on site for mixing by volume for economic use.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

189

Fosroc Fosroc offers a comprehensive range of concrete repair products. The range includes cementitious repair mortars, epoxy mortars, coatings and crack injection systems. From small patch repairs to complete concrete rehabilitation, Fosroc has the solution to suit any job.

Renderoc Cementitious Repair Mortars

Renderoc GP General purpose concrete reinstatement mortar which can also be used as a render as well as all types of patch repairs. It can be applied up to 20mm thick in overhead and 30mm in vertical sections. In horizontal applications 100mm thickness can be obtained.

Renderoc HB Single component lightweight fibre and polymer modified concrete reinstatement mortar for high build applications. Renderoc HB can be applied up to 80mm thick in vertical and 50mm in overhead work without the use of formwork. Thicker sections can be achieved by use of use of formwork or built up in layers. Thickness range 10mm-50mm.

Renderoc S Structural grade polymer modified concrete reinstatement mortar. Used for repairs of large areas of concrete and for localised patch repairs. The application range is 5-10mm in vertical and 5-100mm in horizontal situations.

Renderoc LA Single component free-flowing low alkali micro-concrete. The product is highly fluid and obviates the need for compaction and vibration where access is restricted or reinforcement congested. Renderoc LA is ideal for the reinstatement of large structural sections of concrete.

Renderoc LA55 Low alkali, high performance micro-concrete for the reinstatement of large, structural sections of concrete. Renderoc LA55 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.

Renderoc DS Polymer modified dry spray repair mortar. DS is designed for large area repairs such as bridges, tunnels, retaining walls, dams etc. Complies with DTp specification series 1700.

Renderoc HB25 High performance lightweight concrete repair mortar designed for overhead/soffit repairs. It can also be used for non-structural column repairs and where deep pocket repairs are required in one application. Renderoc HB25 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461. Thickness range up to 80mm vertical and 60mm overhead.

Concrete Repair & Protection

Fosrocâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cementitious repair systems include the world-renowned Renderoc mortars. These are pre-bagged, single component products available in various grades depending on the application.

190

Conrete Repair & Protection Renderoc RP252 Cementitious mortar for re-profiling concrete structures. It can be used either to produce a fair-faced finish in preparation for a protective coating (see Dekguard range) or as a protective mortar layer. Renderoc RP252 can also be used to render large sections of concrete. Renderoc RP252 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.

Renderoc FC Cementitious fairing coat for filling blowholes prior to coating. It is designed for vertical and overhead use to infill honeycombing and voids up to 3mm deep in the surface of concrete. Renderoc FC must be overcoated. Renderoc FC is BBA accreditied, cert no. 98/3461. Concrete Repair & Protection

Renderoc Type

Size

Coverage

Renderoc GP

25kg bag

1.6m @ 10mm thickness

Renderoc HB

18kg bag

1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness

Renderoc S

25kg bag

1.2m2 @ 10mm thickness

Renderoc LA

25kg bag

Approximately 12 litres/25kg bag

Renderoc LA55

25kg bag

Approximately 12 litres/25kg bag

Renderoc DS

25kg bag

2m2 @ 10mm thickness

Renderoc HB25

18kg bag

Approximately 1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness

Renderoc HB40

25kg bag

Approximately 1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness

3.4 litre liquid + 20kg bag

Approximately 2.4m2 @ 5mm thickness

25kg bags

5m2 @ 3mm thickness

Renderoc RP252 Kit Renderoc FC

Nitocote Nitocote EP403 Nitocote EP403 is a damp-tolerant protective coating for concrete and mild steel. The cured film is corrosion, chemical and abrasion resistant and is suitable for application to sewage works, marine environments, basements and tunnels. It is particularly useful where concrete surfaces are damp and cannot be dried out.

Nitocote EP405 Nitocote EP405 is a solvent-free epoxy resin coating used for lining and waterproofing potable water retaining structures and surfaces subject to contact with foodstuffs. The cured film is corrosion, chemical and abrasion resistant and is suitable for application to tanks, silos, reservoirs, water treatment works, breweries, dairies and meat and food processing plants. Nitocote EP 405 is a WRAS approved product. Available in two colours, blue and white.

Nitocote EP410 Nitocote EP410 is a solvent-free epoxy resin coating with high chemical resistance. It is used to protect to concrete and steel structures in aggressive chemical immersion conditions. The material is particularly suitable for applications in process plants and sewage works.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

191

Nitocote SN502 Nitocote SN502 is a high performance silane-siloxane treatment for concrete and masonry. It is used to protect concrete structures from attack by chloride ions and water. SN502 is suitable for all types of structures, including those in coastal areas.

Nitocote SN511 Nitocote SN511 is a high performance water repellant treatment specifically used for protecting reinforced concrete roads and bridges. SN511 is DTp specified and protects concrete from water and chloride ingress whilst still allowing it to breathe.

Type

Size

Coverage

Nitocote EP403

2.5kg packs (1.5 litres)

3m2 per kg per coat (5m2 per litre)

Nitocote EP405

2.5kg packs (1.5 litres)

3m2 per kg per coat (5m2 per litre)

Nitocote EP410

5.6kg packs

15.68m2

Nitocote SN502

25, 200 litre containers

5m per litre per coat

Nitocote SN511

25 litre container

0.3 litres/m2 per coat (minimum)

Galvafroid Galvafroid is an anti-rust coating for iron and steel. It is cold-applied by brush or roller and is used for the protection of structural steelwork, agricultural and construction plant, gates, railings, iron pipework and in-situ weldings. Galvafroid is grey in colour and can be used as a self-finish or as a durable anti-rust coating beneath selected top coats.

Galvafroid Type

Galvafroid

Size

Coverage

400ml tins 800ml tins 1.9 litre tin

16m2/litre when used as a primer 8m2/litre when used as a self-finish

Paveroc Reinstatement mortar for large area repairs of concrete pavements and floors to avoid the total replacement of bays. Can be used internally or externally in thicknesses between 12mm and 100mm in a single application. Primer for Paveroc is Nitobond EP.

Paveroc Type

Paveroc Nitobond EP

Size (kg)

Coverage

0.9m2 @ 12mm thickness

2.5, 4.5

2m2 per kg

Concrete Repair & Protection

Nitocote

192

Conrete Repair & Protection

Patchroc GP Emergency Fast Setting repair mortar for concrete pavements and floors can accept traffic in 2hrs. For use at depths from 12mm to 100mm in a single application and a maximum bay size of 4m2. Primed with Nitobond AR for pedestrian traffic and Nitobond EP for vehicular.

Patchroc GP Concrete Repair & Protection

Type

Size

Coverage

Patchroc GP

25kg bag

1m2 @ 12mm thickness

Nitobond AR

5, 25 litre

6-8m2 per litre

Nitobond EP

2.5, 4.5kg

2m2 per kg

Nitomortar Resin Repair Mortars Fosroc has a range of epoxy and polyester reinstatement mortars for jobs where high strength is required quickly. These include:

Nitomortar HB Lightweight chemical resistant epoxy mortar for vertical and overhead applications, thickness range 10mmâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;50mm.

Nitomortar S High strength, chemical resistant epoxy mortar, ideal for industrial floors, tanks and sea walls, thickness range 5mmâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;50mm.

Nitomortar FC Epoxy fairing coat for filling blowholes and surface preparation. Chemical resistant.

Nitomortar PE and PE Concrete Multi-purpose, rapid setting polyester mortar for precast units and universal repair, particularly kerbs. Nitomortar PE is the standard material for general purpose use and Nitomortar PE Concrete is a special grade allowing users to add suitable aggregate, thereby substantially reducing the cost of infilling larger voids. Both grades are chemical resistant.

Expocrete UA Epoxy repair mortar for underwater applications and reinstating structures exposed to heavy battering from the sea. Minimum thickness 3mm.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

193

Epoxy Repair Mortars Type

Nitomortar HB Nitomortar S

Size

Coverage

2.9, 9.3kg

2.5, 8 litres

5, 16kg

2.5, 8 litres

Nitomortar FC

1kg

0.6 litres

Nitomortar PE

14kg

7.5 litres

Nitomortar PE Concrete

11kg

15 to 27.5 litres

1.5 litre packs

1 litre/m2 per mm thickness

Yield: Typically 10 litres of product will yield 1m @ 10mm thickness. 2

Nitokit Crack Injection Fosroc supplies crack injection systems for minor concrete repairs, ideal for in-situ or precast concrete. These are available as pre-packaged kits for fast and easy application or as standalone injection grouts for bespoke repair.

Nitokit LV Pre-packaged, low viscosity epoxy crack injection resin, suitable for cracks down to 0.2mm at surface or tapering down to 0.01mm.

Nitokit TH Pre-packaged, thixotropic epoxy crack injection resin, suitable for open-ended cracks where depth and quantity needs to be controlled. The Nitokit systems are ideal for small scale repairs on and are also suitable for the insitu or precast concrete elements.

Nitokit LV / TH Type

Size

Nitokit LV / TH

12 cartridges - 0.25 litre of mixed resin 30 injection nipples 6 hoses 4 air release pins 6 mixing rods

Accessory pack Contents

1 injection gun 1 plastic bucket 10 pairs disposable gloves 2 pairs goggles 1 x 5.5 litre pack Nitokit Surface Sealant

Concrete Repair & Protection

Expocrete UA

194

Conrete Repair & Protection

Nitofil Nitofil LV Low viscosity epoxy resin injection grout for cracks between 0.25mm and 9mm where both sides of the crack can be sealed against resin drainage.

Nitofil TH

Concrete Repair & Protection

Thixotropic epoxy resin injection grout for cracks between 0.5mm and 9mm where both sides of the crack cannot be completely sealed.

Nitofil LV / TH Type

Size (litre)

Nitofil LV

1.5

Nitofil TH

Fosroc Primers and Bonding Agents Nitobond AR Curing membrane for Renderoc system and primer for Renderoc S and Patchroc GP.

Nitobond HAR Concrete bonding agent, used as primer for Renderoc HB, HB25, HB40 and GP.

Nitobond SBR Additive for improving mortars for waterproofing repairs. Also used as a bonding agent for slip bricks, ceramic tiles etc.

Nitobond EP Standard / Slowset Used for bonding old to new concrete. Also primer for Patchroc / Paveroc and Renderoc cementitious systems.

Nitoprime Zincrich Plus Epoxy zinc primer used as anti-corrosion coating for exposed steel reinforcement in concrete repairs.

Primers and bonding agents Type

Size

Coverage

Nitobond AR

5, 25 litre drums

4-6m2/litre*

Nitobond HAR

5, 25 litre drums

4-6m2/litre*

Nitobond SBR

5, 25, 210 litre drums

Refer to mix designs table page 188

2.5, 4.5kg packs

5m2, 10m2

Nitobond EP Standard Nitobond EP Slowset Nitoprime Zincrich Plus

4.5kg packs

10m2

800ml, 1.9 litre

7.4m2 per litre

* HAR/AR as primers, usage varies in other applications.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

195

Fosroc Coatings Fosroc's durable and attractive coatings are designed to perform in harsh environments and are chemical, abrasion and carbonation resistant.

Dekguard W

Dekguard S Dekguard S is a high performance coating for exposed concrete and masonry that provides outstanding resistance to aggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available in a wide range of colours. Dekguard S is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.

Dekguard Elastic Dekguard Elastic is a water-based coloured elastomeric coating for exposed concrete and masonry. It provides excellent elongation and recovery, low dirt pickup, resistance to aggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available in a wide range of colours. Dekguard Elastic is BBA accredited, cert no, 98/3461.

Dekguard Textured Dekguard Textured is a textured weather-resistant coating for exposed concrete and masonry. It provides low dirt pick-up, resistance to aggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available in a wide range of colours.

Dekguard Primer A reactive silane-siloxane treatment for use with Dekguard products.

Nitoprime DG Primer specifically for use with Dekguard Elastic.

Fosroc Coatings Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Dekguard W

2.75

Dekguard S

Dekguard Elastic

1.25

Dekguard Textured

Dekguard Primer

2.5

Nitoprime DG

2.5

Concrete Repair & Protection

Dekguard W water-based coloured coating protects exposed reinforced concrete structures, cementitious substrates and masonry from aggressive elements, weathering and rain. It is suitable for use on all types of structures, including those in coastal environments. Available in a wide range of colours. Dekguard W is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.

196

Conrete Repair & Protection

Ronacrete Ronabond Concrete Cover 150 Ronabond Concrete Cover 150 is an enhancement barrier and coating system for concrete. Two coats creates an equivalent concrete thickness of 150mm to protect reinforcing steel and extend the life of reinforced concrete.

Ronabond Concrete Repair & Protection

Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (m2)

7.6kg per m² for 2 coats

Ronabond Concrete Cover 150

Ronafix pre-packed concrete repair mortar Ronafix Concrete Repair Mortar is a general purpose British Board of Agrément approved prepacked concrete repair mortar for repairing concrete and protecting reinforcing steel. The repair mortar will have “at least the life of the surrounding concrete” (BBA Cert. 90/2421), is suitable for structural repairs and is waterproof, frost proof and very durable.

Ronafix Type

Ronafix pre-packed concrete repair mortar

Size (kg)

Yield (m3)

90 packs

Ronabond HB40 Ronabond HB40 is a pre-packed high build, high strength concrete repair mortar for repairing concrete and protecting reinforcing steel. It is used to repair concrete on vertical surfaces and is particularly suited to the repair of overhead concrete where ease of application is as important as high strength. It can be applied in thick-section layers up to 75mm on walls and soffits, without shuttering.

Ronabond Type

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

Coverage (m2)

Ronabond HB40

1 @ 13mm2

Ronacrete Standard Primer

N/A

3-4

www.sig-ca.co.uk

197

Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar

Ronabond Type

Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

Coverage (m2)

15.5

1m2 @ 15.5m

Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar is a general purpose British Board of Agrément approved pre-packed concrete repair mortar for repairing concrete and protecting reinforcing steel. The repair mortar will have “at least the life of the surrounding concrete” (BBA Cert. 90/2421), is suitable for structural repairs and is waterproof, frost proof and very durable.

Ronabond Type

Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

90 packs

Ronabond Easy Skim FC Ronabond Easy Skim FC is a pre-packed polymer modified mortar which is applied as a skim coat in thicknesses up to 3mm to provide a smooth, hard finish to damaged, blemished and repaired concrete surfaces. Ronabond Easy Skim FC is also used as a levelling mortar prior to the application of protective coatings and paints. It can also be used to give a “harder than plaster” finish to walls. The material can be mixed by hand or machine. Pack size 25kg

Ronabond Type

Ronabond Easy Skim FC

Size (kg)

Yield (litres)

77 packs

Concrete Repair & Protection

Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar is a pre-packed mortar used for repairing concrete on vertical and overhead surfaces where ease of application is as important as high strength. It can be applied in relatively thick section to walls and soffits and depending on the nature of the repair, in layers up to 75mm deep in pocket repairs. Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar is supplied pre-packed requiring only the addition of water.

198

Conrete Repair & Protection

Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Coating Permanent anti graffiti coating system is a complete system for permanent protection of surfaces against graffiti and other surface marks. The permanent antigraffiti system may be applied internally or externally on to new or old substrates and allow the natural appearance of the substrate to be retained. It offers efficient protection against graffiti, atmospheric dirt and various surface markings. Concrete Repair & Protection

Ronabond Type

Size (litres)

Coverage (m2/litre)

Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Primer

6-8

Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Coating

10-12

Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar is a high strength pre-packed polymer modified mortar for bedding brick slips and bonding copings and other building components to concrete and suitable building surfaces. It is strong, durable and resistant to water and frost attack.

Ronafix Type

Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar

Size (kg)

Monoset Monoset is a range of Ultra rapid strength gain mortars and fine concrete.

Monoset Mortar A bedding mortar for raising manhole frames and ironwork. Traffic after one hour at 20ยบC.

Monoset Concrete A rapid set concrete for application depths between 50mm to 150mm. Traffic after one hour at 20ยบC.

Monoset RX For repairs to floors, roads and carriageways for applications 2mm to 6mm. Traffic after one hour at 20ยบC.

Ronafix Ronafix is a high performance agrement board certified water based SBR polymer for repairing concrete and protecting reinforcing steel. The product has and BBA certificate and is suitable for structural repairs. Supplied in 5 and 25 litre containers. Mix designs for the use of Ronafix are found on page 207.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

199

Sika Sika MonoTop Sika Monotop 610 A single component polymer modified cementitious bonding bridge and steel reinforcement primer.

Sika Monotop 612

Sika Monotop 615 A one component cement based polymer modified high build repair and re-profiling mortar, thickness range 3mmâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;30mm.

Sika Monotop 620 A one component cementitious polymer modified mortar, thickness range 1.5mmâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;5mm.

Sika Monotop Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

Sika Monotop 610

1.5 - 2kg/m2/coat

Sika Monotop 612

2.11kg/m2/mm

Sika Monotop 615

1.65kg/m2/mm

Sika Monotop 620

2kg/m2/mm

Sika FerroGard 903 Sika FerroGard 903 is a surface applied migratory corrosion inhibitor, designed for use as an impregnation of steel reinforced concrete.

Sika FerroGard 903 Type

Sika FerroGard 903

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

0.5

SikaGard Sikagard 62 Sikagard 62 is a two-component solvent free, high build coloured epoxy resin coating with high chemical resistance and approved for use in contact with potable (drinking) water.

SikaGard 63N A solvent free, two-part epoxy resin coating ideal for bund areas.

SikaGard Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

SikaGard 62

Approximately 0.2 - 0.4kg/m2

SikaGard 63N

0.3 - 1kg/m2 per coat, dependent on substrate condition and required coating thickness

Concrete Repair & Protection

A cement-based, one component low permeability repair microconcrete, containing silica fume and polymer, thickness range 5mmâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;30mm.

200

Conrete Repair & Protection

Sika Adhesives Sikadur 31 Two pack epoxy thixotropic adhesive for bonding building materials. Fast setting and non shrinking. For sticking brick slips, bedding tiles, wood etc. NWC/WRC certified for contact with potable water. Normal grade (N): for 5-30Â°C application, Rapid grade (R): for 0-15Â°C application.

Sikadur 32 Concrete Repair & Protection

Two pack solvent free liquid epoxy bonding agent in 1 and 5 kilo packs. For bonding similar and dissimilar materials, e.g. concrete, metal, stone, glass, wood and asbestos.

Sikadur 33 Sikadur 33 is a two-component epoxy resin adhesive in a cartridge to fit normal skeleton gun.

Sikadur Type

Sikadur 31

Size

Coverage

1.2kg N, 6kg N

1.65kg/m2/mm

1.2kg R, 6kg R Sikadur 32

5kg

0.7kg/m2 @ 0.5mm thickness

Sikadur 33

250ml

Sikatop Sikatop Armatec 110 Anti-corrosive coating for steel reinforcement prior to concrete repair. For protection against corrosion.

Sikatop 121 Pre-packed ready for use. Adhesive mortar, two part cementpolymer base used for cosmetic repairs i.e. blow holes etc. and also as a bonding bridge for Sikatop 122 or 122HB.

Sikatop 122 High strength repair mortar, two part component cementpolymer base used for waterproof patching repairs to concrete, stone, mortars etc. Thickness range 4mm â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20mm vertical applications and up to 75mm in horizontal if bulked out with 3-6mm granite chippings.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

201

Sikatop 122HB Pre batched lightweight polymer modified cementitious mortar for repairs to concrete. Adhesive mortar, two part cement-polymer base used for non structural overhead and vertical repairs, very easy to-use. Thickness range 5mm-40mm.

Sikatop Type

Sikatop Armatec 110

Size (kg)

Coverage

2kg/m2/coat

10, 25

2kg/m2 per mm thickness

Sikatop 122

10, 25

2.1kg/m2 per mm thickness

Sikatop 122HB

10, 25

1.4kg/m2 per mm thickness

Sika Epoxy Mortars and Crack Repair Sikadur 41CF Trowel applied epoxy patching mortar in concrete grey colour. For heavy duty repairs in damaged and defective areas in concrete, mortar, screeds, bridge bearings etc.

Sikadur 52 Very low viscosity crack injection non shrink, solvent free epoxy, for repair by pouring or injection into cracks in concrete, also for stabilising lifted screeds. Colour: clear.

Sika Epoxy Mortars and Crack Repair Type

Sikadur 41CF

Size

Coverage

10kg N, 10kg R

2kg/m2 per mm thickness

1kg

1.1kg/m2 per mm thickness

Sikadur 52

Sika Coatings Sikagard 550 W Elastic A one-part, elastomeric coating based on UV-curing acrylic dispersion with excellent crack-bridging properties even at temperatures below 0째C.

Sikagard 680 S Clear Glaze Colourless material drying to a glossy coat, suitable as refresher and protective coating for exposed aggregate concrete.

Concrete Repair & Protection

Sikatop 121

202

Conrete Repair & Protection Sikagard ElastoColor 675 W A one-part, plasto-elastic water dispersed coating based on a styrene acrylate dispersion for the protection and enhancement of fair faced concrete.

Sikagard 680 S Cosmetic

Concrete Repair & Protection

A one-part solvent containing coating, based on methacrylic resins resistant to weathering, alkalis and ageing. Sikagard 680 S protects concrete against aggressive atmospheric influences and promotes a selfcleaning effect on the treated surfaces. It does not adversely influence the characteristic texture of the concrete.

Sikagard 700 S A one-part water repellent impregnation for absorbent cementitious substrates. It penetrates well into the open pores of the substrate, providing a durable water repellency, while still allowing water vapour diffusion in both directions.

Sika Coatings Type

Size

Coverage

Sikagard 550 W

15 litre

0.25 - 0.35kg/m2 per coat

Sikagard ElastoColor 675 W

15 litres

0.2 - 0.25kg/m2 per coat

Sikagard 680 S Clear Glaze

20kg pail

0.15kg/m2

Sikagard 680 S Cosmetic

30kg pail

0.2kg/m2

20 litre pail

0.25 litre/m2

Sikagard 700 S

Weber weber.cem The weber.cem concrete repair system is a pre-bagged, multi component system based on polymer-modified Portland Cement mortars and coatings based on acrylic resins.

weber.cem keycoat A single-component, polymer-modified, corrosion-inhibiting bonding primer for substrate concrete and steel reinforcement.

weber.cem mortar weber.cem mortar is a general purpose mortar for the repair of concrete, to both horizontal and vertical surfaces.

weber.cem lightweight A polymer modified cementitious mortar mix, with specially selected lightweight fillers. It is preblended, contains a polymer powder and simply requires the addition of clean water to produce a mortar suitable for both soffit and vertical repairs in situations where high build replacement with conventional concrete is impractical. High-build up to 75 mm in soffit patch repairs, without formwork.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

203

weber.cem HB30 and HB40 Single-component, polymer modified high build mortars for replacing defective concrete with 30N/mm2 and 40N/mm2 compressive strength, thickness range up to 100mm vertically and 75mm on soffits.

weber.cem fairing coat

weber.cem spray DS A ready-to-use, polymer-modified, cement-based concrete mix. It contains inert limestone aggregates and dust suppressants. The formulation has been designed specially for dry process spray application to give high early strength, reduced rebound and maximise application thickness.

weber.cem pyrapatch Is a prepacked product based on hydraulic cements with specially graded non-reactive aggregates. The product is polymer modified which when mixed with clean water produces a fast setting repair concrete, suitable for patch or full depth repairs up to 2m2.

weber.cem pyratop A rapid strength gain repair concrete for thin bond pavement repairs, which is a prepacked hydraulic cement-based product with specially graded aggregates. It exhibits high early strength, is dimensionally stable and has excellent abrasion resistance.

Five Star Repair Concrete A preblended cementitious repair concrete which fully complies with the Highways Agency Specification for Highway Works and Department of Transport specification BD 27/86 for a high strength flowing concrete.

weber.tec EP bonding aid A high-build epoxy resin for priming epoxy repair mortars for bonding to concrete and masonry structures. Exceptional bond to vertical and soffit applications for priming lightweight repair mortars.

Concrete Repair & Protection

A single-component, polymer-modified levelling mortar used to prevent ghosting of concrete repairs through decorative finishes.

204

Conrete Repair & Protection Weber Concrete Repair Materials Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

Concrete Repair & Protection

weber.cem keycoat

5kg per m2

weber.cem mortar

1m @ 12mm thick - 12 litres

weber.cem lightweight

1m2 @ 16mm thick - 16 litres

weber.cem HB30 and HB40

16 litres per 20kg bag or 0.5m2 at 30mm thickness

weber.cem fairing coat

13 litres per 25kg bag or 6.5m2 per bag at 2mm thickness

weber.cem spray DS

Approximately 11.5 litres per 25kg bag, allowance must be made for rebound and profiling

weber.cem pyrapatch

approximately 12 litres

weber.cem pyratop

approximately 12 litres

Five Star repair concrete

12.75 litres

weber.tec EP bonding aid

5.6

1.2m2 - 2.5m2/kg

weber.tec Bonding Aid An epoxy primer for protection to reinforcement steel prior to application of weber.cem Concrete Repair System and Five Star Repair Concrete.

weber.tec Bonding Aid Type

weber.tec Bonding Aid

Size (kg)

Yield (litre)

0.56 5.6

0.5 5.0

weber.tec guard MCI Is a clear surface-applied corrosion inhibitor designed to migrate through reinforced concrete and preserve steel reinforcing bars embedded in concrete. It forms a mono-molecular protective layer around the steel within a week of treatment depending on the permeability and moisture content of the concrete.

weber.tec guard MCI Type

weber.tec guard MCI

Size

Coverage (litres/m2)

20 litre plastic containers

0.25

www.sig-ca.co.uk

205

weber.cem brushcoat Is a two-component, SBR Latex modified, flexible cementitious coating for brush, spray or roller application. It is formulated as a protective, levelling coating to cover non-structural surface defects in new and old concrete.

weber.tec Brushcoat Type

Size

weber.cem brushcoat 20kg plastic bucket;

10.8 litres, sufficient to cover

5 litre bottle of SBR Latex (Component B)

10m2 per 1mm coat.

Weber Resin Repair Mortars weber.tec EP mortar Is a three-component bulk pack or as a two-component handy pack, consisting of epoxy resin, hardener and selected graded aggregates (filler) which when mixed produce a high strength, impermeable and chemically resistant mortar.

weber.tec EP highbuild Consists of epoxy resin, hardener and special lightweight aggregates which, when mixed, produces an epoxy mortar of a lightweight thixotropic nature. The mortar has low slump characteristics suitable for the repair of damaged concrete on vertical and overhead applications.

weber.tec EP IK Contains all materials, application gun, and the ancillary items that will normally be required to carry out an efficient on-site repair of cracked concrete at widths down to approximately 0.5mm.

weber.tec mortar Is a three-component bulk pack or as a two-component handy pack, consisting of polyester resin, hardener and selected graded aggregates (filler) which when mixed produce a high strength, impermeable and chemically resistant mortar.

Concrete Repair & Protection

15kg bag of powder (Component A)

Coverage

A + B produces a yield of

206

Conrete Repair & Protection Weber Repair Mortars Type

Size

Coverage

weber.tec EP mortar

26kg pack

Yield approx 12.5 litres

weber.tec EP highbuild

16kg pack

approx. 12 litres

weber.tec EP IK

0.6 litre weber.tec EP IK filler 4 x 0.25 litre weber.tec injection resin 10 x Injection nipples

Concrete Repair & Protection

4 x 320cc plastic cartridges, plungers and nozzles 1 x tube clamp Applicator gun 300mm x 6.5mm dia. plastic tube Disposable plastic gloves Mall jubilee clip to hold tubing on nipples Detailed instruction sheet weber.tec mortar

25kg

12.5 litres

weber.cote coatings Single-component, acrylic anti-carbonation coatings for the long term protection of existing concrete and new repairs. Available in clear, pigmented smooth, flexible and elastomeric versions. weber.cote coatings are applied by brush, roller or airless spray in two coats. If stabilisation of the concrete is required prior to application, the surface should be treated using weber.cote primer (was sealercoat). The coverage of weber.cote coatings will vary depending on the type of substrate and the surface porosity. The following is a guide for brush or roller application two coats on to smooth surfaces.

weber.cote smooth External decorative anti-carbonation coating in a smooth finish.

weber.cote EC Elastomeric flexible anti-carbonation coating for concrete.

weber.cote primer Stabilises and seals substrate prior to the application of Weber.cote smooth or Elastomeric.

weber.cote Coatings Type

Size (litres)

Coverage

weber.cote smooth

3 - 6m2/litre in 2 coats

weber.cote EC

1 - 2m2/litre in 2 coats

weber.cote primer

10 - 12m2/litre

www.sig-ca.co.uk

207

Ronafix Mix Design Application

Mix

Thickness/notes

Floor screeds and screed repairs

6mm - 50mm

Floor screeds and screed repairs

26mm+

Floor toppings and topping repairs

15mm â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 25mm

Floor toppings and topping repairs

26mm+

35mm+

Concrete repair

over reinforcing steel

Concrete repair

no reinforcing steel

Renders

watertight and tanking

Renders

waterproof

Bedding brick slips, copings

6mm - 12mm typical

Fine concretes

25mm+ typical

Slurry coats

1mm - 3mm typical

Mix Designs

Cement

Medium sharp sand

6-3mm granite chips

10-5mm pea shingle

10-5mm granite chips

By weight

50kg

125kg

By volume

By weight

50kg

150kg

By volume

2.5

By weight

50kg

75kg

By volume

1.25

By weight

50kg

75kg

By volume

1.25

C, D &E

By weight

50kg

125kg

By volume

By weight

50kg

150kg

By volume

2.5

By weight

50kg

100kg

By volume Slurry By weight Coat By volume

Ronafix

Water (approx)

Yield m3 (approx)

Coverage (approx)

9 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1:1 with water

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1:3 with water

9 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1:1 with water

75kg

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.1

7m2 @15mm

1.25

1:3 with water

14 litres

4 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

3:1 with water

4.5 litres

13.5 litres

0.1

10m2 @10mm

1:3 with water

100kg

4.5 litres

14 litres

0.14

5.6m2 @25mm

1.5

1:3 with water

50kg

35 litres

0.1

105 - 122m2

Concrete Repair & Protection

Floating floor screeds

208

Conrete Repair & Protection

Notes / Calculations

Concrete Repair & Protection

Grouts & Anchors

Precision Grouting SIG Construction Accessories supply cementitious, polyester or epoxy products for the alignment and levelling and gap filling in the following and many more applications: Crane rails. Capstans. Landing lights. Under-rail pads. Sleeper bearings. Bridge bearings.

• • • • • •

Balustrades. Crash barriers. Pump bases. Sluice gates. Machine bedding. Baseplates.

Anchoring & Fixing We offer products to aid the high strength and corrosion resistant anchoring of bolts and bars in concrete, rock, masonry or brickwork particularly where speed of installation and early application of load is required. Our range includes cementitious, polyester, epoxy, cartridge systems and capsules for use in: • Anchoring of bolts. • Anchoring of rebar. • Anchoring of dowels. • Fixing of cavity wall ties. • Fixings to soffits and walls. • Fixing landing lights. • Fixing of threaded studs.

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Cementitious Grouts

210

Anchoring Grouts

212

Chemical Fixings

214

Steel Anchors

221

Lightweight Anchors

225

Grouts & Anchors

• • • • • •

210

Grouts & Anchors

Cementitious Grouts Five Star Grout

Grouts & Anchors

A standard cementitious grout developed for applications where an economical grout with good flow and strength is required. Five Star Grouts are based on specially selected Portland cements, graded aggregates and admixtures including a special form of carbon. This special formulation produces a grout that conforms to ASTM C827 Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures. Does not contain iron, aluminium or other additives which eliminates any subsequent problems of dimensional instability, corrosion or staining. Five Star Grout is designed primarily as a flowing grout but can also be used at a trowellable or dry pack consistency. It can be applied in thicknesses from 10 to 100mm. Uses: • Under stanchion plates and machinery (static loads only). • Grouting bearings, precast units, floors etc. • Fixing anchor bolts, ballustrades, crash barriers, starter bars. • Underpinning. • Void filling.

Five Star Grout SP Five Star Grout SP is a special performance, higher flow version of the standard grout. It can be applied in thicknesses from 10 to 50mm. It has superior properties and complies with HA Spec 2601.4 for use in bridge bearings.

weber.cem Grout (Construction Grout) weber.cem grout is a premixed non-shrink cementitious grout developed for applications where an effective grout with adequate flow and strength is required. It is designed primarily as a pourable grout but can also be used at a plastic or dry pack consistency. This grout can be pumped or poured and can be applied in thicknesses ranging from 10mm to 100mm. It can be used for many general purposes.

weber.cem Grout HF (High Flow) weber.cem grout HF is a cementitious, ‘non-shrink’ grout developed for applications where a cost efficient grout with high fluidity and adequate compressive strength is required. weber.cem grout HF is designed primarily as a fluid grout but can also be used at a pourable or dry pack consistency.

weber Cementitious Grouts Type

Five Star

Size (kg)

Yield / Coverage

14 litres at pourable consistency

Five Star SP

14 litres at pourable consistency

weber.cem grout

13 litres at pourable consistency

weber.cem grout HF

13 litres at pourable consistency

www.sig-ca.co.uk

211

Conbextra GP General purpose, non-shrink cementitious grout for gap thicknesses 10 to 75mm. Recommended applications at flowable consistency include stanchion base plates, bolt pockets and void filling. At trowellable consistency it is recommended for bedding load bearing components. Yield: 25kg produces 12.5 litres. Available in 25kg packs.

Conbextra HF

Grouts & Anchors

High flow, non-shrink, cementitious grout for gap thicknesses 10 to 100mm. Recommended applications include: • Large stanchion baseplates. • Joints between pre-cast concrete panels. • Pumped grouting applications. • Grouting applications where pouring access is restricted. Yield: 25kg produces 13.25 litres. Available in 25kg packs.

Conbextra BB Non-shrink cementitious bridge bearing grout. Used for grouting beneath bridge bearings, parapet posts, flanged lighting columns.

Conbextra TS Non-shrink cementitious grout for thick section grouting of thicknesses 75-500mm. It is ideally suited to thick section grouting as it contains aggregates that reduce exothermic heat generation and risk of thermal cracking common with gap thicknesses in excess of 100mm.

Conbextra UW Non shrink cementitious grout for underwater applications.

Cebex 100 Expanding and plasticising grout admixture used with either neat cement or sand and cement mixes. It is incompatible with High Alumina Cement. Available in 227g packs.

Fosroc Cementitious Grouts Type

Size (kg)

Yield

Conbextra GP

25 bags

Flowable: 13.25 litres

Conbextra HF

25 bags

Flowable: 13.25 litres

Conbextra BB

25 bags

Flowable: 13.5 litres

Conbextra TS

25 bags

Flowable: 12 litres

Conbextra UW

25 bags

Flowable: 14.5 litres

227g units

1 - 2 units per 50kg of cement

Cebex 100

212

Grouts & Anchors

Masterflow 765 A ready to use, non-shrink construction grout for effective contact and support. It can be used from fluid to plastic consistencies for grouting of equipment and machinery, bearing pads, rails and anchoring. • High early strength for rapid installation and use of plant. • Durable, uniform dense structure. • Good workability for up to 1 hour at 20C. • Can be applied in thicknesses ranging from 10-75mm.

Grouts & Anchors

Recommended for: • Grouting bearing pads and plinths. • Grouting under machinery base plates, stanchion bases and crane rails. • Anchoring bolts, reinforcing bars and rods. • Underpinning.

Sika Grout 212 A high strength pre packed non shrink cementitious grout. For grouting bolts, fittings, anchor bolts, machine beds, chain bolts, columns, bridge bearings, holes, cavities, etc. for gap sizes 10 75mm.

Sika Armorex Construction Grout A one component, Flowable, general purpose cementitious construction grout for gap sizes 10 100mm.

Sika Armorex L2 High Flow A one component, high strength, shrinkage compensated cementitious grout for gap sizes 10 100mm. Available in grey only.

Sika Cementitious Grouts Type

Size (kg)

Coverage

14 litres at pourable consistency

Sika Armorex Construction Grout

14.2 litres

Sika Armorex L2 High Flow

13.5 litres

Sika Grout 212

Anchoring Grouts Fosroc Grouts Conbextra EP10 and EPR Epoxy resin grouts for use where extremely high strength and/or chemical resistance is required. Uses include grouting in heavy machinery, crane and transporter rails, high speed turbines, drop forges, refineries, electroplating works and chemical plants.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

213

Conbextra EP10 is for grouting gap thicknesses from 0.25 to 10mm. It is an all-liquid system consisting of a base and hardener. Conbextra EPR is for grouting gap thicknesses from 10 to 120mm and is a three-component system consisting of base resin, liquid hardener and specially graded inert fillers.

Polyester Anchor Grouts High-strength corrosion-resistant anchoring of bolts and bars into concrete, rock, masonry or brickwork where high speed of installation and early application of load is required Permanent installation of reinforcement starter bars, MOT bolts, foundation bolts, base plates, balustrading, barriers and safety fences, railway tracks and tie-back anchors. Grouts & Anchors

Lokfix S25 (pourable grade, 25 minute gel at 20째C): For use where the hole is 8 to 40mm greater in diameter than the bar. Lokfix P25 (pumpable grade, 25 minute gel at 20째C): Used in overhead or horizontal holes where the hole is up to 25mm greater in diameter than the bar. The thixotropic nature of Lokfix P25 reduces flow of grout out of the hole.

Fosroc Grouts Type

Size (litres)

Yield (litres)

Conbextra EP10

Conbextra EPR

8, 16

Lokfix S25

2.5

Lokfix P25

2.5

Fosroc Lokfix usage guide To determine the quantity of material per 100ml of hole depth Hole Dia (mm)

12mm (litre)

16mm (litre)

20mm (litre)

25mm (litre)

32mm (litre)

38mm (litre)

44.5mm (litre)

0.020

51mm (litre)

0.038

0.029

0.069

0.060

0.049

0.031

0.093

0.082

0.064

0.128

0.110

0.079

0.046

0.155

0.124

0.091

0.206

0.175

0.142

0.100

0.273

0.241

0.208

0.166

0.117

0.340

0.298

0.249

214

Grouts & Anchors

Chemical Fixings Sika AnchorFix-1 AnchorFix-1 can be injected into most substrates including concrete, brickwork, blockwork, hollow and solid masonry, solid rock and natural stone and is suitable for practically every type of anchoring and fastening method, such as threaded rods, steel reinforcement, masonry wall ties and anchor sockets. Supplied in a single 300ml cartridge that fits into a standard sealant gun, the two-component styrene free polyester resin Sika AnchorFix-1 is mixed in the nozzle for simplicity and error free operation.

Sika AnchorFix-2 Grouts & Anchors

A solvent and styrene free, epoxy acrylate based, two-part anchoring adhesive.

Sikadur 42 Pourable epoxy grout. Cures down to 5°C. Fast setting.

Sika Anchoring Grouts Type

Size

Coverage

Sika AnchorFix-1

300ml standard cartridge

Sika AnchorFix-2

300ml standard cartridge

24kg

6 litres (grout) per 12kg

Sikadur 42

Bar Grout Estimator Guide for number of bolt with 2.5 litre pack based on hole depth 150mm. Hole (mm) 12mm

Bolt sizes 16mm 20mm

25mm

180

150

Fischer FIPC 700 The fischer FIPC 700 is two-part chemical anchoring cartridge system based on a polyester resin. Versatile in use, FIPC 700 is suitable for fixing studs, bolts, wall ties, starter bars in a wide range of substrates such as concrete internally and lightweight concrete, brickwork, masonry, stone in both internal and also external applications. If combined with a sleeve or sieve, it can be used also in hollow base materials. Because the resin system is classified as a ‘stress free system’, it is ideal for applications with small axial or edge spacing.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

215

Fischer Gelling and Curing times Temperature (Â°C)

Gelling time (Minutes)

Curing time (Minutes)

15 - 30

180

10 - 20

120

5 - 10

3Â˝ - 7

3-6

FIS-EM390

FIS-P380C Styrene-free, injection mortar which contains a strong, quick setting twocomponent mortar, which is stored in separated compartments. Only when using the setting mortar the two components are combined in the static mixer. The setting mortar is activated, when the extruded mortar turns grey in colour.

FIS-V360S Styrene-free, quick-curing high-performance hybrid mortar (contains vinyl ester resin and cement). Resin and cement as well as water and hardener are stored in two separate chambers and are not mixed and activated until pushed through the static mixer. Partially-used cartridges can easily be reused by changing the static mixer.

FIP-300SF Styrene-free, low odour, injection mortar which contains a strong, quick setting two-component mortar, which is stored in separated compartments. Only when using the setting mortar the two components are combined in the static mixer. The setting mortar is activated, when the extruded mortar turns grey in colour.

Fischer Chemical Fixings and Accessories Type

Size (ml)

Quantity

FIS-EM390

390

6 cartridges + 2 nozzles each

FIS-P380C

380

12 cartridges + static mixer nozzle

FIS-V360S

360

1 cartridge + static mixer nozzle

FIP-300SF

300

10 cartridges + static mixer nozzle

FIPC 700

400

1 cartridge + static mixer nozzle

Grouts & Anchors

Best performance mortar in the shuttle cartridge based on epoxy resin. Optimum solution for concrete (anchor rods and reinforcement bars). Resin and hardener are stored in two separate chambers and are not mixed and activated until pushed through the static mixer. Partially used cartridges can easily be reused by changing the static mixer.

216

Grouts & Anchors

Fischer Accessories

FIS-AK Gun Applicator gun for use with FIS V360 S, FIS HB, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C and Single-component PU foam.

FIP Co-axial Applicator Gun Applicator gun for use with FIS P380 C and FIPC Super 700. Grouts & Anchors

Blow Pump / Brush For blowing clean drilled holes before applying chemical anchor.

Fischer Resin Capsules • This tried and tested fixing system consists of the RGM threaded rod and the resin capsule RM. • The 2-component resin capsule RM contains quick-setting styrene-free vinyl resin and hardener. • During setting, the edges of the threaded rod destroy the capsule in the drill hole, which mix and activate the mortar. • Resin adheres to the entire surface of the threaded rod, bonding it to the wall of the drilled hole. Advantages/Benefits: • Threaded rods are supplied with an easy to use hexagonal installation drive or can be installed with an adapter. • High-performance resin guarantees high loads in non-cracked concrete. • The resin anchoring is free of expansion forces and permits small axial spacings and edge distances. • New European design method enables optimum use of the anchor system for cost-efficient fixing.

Fischer Resin Capsules Fixing Length (mm)

Min. Drill Hole Depth (mm)

Drill Diameter (mm)

Quantity

110

125

170

210

www.sig-ca.co.uk

217

Fischer Resin Anchor Studs The Resin Anchoring System is free of expansion forces and permits low axial spacings and edge distances. High permissible loads in the concrete compressive zone and simple installation make the Fischer resin anchor system a highly practical composite system in solid concrete. All threaded rods up to 300mm are supplied with an easy to assemble hexagonal installation drive.

Fischer Stainless Steel A4 Threaded Rod Hexagon Nut (mm)

Width Across Nut (mm)

Max. Usable Length (mm)

Effective Anchoring Depth (mm)

Threaded Rod Length (mm)

Box Quantity

110

130

110

160

125

190

170

260

210

300

Fischer Zinc Plated Steel Threaded Rod Hexagon Nut (mm)

Width Across Nut (mm)

Max. Usable Length (mm)

Effective Anchoring Depth (mm)

Threaded Rod Length (mm)

Box Quantity

110

130

110

160

125

190

170

260

210

300

Grouts & Anchors

Installation instructions: • Clean drill hole thoroughly. • The threaded rod must be placed in with an impact – rotational process using an electric tool (hammer drill with a speed of 750 rpm). • The temperature – dependant waiting periods until complete setting of the resin must be borne in mind. • The anchor may also be set in moist drill holes (remove surplus water from drill holes). The waiting periods then have to be doubled.

218

Grouts & Anchors

Epcon C8 Extreme The Epcon C8 Extreme performance epoxy resin has been specifically formulated for extreme rebar and stud applications. With virtually no smell Epcon C8 is easy to inject at low temperatures and is approved for use in wet and diamond drilled holes. This formulation resin has no unpleasant odour making it ideal for indoor applications. Substrates Suitable for Concrete, plasterboard (with Satelis), hollow brick, stone, solid block, solid brick, hollow floor beams, hollow block wall (with Satelis).

Epcon C8 Extreme Performance Epoxy Resin Type

Size

Grouts & Anchors

Epcon C8 Cartridge + 1 Nozzle

Quantity

450ml

Application nozzle with extension

Epcon Injection Tool

Epcon C8 Extreme Performance Epoxy Resin recommended loads in concrete Thread Ø

Anchor Depth (mm)

Max Fixture(mm)

Base Material(mm)

Thread Ø

Drill Depth(mm)

Drill Ø (mm)

Length (mm)

Max Torque(Nm)

M10

120

110

130

M12

110

160 1

110

160

M16

125

175

125

190

M20

170

220

170

260

120

M24

210

270

210

300

200

M30

280

340

280

380

400

Epcon High Performance Chemical Resin No shrink chemical anchor works underwater and has been used on major projects all over the world for over 15 years. Substrates Suitable for Concrete, plasterboard (with Satelis), hollow brick, stone, solid block, solid brick, hollow floor beams, hollow block wall (with Satelis).

Epcon High Performance Chemical Resin Type

Epcon Cartridge + 1 Nozzle Application Nozzle with Extension Epcon Cartridge + 1 Nozzle

Size

Quantity

530ml

200ml

www.sig-ca.co.uk

219

Epcon High Performance Chemical Resin recommended loads in concrete Thread Ø

Hole Ø (mm)

Embed Depth (mm)

Max Torque (mm)

Anchor Spacing (mm)

Edge Distance (mm)

C20/25 Tensile C20/25 Shear Load ( ) Load ( )

160

6.4

5.4

M10

180

8.1

7.9

M12

110

220

110

11.4

9.8

M16

125

250

125

20.1

18.6

M20

170

120

340

170

30.4

33.1

M24

210

200

450

210

43.7

46.0

M30

280

400

560

280

72.8

69.8 Grouts & Anchors

Epomax Vinylester Resin - Styrene Free Easy to pump, performance resin. Fast curing vinylester resin, saving time and money on site. Now improved for a stronger fix, easier injection and faster curing time. Substrates Suitable for Concrete, hollow brick, solid brick, solid brick stone, hollow floor beams, hollow block wall.

Spit Epomax Vinylester Resin Type

Size

Quantity

Epomax Cartridge Grey

150ml

Epomax Cartridge Grey

380ml

Epomax Cartridge Grey Bulk*

380ml

Epomax / C Mix Nozzle

Extension Nozzle

Injection Tool

*Must be ordered in quantities of 20.

Spit Epomax Vinylester Resin Technical Data Thread Ø

Max Anchor Max Fixture Max Thickness Depth (mm) Thickness (mm) Base

Drill Depth (mm) Material (mm)

Drill Bit Ø (mm)

Total Rod Max Tightening Length (mm) Torque (mm)

120

110

M10

130

M12

110

160

110

160

M16

125

175

125

190

M20

170

220

170

260

120

M24

210

270

210

300

200

M30

280

340

280

380

400

220

Grouts & Anchors

Epobar Vinylester Resin High performance vinylester resin - Steel reinforcement chemical fixings for reinforced concrete. Substrates Suitable for Reinforced concrete.

Epobar Vinylester Resin Type

Grouts & Anchors

Size

Quantity

Epobar Cartridge

410ml

Epobar Cartridge

410ml

Epobar Nozzle

Epobar Injection Tool

C Mix Plus Polyester Resin - Styrene free Universal styrene free resin, C Mix Plus is a polyester resin dedicated for fixings into hollow materials. This product is styrene free and in an extended range of packaging options. Substrates Suitable for Concrete, Solid brick stone, Solid brick, Hollow block wall, Hollow brick, Hollow floor beams.

C Mix Plus Polyester Resin Type

Size

Quantity

C Mix Plus Grey Cartridge

150ml

C Mix Plus Grey Cartridge

300ml

C Mix Plus Grey Cartridge

380ml

C Mix Plus Grey Cartridge Bulk*

380ml

C Mix / Epomax Nozzles

Extension Nozzle

Injection Tool

*Must be ordered in quantities of 20.

Spit C Mix Plus Polyester Resin Indicative Tensile loads in concrete Thread Ă&#x2DC; Hole Ă&#x2DC; Male Embed Max Torque Stud (mm) Depth (mm) (Nm)

M10 M12

Centre Edge C20/25 Tensile Solid Brick Hollow Block Space (mm) Distance(mm) Load ( ) Tensile >3.5N/mm2

120

3.85

1.3

0.75

110

135

6.25

1.3

0.75

165

110

9.10

1.3

0.75

www.sig-ca.co.uk

221

Steel Anchors Fischer High Performance Steel Anchors • Specification Advisory Service available. • Technical Support. • On Site Testing. The FBN bolt is a flexible anchor for economical performance. Available in Grade 1.4401 (316) stainless steel and Zinc plated steel.

Grouts & Anchors

For fixing of: Brick support systems, metal constructions, formwork, brackets, beams, racking, machinery etc. Installation instructions: Before tapping in, place the nut in the best position for installation. (Bolt projects approx. 2-3mm).

Fischer FBN Bolts Stainless Steel Type

Thread Dia x Length

Total Length (mm)

Drill Diameter Effective (mm) Anchor Depth (mm)

Useable Length (mm)

Box Quantity

FBN 6/10 A4

M6 x 25

100

FBN 6/30 A4

M6 x 30

FBN 8/10 A4 + 23 A4

M8 x 41

100

48/35

10/23

FBN 8/50 + 63 A4

M8 x 81

116

48/35

50/63

FBN 10/15 + 23 A4

M10 x 51

50/42

15/23

FBN 10/50 + 58 A4

M10 x 87

125

50/42

50/58

FBN 10/100 + 108 A4

M10 x 134

174

50/42

100/108

FBN 12/15 + 35 A4

M12 x 71

113

70/50

15/35

FBN 12/45 + 65 A4

M12 x 103

143

70/50

45/65

FBN 12/100 + 120 A4

M12 x 157

202

70/50

100/120

FBN 16/10 A4

M16 x M54

109

FBN 16/25 + 45 A4

M16 x 89

144

84/64

25/45

FBN 16/50 + 70 A4

M16 x 114

169

84/64

50/70

222

Grouts & Anchors Fischer FBN Bolts Hot Dip Galvanised Type

Thread Dia x Length

Total Length (mm)

Drill Diameter Effective (mm) Anchor Depth (mm)

FBN 8/10 HDG

M8 x 41

FBN 8/50 HDG

M8 x 81

116

FBN 10/15 HDG

M10 x 51

Useable Length (mm)

Box Quantity

Grouts & Anchors

FBN 10/50 HDG

M10 x 87

124

FBN 10/100 HDG

M10 x 134

174

100

FBN 12/15 HDG

M12 x 71

113

FBN 12/45 HDG

M12 x 103

143

FBN 12/100 HDG

M12 x 137

202

100

FBN16/10 HDG

M16 x 54

109

FBN 16/25 HDG

M16 x 89

144

FBN 16/50 HDG

M16 x 114

169

Fischer FSA Sleeve Anchors FSA-S / FSA-B Light sleeve anchor for push-through installation. When the hexagon nut or bolt is tightened, the tapered bolt is pulled into the expansion sleeve and expands it against the hole wall. Sizes: 8/15, 8/40, 8/65, 10/10, 10/35, 10/60, 12/10, 12/25, 12/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).

Fischer FH High Performance Anchors FH-H / FH-B / FH-S Heavy-duty sleeve anchor for push-through installation. When the hexagon nut or screw is tightened, the cone is pulled into the expansion sleeve and expands tensioning it against the hole wall. A4 stainless steel version for outdoor use and in damp conditions (not part of the approval). Sizes: (FH-H) 10/10, 10/25, 10/50, 12/25, 12/50, 15/25, 15/50, 18 x 80/25, 18 x 80/50, 18 x 100/25, 18 x 100/50, 24/25, 24/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm). Sizes: (FH-B) 10/10, 10/25, 10/50, 12/-, 12/10, 12/25, 12/50, 12/100, 15/-, 15/10, 15/25, 15/50, 15/100, 18 x 80/-, 18 x 80/10, 18 x 80/25, 18 x 80/50, 18 x 80/100, 18 x 100/25, 18 x 100/50, 18 x 100/100, 24/-, 24/10, 24/25, 24/50, 24/100, 28/30, 28/60, 32/30, 32/60 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).

A4 Sizes: (FH-B / FH-S) 10/10, 12/10, 12/25, 15/10, 15/25, 15/50, 18 x 100/25, 18 x 100/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).

www.sig-ca.co.uk

223

Galvanised Sizes: (FH-B / FH-S) 10/-, 10/10, 10/25, 10/50, 12/-, 12/10, 12/25, 12/50, 15/-, 15/10, 15/25, 15/50, 18 x 80/-, 18 x 80/10, 18 x 80/25, 18 x 80/50, 18 x 100/25, 18 x 100/50, 24/10, 24/25, 24/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm). Sizes: (FH-B / FH-S): 12/10, 12/50, 15/10, 15/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).

Fischer FWB Wallbolts The segmented steel expander shield is assembled ready for use with bolts or threaded rods of appropriate diameter. Grouts & Anchors

Fischer FWB Wallbolts Type

Size (mm)

Quantity

FWB S Wallbolt – shield only

6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20

10, 25, 50

FWB L Wallbolt – loose bolt type

6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20

10, 25, 50

FWB P Wallbolt – projecting bolt type

6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20

10, 25, 50

FWB H Wallbolt – hook bolt type

12, 14, 16 & 20

25, 50

FWB E Wallbolt – eye bolt type

6, 8, 10, 12 &16

10, 25, 50

224

Grouts & Anchors

Mild Steel Threaded Studding, Washers, Nuts & Connectors Quality mild steel all-threaded studding for civil engineering construction use. Supplied with full range of nuts, washers and connectors. Suitable for use with SIG Construction Accessories chemical anchoring systems.

Grouts & Anchors

Studding

Washers

Nuts

Connectors

Size

M12 x 1000mm

M12

M16

M16 x 1000mm

M20

M20 x 1000mm

M24

M24 x 1000mm M12 x 3000mm M16 x 3000mm M20 x 3000mm M24 x 3000mm

Set Screws Set Screws, available in Self Colour. Galvanised and Stainless Steel in both 304 and 316 grades.

Set Screws Size

M10

M12

M16

M6 x 20

M8 x 25

M10 x 20

M12 x 25

M16 x 50

M6 x 25

M8 x 35

M10 x 25

M12 x 30

M16 x 60

M6 x 30

M8 x 45

M10 x 30

M12 x 40

M16 x 70

M6 x 40

M8 x 40

M10 x 40

M12 x 45

M10 x 45

M12 x 50

M10 x 50

www.sig-ca.co.uk

225

Lightweight Anchors Spit Grip Lip & Grip Drop-In Anchors A broad range of female anchors for threaded rod, Spit Drop-in anchors, including lipped anchors for a flush finish, not dependent on hole depth.

Drop-In and Grip L

Grouts & Anchors

Internally threaded, hammer set anchors. Flush fix design is pre-set by inserting into the drilled hole and hammering the internal expansion cone inside the body of the anchor using a setting tool. Body steel S300 Pb NFA 35 - 561, expansion cone FB10 NFA 35 - 053.

Grip Stainless Steel Female, internally threaded, hammer set anchor. Flush fix design is pre-set by inserting into the drilled hole and hammering the internal expansion cone inside the body of the anchor using a setting tool. Body steel stainless steel A4 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17 - 12 - 2, expansion cone stainless steel A4 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17 - 12 - 2.

Spit Anchors Type

Thread Ă&#x2DC;

Anchor Thread Length Drilling Max Tightening Box Qty. Length (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) Torque (Nm)

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

100

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

100

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

M10

100

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

M10

100

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

M12

Spit Grip Lip Anchor

M16

Spit Drop-In Anchor

100

Spit Drop-In Anchor

100

Spit Drop-In Anchor

M10

100

Spit Drop-In Anchor

M12

Spit Drop-In Anchor

M16

Spit Grip Stainless Steel Anchor

100

Spit Grip Stainless Steel Anchor

100

Spit Grip Stainless Steel Anchor M10

Spit Grip Stainless Steel Anchor M12

Spit Grip Stainless Steel Anchor M16

226

Grouts & Anchors

Tapcon Masonry Anchors For fastening to concrete and other masonry materials, carbon steel self tapping anchors. Special Hi-Lo form and blue climaseal finish. Can be supplied complete with one ‘D’ end rotary percussion masonry drill bit.

Countersunk Tapcon Type

Grouts & Anchors

Thread Ø (mm)

Drive Style

Fixture Thickness (mm)

Anchor Hole Ø Length (mm) (mm)

3F32

0–7

3F45

5 – 20

100

3F57

17 – 32

100

3F70

30 – 45

100

3F82

42 – 57

100

3F100

60 – 75

100

4F32

0–7

100

4F45

5 – 20

100

4F57

17 – 32

100

4F70

30 – 45

100

4F82

42 – 57

100

4F100

60 – 75

100

4F125

85 – 100

100

Min. Hole Min. Embed Depth (mm) (mm)

Box Qty.

100

www.sig-ca.co.uk

227

Hex Head Tapcon Type

Drive Style

Fixture Thickness (mm)

Anchor Hole Ø Length (mm) (mm)

Min. Hole Min. Embed Depth (mm) (mm)

3H32

6.5 Hex

0–7

100

3H45

6.5 Hex

5 – 20

100

3H57

6.5 Hex 17 – 32

100

4H32

8 Hex

0–7

100

4H45

8 Hex

5 – 20

100

4H57

8 Hex

17 – 32

100

4H70

8 Hex

30 – 45

100

4H82

8 Hex

42 – 57

100

4H100

8 Hex

60 – 75

100

Hex Head Tapcon Accessories Type

Box Qty.

Tapcon Condrive Kit 1000

Tapcon 6.5mm Drive Tru Socket 5mm Diameter Hex Head

Tapcon 8mm Drive Tru Socket for 6mm Diameter Hex Head

Countersunk Head Tapcon Accessories Type

Box Qty.

P2 Phillips Nº 2 Driver Bit

P3 Phillips Nº 3 Driver Bit

Box Qty.

Grouts & Anchors

Thread Ø (mm)

228

Grouts & Anchors

Notes / Calculations

Grouts & Anchors

Brickwork Accessories

SIG Construction Accessories stock more Ancon products than any other distributor, including off-the-shelf support systems, channel, brick reinforcement and wall ties which are all widely available on our next day service. Specialist items can be designed or sourced as required, just contact one of our Nationwide branches for more information. Take Offs & Specifications • We provide a take off service whenever required by the customer. • We work with customers and suppliers to support or change specifications in order to add value to our customer’s business.

PRODUCTS Project Management and Design Services Masonry Support Cast-in Channels Lintels Windposts Brick Reinforcement Wall Ties Wall Channel Wall Starter Systems Head Restraints Joint Fillers Restraint Straps/Multiholed Fixing Straps Structural Fixings Joist Hangers Damp Proof Courses Commercial Developments Residential Developments Gas Resistant DPC Colour Match DPC Insulated DPC DPC Accessories Cloak Units Special Applications - Coping Stones Abutment Trays Leaded Cavity Trays Bricklayer Accessories

PAGE 230 233 237 239 240 245 250 261 262 263 266 267 268 271 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 283 286 287 287 288

Brickwork Accessories

We have a vast experience in supplying a comprehensive range of products to the brickwork and blockwork requirement on site. We offer everything other than the bricks and blocks themselves, including a project management, take-off and design service.

230

Brickwork Accessories

Project Management Service Your construction projects are driven by delivering on time, to budget. To help you achieve this, we can support you with our full project management service for brickwork products. At enquiry stage, you will be allocated a Project Manager who will liaise with manufacturers, buyers, project managers, architects and engineers for you, to ensure the correct products for your project are designed and supplied to site on time. Just send your dedicated Project Manager your architectural drawings and we will do the rest: Brickwork Accessories

• Identifying where brickwork components are required. • Specifying the products required. • Providing take offs for the project.* • Quoting. • Arranging the design and manufacture of the products. • Liaising with manufacturers and site to schedule deliveries. • After sales support. Our fully qualified team of chartered surveyors and engineers has the knowledge and experience to deliver your design requirements. We will always seek your approval before going ahead with a specification.

Design Service SIG Construction Accessories offers a comprehensive design service for bespoke products including masonry support, windposts and cloaks to meet all your technical requirements. We co-ordinate the design process from start to finish, saving you time and giving you a tailor-made, trouble free masonry package.

Take Off Service Time is a scarce resource on site, and we know that creating take offs is time consuming. Our project management service includes a full take off* for masonry support, wall ties, DPC’s cavity trays and cavity closers. Our specialist team has the experience to ensure a fast turnaround, so you can get an estimate and your order quickly and efficiently.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

231

A Service Tailored to Your Needs You can call on our expertise at any stage of your project and weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll be happy to assist. We can also offer advice on specification alternatives to ensure you are getting the most suitable product for the job. If you would like any further information about this service and how we can help with your project, please fill in the form overleaf, fax it to your nearest branch, and one of our Project Managers will be in touch. *Please note that there is an initial charge for the take off service, however it is fully re-credited once materials are ordered.

You submit a full set of architectural drawings (electronic or paper copy)

Is there a design requirement? No

Yes

A full take off is carried out by our fully qualified Quantity Surveyors. This service is chargeable but recredited when materials are ordered from the take off.

The drawings will be forwarded to the appropriate manufacturer for a full technical design and take off.

Quote for materials submitted and accepted You will be allocated a designated Project Manager who will liaise with site to handle call offs and schedule your deliveries.

Full detailed drawings are submitted and approvals from contractor/structural engineer/ architect are sought.

Are drawings approved?

Yes

Amendments made

You will be allocated a designated Project Manager who will liaise with site to handle call offs and schedule your deliveries.

Brickwork Accessories

Design Service

232

Brickwork Accessories

Enquiry Form This sheet summarises the key information required by us to contact you regarding your project. Just fill it in and fax back. Customer Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Company Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brickwork Accessories

Customer Contact Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Site Address/es ...................................

.................................

...................................

.................................

...................................

.................................

...................................

.................................

...................................

.................................

Products required: Wall ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wind posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lintels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other masonry support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ancillaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I would like you to contact me by (date) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fax Back to: 0870 420 8332

www.sig-ca.co.uk

233

Masonry Support In design situations when a masonry support angle is required there are three principle systems to choose from: AnconOptima, MDC or CFA. Through our on site design evaluation with your project manager and negotiations with your procurement and design teams, we can ascertain which system is appropriate in each instance.

Detailed cross section and layout drawings are supplied for the bespoke support system required. This will show the location of the fixings, whether it is bolt positioning for cast-in channels for concrete frames or bolt positioning for steel frames. Bracket angle units are cross referenced clearly against grid lines for easy installation on site. Details for Specification and Ordering The principal information needed to start an enquiry is: - What is the cavity size? - What is the masonry load to be carried? - What is the support system being fixed back to? Specification / Referencing Ancon masonry support follows an easy to use referencing system to aid installation on site. The reference always follows the same structure: System / type / cavity / masonry load / projection where: MDC = Welded Bracket / Angle. MDC/R = Welded Bracket / Angle with reversed angle. MDC/I = Welded Bracket / Angle inverted angle system. CFA = Cold Formed Angle standard system. CFA/I = Cold Formed Angle Inverted system. P = Projection. Examples: MDC / R / 75 / 5.6 Welded Bracket system with a reversed angle to suit a 75mm cavity and to carry 5.6kN/metre run of masonry. CFA / I / 50 / 6.0 Continuous / Cold Formed Angle system with an inverted angle to suit a 50mm cavity and to carry 6.0kN/m run of masonry.

Brickwork Accessories

Project Management Service SIG Construction Accessories is the primary driver of information flow throughout the design process of masonry support systems. All aspects of the approval and manufacturing process are coordinated through a dedicated account manager, who will ensure the proposed designs are signed off for manufacture and delivered to your construction schedule.

234

Brickwork Accessories Adjustment Cast-in channel will provide virtually unlimited horizontal adjustment; slotted holes in a steel edge member will offer more limited adjustment. The ability of welded bracket support systems to accommodate variations in the line of the structure is limited by the maximum thickness of shims. Shims can be included between the bracket and the frame up to a maximum thickness of the outside diameter of the fixing bolt, or 16mm, whichever is less. Vertical adjustment is provided by the deep slot in the back of the bracket.

Brickwork Accessories

Bi-metallic Corrosion Corrosion of a steel frame may be slightly increased where there is direct contact with stainless steel in a damp environment. This can be avoided by isolating the two dissimilar metals by painting the contact area or by incorporating a separating membrane.

AnconOptima Standard Support Systems Available from stock The Industry’s growing emphasis on speed of construction, and the limited ability of welded bracket support systems to provide adjustment on site, has created a demand for an offthe-shelf support system. AnconOptima consists of short two-step angles, interchangable brackets and locking wedges. Benefits of AnconOptima • More adjustable than welded bracket systems allowing for variations in the structural frame. • Specified by using simple load / cavity charts. • No requirement for detailed layout drawings, reducing design time. • Non project specific and supplied from stock. • Faster and easier to install - reduces labour requirements for installation. Adjustment Brackets are changed on site to allow for variations in the edge beam and are available to suit cavities from 60mm to 150mm in 5mm increments. Shims can be used for fine adjustments and should never need to be more than 4mm thick. The AnconOptima System features a fixing zone providing a total of 50mm horizontal adjustment. If the system is to be fixed using expansion bolts, the brackets can be moved to eliminate clashes between the bolts and reinforcing bar. This also allows the system to be fixed to pre-drilled holes rather than slots in steelwork. Vertical adjustment is achieved in the usual way by the deep slot in the back of the bracket. Horizontal adjustment can be increased by fixing the system to an Ancon channel cast into the face of the concrete.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

235

Ancon MDC Bracket Angle Support System This bespoke system can carry over eight metres of brickwork and can accommodate any width of cavity from 40mm. The brackets are welded to the angle and the material content of both components is optimised to ensure an economic solution.

Adjustment Limited adjustment is provided in every direction to allow for tolerance in the structural frame. The serrated and slotted face of the bracket allows for vertical adjustment. Shims allow adjustment to suit variation in the structural frame. Longitudinal adjustment is provided by a cast-in channel in concrete or slots in steelwork.

CFA Continuous Angle Support System Continuous angles are usually suitable for applications where cavities are small, or there is a requirement for the cavity to be closed at the support position. The angles will normally be supplied in lengths of up to four metres. Adjustment Adjustment is provided in every direction to allow for tolerance in the structural frame. Vertical slots in the angle with serrated pads allow Âą25mm adjustment. Horizontal adjustment is virtually unlimited when fixing to a continuous cast-in channel and will depend on the length of the slotted holes in the edge member when fixing to steel. Slotted holes (18 x 60mm) in the angle allow horizontal adjustment of Âą22mm. Shims can be included between the bracket and the frame, up to a maximum thickness of the outside diameter of the fixing bolt, or 16mm, whichever is less.

Brickwork Accessories

The Ancon MDC System can be supplied in a variety of configurations to suit particular applications and support special masonry features. The size of the support angle can be varied to suit the thickness and height of the masonry to be carried. Bracket spacing, depth and height are all varied to suit loadings, fixing position and cavity width.

236

Brickwork Accessories Cutting On Site AnconOptima is not designed for specific buildings and certain angles will need to be cut on site to suit the length required. Each angle section must have at least two brackets.

Upper bear ng point

1 5 to 2mm Lock ng wedge

Corners Standard left-hand and right-hand corners are available. Each corner section requires three brackets in order to achieve the required performance. These sections should never be cut.

Lower bear ng points 10mm

Correct installation of Optima

Brickwork Accessories

Installation A detailed installation guide is enclosed with each delivery. Additional copies are available on request.

Standard AnconOptima Systems System

Maximum Load (kN/m)

Angle Length (mm)

Nominal Length (mm) (including 10mm gap between angles)

Fixing Zone Colour

Bracket Position (mm)

AnconOptima 10

990

AnconOptima 12

990

1000

Red

500 centres

1000

Green

AnconOptima 14

790

500 centres

800

Blue

400 centres

AnconOptima 10 Fixing

Fixing Min. Min. Height Edge Slab (mm) (mm) (mm)

Maximum load (kN/m) for various cavity widths (mm) 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130

135

140

145

150

140

215

9.8

9.6

9.4

9.2

9.0 8.9

8.7

8.5

FAZ 12/30 A4*

140

215

FBN 12/45 A4-145**

140

230

9.8

M12 set screw

140

M12 Steelgrip™

140

Maximum load (kN/m) for various cavity widths (mm) 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125

140

145

150

8.9 8.7

8.5

30/20 channel

AnconOptima 12 Fixing

30/20 channel

Fixing Min. Min. Height Edge Slab (mm) (mm) (mm)

140

130

135

215 10.1 12 11.8 11.6 11.4 11.1 10.9 10.7 10.4 10.2 10.0

9.8

9.6

9.4 9.2 9.0

FAZ 12/30 A4*

140

215 10.1 12

12 11.8 11.6 11.4

FBN 12/45 A4-145**

140

105 245 10.1 12

12 11.8 11.6 11.4

M12 set screw

140

10.1 12

M12 Steelgrip™

140

10.1 12

Maximum load (kN/m) for various cavity widths (mm) 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125

130

135

140

145

150

215 12.7 14

14 13.9 13.6 13.3 13.1 12.8 12.5 12.3 12.0 11.8 11.5 11.3 11.0 10.9 10.7

AnconOptima 14 Fixing

30/20 channel

Fixing Min. Min. Height Edge Slab (mm) (mm) (mm)

140

FAZ 12/30 A4*

140

215 12.7 14

FBN 12/45 A4-145**

140

105 245 12.7 14

M12 set screw

140

12.7 14

M12 Steelgrip™

140

12.7 14

www.sig-ca.co.uk

237

Notes to tables on previous page: Minimum slab thickness assumes the support angle is level with the bottom of the slab. A thicker slab will be required where this is not the case. *FAZ 12/30 A4 is an Ancon High Performance Bolt. **FBN12/45 A4-145 is an Ancon Single Expansion Bolt.

Cast-in Channels

21/18 - Omega

30/20

13mm

21mm Patent No. 2249110

19mm

The Omega 21/18 Channel is a self-anchoring channel for use with Ancon wall ties referenced SP21, SD21 or PP21. The shallow depth of 18mm allows the channel to be used where there is reduced cover to the reinforcement. Nail holes aid the fixing of the channel to timber formwork.

18mm

Omega 21/18

Brickwork Accessories

Cast-in Channels range from simple self-anchoring slots for accepting restraint fixings to large capacity channels with integral anchors. They provide the necessary adjustment required when fixing to concrete and can eliminate site drilling. Nail holes aid the fixing of channels to timber formwork and an infill prevents the ingress of concrete during casting. Cast-in fixings do not generate expansive forces in the concrete and can be used at close centres and closer to the edges than expansion fixings. There are many cast-in channel profiles, the most commonly used are 21/18 and 30/20.

17mm

29mm Patent No. EP 0882164B

30/20 Ancon 30/20 is a high performance channel and should be used in preference to 38/17. Its unique shape allows the applied load to be fed directly from the channel lips to the anchors and the more compact section size improves its fit between reinforcement. In addition, its lower material content provides cost benefits. Specially designed T-head bolts ride up the sloping sides of the channel and securely lock behind the front lips. This channel also accepts standard 20mm wide wall ties.

238

Brickwork Accessories

Fixing to Channels This is achieved by ‘T’ head bolts. These are inserted into the channel and turned through 90°. The bolt must then be tightened to the correct torque. Tapped plate washers can be used as an alternative to ‘T’ bolts where non-standard bolt lengths or diameters are required. Allowable Channel Loads The allowable load data is available on request.

Brickwork Accessories

Channel Infill All Ancon channels are supplied filled to help stop the ingress of concrete during casting. This material is removed easily in long sections. Installation Guidance When fixing to timber formwork, all nail holes need to be utilised, to prevent excessive ingress of concrete fines between the formwork and the channel during casting. Nails with a plain shank should be installed perpendicular to the channel to ensure easy removal of the formwork.

Masonry Support Fixings Design Considerations There are several factors which will affect the performance of these fixings. The following areas should be considered to ensure that the expected performance is achieved: Hollow slab anchor • Embedment. • Edge distances and spacings. • Fixing thicknesses and shims. • Combined loads. High performance bolt

Steelgrip Capsule anchors

Patent No. 2410307

Types of Suitable Fixings: • Single Expansion Bolts (Concrete). • High Performance Bolts (Concrete). • Hollow Bolts (Hollow Slab). • Ancon SteelGrip (Steel Box Section). • Resin Anchors (Concrete). We can select the most appropriate fixing for your masonry support application.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

239

Lintels Lintels span across openings (typically doors and windows) and transfer the weight of the masonry above the opening to the masonry each side. The horizontal leg of the lintel fits within a bed joint, the front edge is usually turned down to provide a drip edge which helps shed moisture above the opening. Lintels usually support both leaves of masonry, but single leaf lintels are also available.

The Housing and Unilintel ranges are designed to suit the loading conditions found in the majority of residential and commercial buildings. The standard range consists of: • Housing Lintels. • Unilintels. • Channel Lintels. • Solid Wall Lintels. • Single Leaf Lintels. • Timber Frame Lintels. • Box Lintels.

Custom Lintels In order to meet the requirements of today’s challenging industry, SIG Construction Accessories can source the design and manufacture of both special stainless steel and galvanised steel lintels for applications where standard lintels are unsuitable. Solutions can be supplied for complex features such as corbels and other architectural details. Special cranked, bay, corner and cantilevered corners are available in addition to the following arch shapes: • Segmental arch. • Semi-circular arch. • Apex arch. • Gothic arch. • Flat top arch. • Double arch. • Arched on plan. The following information will aid the design of a custom lintel and if available should be supplied with your enquiry: • Wall construction: outer leaf, inner leaf and cavity size. • Clear span of opening. • Bearings available (if less than 225mm). • Radius or rise of arch and angles for apex/cranked and corner lintels.

Brickwork Accessories

A complete range of galvanised and stainless steel lintels are available to suit all domestic and commercial applications.

240

Brickwork Accessories

Windposts Large panels of masonry or panels with openings can often be difficult to justify structurally. The traditional solutions have been to either increase the thickness of the wall or introduce an additional column. Windposts fit within the wall allowing the existing thickness to be maintained. Both stainless steel and mild steel / coated windposts can be supplied.

Ancon WP1 and WP3 Windposts Brickwork Accessories

These are channel section windposts which are designed to be installed within the cavity leaving the blockwork undisturbed. The windposts are complete with end connections and ties which fit into the vertical slots in the flanges of the channel section.

Typical Examples of Windpost Applications

WP1

WP2

Ancon WP2 Windposts WP2 Windposts are angle section windposts designed for either small cavities or where wind loads are high. One leg of the angle windpost is built into the blockwork, and the blockwork is tied through the leg of the windpost to minimise any possible movement or cracking of internal finishes. If a vertical movement joint is required in place of a tied joint, debonded ties can be supplied.

WP3

WP4

Ancon WP4 Windposts These are generally used in internal blockwork walls that have a 'fair faced' finish to both sides and where the windposts cannot protrude beyond either face. Sometimes referred to as 'spine' posts they are flat plates designed to fit within the wall. Although the depth of a WP4 post is limited by the width of the masonry (ideally 20mm less than the wall width) the thickness of the post can vary to increase its load capacity. Blockwork is tied through the post. Debonded ties can be used if the post is positioned at a movement joint.

Windpost Design Windposts are designed and manufactured to suit each individual project. Sufficient time should be allowed for the design, approval and manufacturing process when placing orders. Ancon Windposts are designed to span vertically between floors to provide lateral support for panels of brickwork. The windposts will usually be restrained by the brickwork and designed as ‘simply supported beams’. Deflection under wind load will often limit the maximum loading. Windposts can be designed as ‘propped cantilevers’ to limit deflection, this however will require a much larger base connection which in many cases may be difficult to accommodate. Connections to the frame are designed to permit adjustment during installation. Serrated surfaces will be provided where adjustment is in the direction of the load. The top

www.sig-ca.co.uk

241

connection allows for shrinkage or vertical movement of the frame to take place. The type of fixing will depend on the nature of the frame. Expansion bolts are normally supplied for concrete frames and set screws will be supplied for steel frames. Typical fixing details are shown overleaf, although others are available.

Parapet and Spandrel Posts Brickwork Accessories

Ancon Parapet and Spandrel Posts are restrained by the brickwork and designed as ‘cantilevers’. The base connection will need to be sufficient to resist the ‘bending moment’ and may in some cases be difficult to accommodate within the floor construction. The height of these posts is unlikely to be more than 1.6 metres.

Standard Windpost Section Sizes WP1

axbxt

WP2

WP3

WP4

axbxt

axt

60 x 60 x 4

125 x 70 x 4

85 x 60 x 4

90 x 8

80 x 60 x 4

140 x 70 x 4

85 x 60 x 5

100 x 8

55 x 60 x 4

130 x 70 x 6

95 x 60 x 5

110 x 8

55 x 60 x 5

155 x 70 x 4

105 x 60 x 5

120 x 8

65 x 60 x 4

170 x 70 x 4

115 x 60 x 5

65 x 60 x 5

150 x 70 x 6

115 x 60 x 6

75 x 60 x 4

160 x 70 x 6

115 x 65 x 8

75 x 60 x 5

185 x 70 x 4

150 x 80 x 8 185 x 70 x 5 160 x 80 x 8 200 x 70 x 5 Note: a = depth, b = width, t = thickness

All measurements in mm.

242

Brickwork Accessories

Windpost Ties A range of ties are available to suit Ancon Windposts.

SDN SDN Ties (with drip) are used to the outer leaf. SDN

SPN SPN Ties to the inner leaf.

SNS

SPN

Brickwork Accessories

SNS Ties are used across the posts in the inner blockwork and can be supplied with a debonding sleeve for use where there is a vertical movement joint.

SNS

Typical Windpost Fixing Details Base Connection of a WP3 Windpost to Combideck.

Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost to the Underside of a Concrete Beam.

Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost to the Face of the Concrete.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Top Connection of a WP2 Windpost to the Underside of a Timber Wall Plate.

Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost to the Underside of a Steel Beam.

Base Connection of a WP3 Windpost to the Top of a Concrete Slab.

Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost to the Top of a Timber Wall Plate.

Base Connection of a WP2 Parapet Post to the Top and Face of a Concrete Slab.

Brickwork Accessories

Top Connection of a WP2 Windpost to the Underside of a Steel Beam.

243

244

Brickwork Accessories Windpost Design Sheet If you would like to order a windpost, please complete questions 1-9 below. One windpost specification per sheet. Reference / Contact

1. Type (tick) WP1

2. Section Size WP2

WP3

WP4

E.g. 140 x 70 x 4 mm

NB: Windposts will be detailed and supplied as orientated above unless otherwise stated.

Brickwork Accessories

3. Number Required

4. Length

Number of windposts required to this specification

5. Top Connection (tick)

Structural Opening (a to b)

No.

Please indicate required top connection from the drawings below and complete all applicable dimensions (see ?) ?

? ? a

Steel Beam Please state size of UB

Concrete

Timber wall plate Please state size of wall plate and any offset

6. Base Connection x

Concrete

Steel Beam Please state size of UB

b ?

7. Slot Dimension

8. Brick and Block

Please state dimension from base to first tie position to match coursing (b to x)

9. Drawings Attached?

Yes

Please attach drawings showing section through building if available. Contact: Site Address:

Tel: Order No:

Fax Back to: 0870 420 8332

Fax:

Brick

Cavity Size

Block

www.sig-ca.co.uk

245

Brick Reinforcement Brick reinforcement products are designed for structural reinforced masonry applications and crack control. All products supplied by SIG Construction Accessories comply fully with the requirements of the Reinforced Masonry Design Code â&#x20AC;&#x201C; BS 5628-2: 2000 and BS EN 845-3: 2003.

Ancon AMR Reinforcement Brickwork Accessories

Ancon AMR is a steel reinforcement, designed to be located in the horizontal bed joint to strengthen masonry panels. The longitudinal steel wires are flattened to ensure good cover is maintained even lapped or used with wall ties. Depth and Length The main longitudinal wires are flattened to less than 3mm. Ancon AMR is manufactured in standard lengths of 2700mm. The longitudinal wires have a minimum characteristic yield strength of 500N/mm2. Materials Ancon AMR is available in Austenitic stainless steel (ref. S) and galvanised steel (ref. G). Stainless steel provides the greatest corrosion resistance and life-cycle costing benefits, and is suitable for use in any application. Galvanised steel is not suitable for use in the external leaf of a cavity wall. Wire Diameters The Ancon AMR is manufactured from five wire sizes which, after flattening, have an equivalent wire diameter of 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm. Widths Available in four standard widths (60, 100, 150, 175mm), the Ancon AMR can be used in wall widths from 100mm to 215mm.

Applications & Product References AMR Reinforcement Stainles Steel Code

Galvanised Code*

Wire Diameter (mm)

AMR/S/3.0/60

AMR/G/3.0/60

102 brick or 100 block

AMR/S/3.5/60

AMR/G/3.5/60

3.5

102 brick or 100 block

AMR/S/4.0/60

AMR/G/4.0/60

102 brick or 100 block

AMR/S/4.5/60

AMR/G/4.5/60

4.5

102 brick or 100 block

AMR/S/5.0/60

AMR/G/5.0/60

102 brick or 100 block

AMR/S/3.0/100

AMR/G/3.0/100

140 block

AMR/S/3.5/100

AMR/G/3.5/100

3.5

140 block

*For use with internal wall only (partition or cross wall)

Wall Thickness (mm)

246

Brickwork Accessories AMR Reinforcement continued Stainles Steel Code

Brickwork Accessories

Galvanised Code*

Wire Diameter (mm)

Wall Thickness (mm)

AMR/S/4.0/100

AMR/G/4.0/100

140 block

AMR/S/4.5/100

AMR/G/4.5/100

4.5

140 block

AMR/S/5.0/100

AMR/G/5.0/100

140 block

AMR/S/3.0/150

AMR/G/3.0/150

190/200 block

AMR/S/3.5/150

AMR/G/3.5/150

3.5

190/200 block

AMR/S/4.0/150

AMR/G/4.0/150

190/200 block

AMR/S/4.5/150

AMR/G/4.5/150

4.5

190/200 block

AMR/S/5.0/150

AMR/G/5.0/150

190/200 block

AMR/S/3.0/175

AMR/G/3.0/175

215 block

AMR/S/3.0/175

AMR/G/3.0/175

215 block

AMR/S/3.5/175

AMR/G/3.5/175

3.5

215 block

AMR/S/4.5/175

AMR/G/4.5/175

4.5

215 block

AMR/S/5.0/175

AMR/G/5.0/175

215 block

*For use with internal wall only (partition or cross wall)

Brickforce® Brick reinforcement consists of two main parallel wires joined by in-line welded cross wires. Main wires are manufactured to a flattened profile to simplify location into the mortar joint without steel build-up problems at lap positions corners / junctions, or when used in conjunction with wall ties. Both stainless and galvanised steel are held in stock. Main Wires: Flattened profile, equivalent diameter to suit design requirements with a minimum characteristic tensile strength of 500N/mm2. Brickforce is available in a range of different main wire diameters for specific structural loading situations, and in a variety of product widths to suit different block or brick leaf construction. Pack Sizes: Manufactured in 2.7m long strips and supplied in packs. • Stainless steel packs contain 20 strips (54m per pack) • Galvanised packs contain 25 strips (67.5m per pack). Minimum overlap 225mm

www.sig-ca.co.uk

247

Brickforce Galvanised Code2

Wire Diameter (mm)

Wall Thickness (mm)

SBF30W60

GBF30W60

102 brick or 100 block

SBF35W60

GBF35W60

3.5

102 brick or 100 block

SBF40W60

GBF40W60

102 brick or 100 block

SBF45W60

GBF45W60

4.5

102 brick or 100 block

SBF45W60

GBF45W60

102 brick or 100 block

SBF30W100

GBF30W100

140 block

SBF35W100

GBF35W100

3.5

140 block

SBF40W100

GBF40W100

140 block

SBF45W100

GBF45W100

4.5

140 block

SBF50W100

GBF50W100

140 block

SBF30W150

GBF30W150

190/200 block

SBF35W150

GBF35W150

3.5

190/200 block

SBF40W150

GBF40W150

190/200 block

SBF45W150

GBF45W150

4.5

190/200 block

SBF50W150

GBF50W150

190/200 block

SBF30W175

GBF30W175

215 block

SBF35W175

GBF35W175

3.5

215 block

SBF40W175

GBF40W175

215 block

SBF45W175

GBF45W175

4.5

215 block

SBF50W175

GBF50W175

215 block

1. For external walls (including internal leaf of cavity). 2. Internal walls only (partitions of cross walls).

Product code describes finish, wire diameter and product width. i.e. SBF35W60 = stainless Brickforce 3.5mm dia wire 60mm wide. GBF40W100 = galvanised Brickforce 4.0mm dia wire 100mm wide. Notes: Other widths and customised components available.

Specialist Products Other specialist reinforcement products are available:

Bricktie速 Reinforcement for collar jointed walls.

Brickwork Accessories

Stainless Steel Code1

248

Brickwork Accessories

Bricktor® CCR Bricktor® CCR is a crack control reinforcement product which can be used for both standard masonry joints and 23mm thin joint systems.

Brickwork Accessories

Supplied in a roll, Bricktor is manufactured from high tensile wire. Its cross wires are designed in a square welded format which allows easier application into the bed joint. It is available in both stainless steel and galvanised finishes. Galvanised Bricktor is for use in internal walls only. For external walls (including inside leaf of cavity wall) stainless steel Bricktor must be used. Used in thin joint aircrete construction, the welded wire mesh is approx. 1.5mm in thickness which lies easily within 2-3mm mortar joints.

Quality Stainless steel wire – Grade 304S15. Galvanised steel – zinc coated 60g/m2. Wire characteristics – longitudinal wires – 1.25mm diameter, cross wires – 0.65mm diameter.

Sizes • Supplied as 25m roll. • Minimum overlap 225mm.

Bricktor® CCR Stainless Steel

Galvanised

No. of main wires

SBT60CCR

GBT60CCR

100 – 125

SBT100CCR

GBT100CCR

140 – 150

To suit wall width (mm)

SBT160CCR

GBT160CCR

190 – 200

SBT180CCR

GBT180CCR

215

Note: For wall widths greater than 225mm, a combination of narrower roll widths may be used.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

249

Power-tie flat wire ladder reinforcement Power-tie flat wire ladder reinforcement is now colour coded for ease of equivalent round wire diameter identification on site. • Low profile, flat wire allows easy integration with wall ties. Conforms to BS5628-2. • Competitively packed in packs of 20 lengths. • Made from Austenitic Stainless Steel 1.4301. • 500N / mm2 minimum tensile strength.

• Corners, T and curved shapes available The power-tie range encompasses a variety of fixings to suit both brick and block construction from cavity wall ties and frame cramps to ladder reinforcement and accessories.

Power-tie flat wire ladder reinforcement Code

Description

Wire Height

Equivalent Round Wire

(mm)

Diameter (mm)

Ladder

Wall Width (mm)

Qty

Width (mm)

SBSF3060

Single Leaf

2.8

100

SBSF30100

Single Leaf

2.8

100

140/150

SBSF30150

Single Leaf

2.8

150

190/200

SBSF30175

Single Leaf

2.8

175

215

SBSF3560

Single Leaf

2.9

3.5

100

SBSF35100

Single Leaf

2.9

3.5

100

140/150

SBSF35150

Single Leaf

2.9

3.5

150

190/200

SBSF35175

Single Leaf

2.9

3.5

175

215

SBSF4060

Single Leaf

100

SBSF40100

Single Leaf

100

140/150

SBSF40150

Single Leaf

150

190/200

SBSF40175

Single Leaf

175

215

SBSF4560

Single Leaf

4.5

100

SBSF45100

Single Leaf

4.5

100

140/150

SBSF45150

Single Leaf

4.5

150

190/200

SBSF45175

Single Leaf

4.5

175

215

SBSF5060

Single Leaf

5.0

100

SBSF50100

Single Leaf

5.0

100

140/150

SBSF50150

Single Leaf

5.0

150

190/200

SBSF50175

Single Leaf

5.0

175

215

Brickwork Accessories

• Corrosion resistant.

250

Brickwork Accessories

Exmet Reinforcement Reinforced brickwork is preferable to unreinforced in all types of building because steel reinforcement adds tensile strength to the inherent compressive strength of this traditional construction method.

Brickwork Accessories

Reasons why you should select stainless steel or galvanised Exmet for reinforcing brickwork; • Exmet is a length of expanded stainless or galvanised mesh with continuity of steel throughout. • Exmet has no joints, welds or interweaving to fail under stress. • Once mortared into brickwork the diamond-shaped meshes are anchored immovably so that the reinforcement cannot slip under tension.

Exmet Reinforcement Material Thickness (mm)

Coil Size Width (mm)

Coil Size Length (m)

Suitable for Minimum Wall Thickness (mm)

0.3

115

140

0.3

175

190

0.3

225

250

Wall Ties The selection and spacing of wall ties depend on many factors. These include the type of brick/block to be tied, cavity width, type and height of building, location and design life. Map of UK Wind speeds Information taken from BS 6399-2. 1997 Code of Practice for Wind Loads.

< 31m/s

Wall Tie selector tables on page 252

< 25m/s

www.sig-ca.co.uk

251

Selection of Wall Ties to BS 5628-1: 2005 and BS 5268-6:1 Application

Density

Centres

Max Building Height

Geographical Location

Type 1

Heavy duty tie suitable for most building sizes and types. Not very flexible and not recommended where there is expected to be excessive differential movement between leaves

2.5 ties/m2 3-4 ties/m at unbonded edges

900mm Any height horizontal 450mm vertical

Suitable for most sites. However, for relatively tall or unusually shaped buildings in vulnerable areas, the tie provision should be calculated

Type 2

General purpose tie for domestic and small commercial buildings. May be suitable for buildings exceeding 15 metres if shown to be adequate by calculation

2.5 ties/m2 3-4 ties/m at unbonded edges

900mm 15m horizontal 450mm vertical

Suitable for flat sites. Basic wind speed up to 31m/s and altitude not more than 150m above sea level

Type 3

Basic wall tie generally as Type 2 above

2.5 ties/m2 3-4 ties/m at unbonded edges

900mm 15m horizontal 450mm vertical

Suitable for flat sites. Basic wind speed limited to 25m/s and altitude not more than 150m above sea level

Type 4

Light duty wall tie suitable for box-form domestic dwellings with leaves of similar thickness

2.5 ties/m2 3-4 ties/m at unbonded edges

900mm 10m horizontal 450mm vertical

Suitable for flat sites in towns and cities where the basic wind speed is limited to 25m/s and altitude not more than 150m above sea level

Type 5

Timber frame tie suitable for domestic houses and small commercial developments of up to three storeys

4.4 ties/m2

15m

Basic wind speed is limited to 25m/s and altitude not more than 150m above sea level

Type 6

Timber frame tie suitable for domestic houses and small commercial developments of up to four storeys

4.4 ties/m2

15m

Basic wind speed limited to 25m/s and altitude not more than 150m above sea level

For complete information refer to BS 5628-1: 2005 and BS 5268-6:1

Brickwork Accessories

Type

252

Brickwork Accessories Density and Positioning of Ties For walls in which both leaves are 90mm or thicker, ties should be used at not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mm horizontal x 450mm vertical centres). Ties should be evenly distributed over the wall area, except around openings, and should preferably be staggered.

Brickwork Accessories

Length of Tie and Embedment Wall ties should be of the correct length to ensure they are properly embedded in the masonry. The tie should have a minimum embedment of 50mm in each leaf but also take site tolerances into account for both cavity width and centring of the tie. For this reason we suggest tie lengths which achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm and 75mm. Recommended lengths to suit various cavity widths are shown for masonry-to-masonry wall ties.

Embedment

Cav ty width Embedment

Embedment of Wall Ties

Recommended lengths of Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties Cavity Width (mm)

Length of Wall Tie (mm)

BS 5628-1 Wall tie

50 - 75

200

HRT4, RT2, ST1

76 - 100

225

HRT4, RT2, ST1

101 - 125

250

HRT4, RT2, ST1

126 - 150

275

ST1

150

300*

ST1

*These wall ties can be used in 126 - 150mm cavities if they are embedded further into the inner leaf.

Wall Tie Selector Product Name/ Code

Lengths

Box Quantity

Alternative Ties

Safety Wall Ties ST1*

200, 225, 250, 275, 300

250

2000 MF1 PT1 VST1 WT1

SPS

150, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300

250

2300 MR3 SESE WTS3S

PPS (debonding sleeves available to suit)

150, 200, 225, 250, 300, 400

250

2400 HR2 SEPE SPE WTS3P

www.sig-ca.co.uk

253

Ancon Tie Selector continued Product Name/ Code

Lengths

Box Quantity

Alternative Ties

RT2* Replaces Double Triangle Tie

200, 225, 250

250

1000 MT2 MPT EN2 WT2

HRT4* Replaces Butterfly Tie

200, 225

250

1000 MT4 PT VE4 WT4

Butterfly*

200, 225, 250

250

1300 MTCWV BT V01

Double triangle*

150, 200, 225, 250, 300

250

1200 MTCWT DT V26 WTDT

75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3300 MTFH2 SEFCH VE7 WTS3U

SPV

75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3300 MTFS2 SEFCS WTS3E

SDB

100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3200 MTFH2D SEFCHV VE7 WTS2U

SDV

100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3200 MTFS2D SEFCSV WTS2E

PPB

100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3400 MTFH1PS PEFCH WTS3U

PPV

100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, (250, 275, 300)**

250

3400 MTFS1PS SEFCS

SRB

125, 150, 176, 200

Wire Ties

Brickwork Accessories

Frame Cramps SPB

254

Brickwork Accessories Ancon Tie Selector continued Product Name/ Code

Lengths

Box Quantity

75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

250

SD21 / SD25 / SD28 / SD36

75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

250

PP21 / PP28 / PP36

75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

250

Channel Ties SP21 / SP28 / SP36

Brickwork Accessories

Key: ACS, Alderdale, Expamet, Vista, Wincro. NB. All ties are boxed in 250s. **Not usually stocked. Alternative product codes are for reference only, please check with your local branch for availability.

Debonding Sleeves Debonding sleeves are used on plain-ended wall ties at vertical movement joints. The tie will restrain the masonry against lateral wind loads but the sleeve will allow the masonry to expand or contract. A 120mm long sleeve will provide an allowance for movement and tolerance, and will be suitable for most applications. Other lengths and sizes available to special order. Length: 120mm.

Insulation Retaining Clip The red Staifix Insulation Retaining Clip will fit all Ancon and Staifix standard wall ties. Size: 80mm Diameter. Pack Sizes: Bags of 20 or 250.

Hammer Screws Hammer Screws are available for fixing into concrete. Sizes: 6 x 40mm, 8 x 60mm.

Tek Screws Tek Screws are available for fixing into steel up to 12mm thick. Size: 5.5 x 38mm.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

255

Two-Part Tie Cavities exceeding 150mm are sometimes required. This necessitates longer ties which can be difficult to balance and keep horizontal when built into the inner leaf. The Ancon Two-Part Tie has one section built into the blockwork; the other section is then fixed as the outer leaf is built. The inner tie is manufactured in a standard length of 170mm. Variation in the cavity width is accommodated by the length of the outer tie. Insulation Retaining Clips can be supplied to fit the inner section.

Ancon Fastrack Channel Building one leaf of the cavity wall in advance of the other is often beneficial but can create problems with coursing. Buildings which incorporate imperial or continental bricks and standard metric blocks present even greater difficulties. Ancon Fastrack Channel is built into the inner leaf of blockwork ready to take an Ancon SD28 or similar tie for the outer leaf. This method of construction avoids the dangers of projecting ties (Tie lengths = open cavity + 50mm). Ancon Fastrack Channels and Ties can be supplied in different lengths and can also be used for tying stonework to blockwork if DD28 or similar Ancon Ties are used. Ancon Fastrack Channels and Ties sustain loads which exceed the requirements for a Type 2 tie to BS 5628-1. This system can also be manufactured in a 36/8 channel profile that accepts wall ties referenced SP36 or SD36.

Non-Drill Fixings Ancon’s range of ‘Non-Drill’ masonry to steel fixing solutions was developed to address the safety concerns of the Industry. Driven by customer demand for masonry restraint fixings with an alternate installation method from that of either shot-firing or drilling, Ancon engineered the innovative solutions that are detailed here. These Hammer-On Section fixings do not require the use of power tools and can reduce installation times and costs. In all instances they simply about the column or attach to the flange to restrain the wall against lateral wind loads. Eliminate the dangers associated with shot-firing and drilling: • Quick, simple and economical to install. • No power tools required. • No special skills or equipment required. • Fixings either abut the column or attach to the flange.

Hammer-On Tie (HOS-TIE)

Brickwork Accessories

Ancon Two-Part Ties sustain loads which exceed the requirements for a Type 2 tie to BS 5628-1 for cavities up to 300mm. An embedment of 75mm is required at each end.

256

Brickwork Accessories Hammer-on Section Available in five sizes to accommodate a steel thickness from 7mm to 25mm, this fixing is simply hammered onto the flange. It can be utilised either on a column with a tie or on a beam with an internal head restraint. Hammer-on Section Reference

Flange Thickness Accommodated (mm)

Brickwork Accessories

7-10

10-13

14-17

18-21

22-25

Standard Internal Column Tie Length

Non-Standard Internal Column Tie

Internal Column Tie Standard Lengths (mm)

Beam / Column Accommodated

179

203 x 203 UC

186

203 x 133 UB

224

254 x 254 UC

232

254 x 146 UB

275

305 x 305 UC

281

305 x 127 x 165 UB

330

356 x 127 x 171 UB

50mm 50mm 15mm

15mm

60mm 40mm

150, 180mm 10 0 13 5mm

Briclok A 6 8 10 3mm

150, 180mm

16 5 20 0mm

Briclok B 13 5 17 0mm

New Briclok Code

Length (mm)

Open Cavity (at column face) (mm)

Flange Thickness (mm)

Briclok150A

150

20 - 50

6.8-13.5

Briclok180A

180

50 - 80

6.8-13.5

Briclok150B

150

20 - 50

13.5-20.0

Briclok180B

180

50 - 80

13.5-20.0

www.sig-ca.co.uk

257

Column Tie The Column Tie clamps to the flange of a column. It accommodates a steel thickness from 6mm to 25mm and should be installed at 225mm vertical centres. Manufactured in lengths to suit the application, it can feature a drip for use across the cavity or a plain shank for installation back into the inner leaf.

Column Tie

Remedial Wall Ties

Type

Description

Ancon MM 63 Mechanical / Mechanical

Used when tying together two leaves of solid materials, this tie has mechanical expanders at each end. Requires 10.5mm holes.

Ancon RM 63 Resin / Mechanical

For use when the material in the inner leaf is perforated, of lowdensity or afriable material. A resin fixing may be used to eliminate any imposed stress. Requires 10.5mm or 11mm holes.

Staifix RIR

Used where mechanical expanders are unusable. Normally inserted into a hole, but if test facilities are required, a 12mm hole must be used. A plastic sieve can be used to retain resin and is particularly useful in perforated brick or hollow blockwork. A 12mm hole is required to fit the sieve.

Stairib Bar

Stainless steel ribbed bar, resin-grouted into the inner and outer leaves.

Ancon AC 31

Used where bricks are removed then replaced in the outer leaf. The wavy end is resin-bonded into the inner leaf in a 10mm hole. The triangular end sits in the bed joint. Ancon AC 31 can be supplied with a drip or a neoprene ring.

Ancon AC 31C

Similar to the AC 31 but cranked by 25mm to aid fixing to the inner leaf.

Cameron T47

Used for the repair of mass brickwork with an unbonded brick faรงade, sometimes built from snapped headers. The T end is built into the bed joint and perpend, and hidden when the brickwork is repointed

Fischer FIS P 380 C Resin

This styrene-free injection resin is quick setting and suitable for a wide range of applications. The two components are safely mixed together inside the nozzle. Automatic mixing ensures an accurate blending of the components and, being mixed only as required, the minimum of wastage. Resin guns and additional mixing nozzles are available.

Brickwork Accessories

Corrosion of Cavity Wall Ties Wall ties are an essential element in the stability of masonry panels. Prior to 1978, wall ties were usually manufactured from galvanized mild steel. These ties were expected to last the lifetime of the building, but for many years it has been recognised that some of these wall ties have corroded after only 15 or 20 years.

258

Brickwork Accessories

Staifix-Thor Helical Crack Stitching Kit

500mm

The Staifix-Thor Helical Crack Stitching Kit is a high strength, non-disruptive solution for the permanent repair of cracked masonry. The stainless steel helical bars are chemically bonded into 500mm 500mm bed joints to stitch cracks, redistributing tensile forces and stabilising the structure. On completion, the bar and grout are concealed, retaining the original character of the wall. Brickwork Accessories

Kit consists of 10 x 1m Helical Bar, 3 Litres Cementitious Grout, Mixing Paddle, Applicator Gun, Grout Nozzle and Finger Trowel.

Crack Stitching & Bonding Cracked masonry is best stabilised by bonding HeliBar stainless steel rods into appropriate bed joints or cut slots. Tensile loads are redistributed along the masonry to minimise further developments of the crack which may occur with simple injection methods. Benefits: • Quick, simple, effective and permanent. • Helibar & Helibond grout combine to produce an excellent bond within the substrate. • Masonry remains flexible enough to accommodate natural building movement. • Non-disruptive structural stabilisation with no additional stresses. Material: Austenitic stainless steel grade 304. Grade 316 available on request. Application: HeliBond 3 litre tub is sufficient for 10 Linear metres.

Crack Stitching Kit

Helibar Helical stainless steel structural reinforcing rod for masonry repair and new construction. Applications: For crack stitching; for restoring structural integrity where masonry has cracked and failed; for creating expansion joints; as a new build masonry reinforcing rod. Features: • Grade 304 stainless steel helical reinforcing rods (Grade 316 available on request). • Great axial strength yet creates no additional stresses. • Flexibility accommodates differential building movements. • Generates high tensile strength with mortar and Helibond grout. • Extremely economical compared with alternative methods. • Minimal disruption to building's fabric or occupants. • Spreads loads in masonry to avoid secondary cracking. • Mitigates the potential for cracking in shrinkable materials.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

259

Helibar Length (m)

Diameter (mm)

Pack

1.0

4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0

Each

1.5

4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0

Each

2.0

4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0

Each

HeliBond Cementitious Grout

Features: • Non-shrink thixotropic grout. • Flows easily under pressure to fill voids. • Rapidly develops compressive strength. • Cures within 28 days to reach 60N/mm2. • Ready-to-mix components supplied for use in hand held applicator.

HeliBond Cementitious Grout Size (litres)

Pack

Each Head 21

Specialist Tie Selector

Shank D

For special ties choose the tail, shank and head required using the letter reference system and give the overall length of tie required. For example:

Tail S Ancon SD21 wall tie

Tail Most can be used at either end of tie

15mm 15mm

D__

10mm

S__

6x60mm welded dowel

10mm

M 6.5mm diameter holes

6x60mm loose dowel

L 25mm

P__

10mm

Y__ 6x60mm loose dowel

L__

Brickwork Accessories

High performance, injectable, cementitious grout for bonding metal components into masonrytype substrates. Helibond is a two-part, non-gassing, cement based grout suitable for injection with a hand or power applicator. It is supplied in a pail containing the dry powder and liquid components individually packaged for mixing using a paddle mixer. It includes an expansion agent to compensate for shrinkage in the hardened state.

260

Brickwork Accessories

W__

T__

Z__

Manufactured to suit

Shank Brickwork Accessories

_D_

_F_

_V_

_P_

_H_

Head 10 50

_ _ 25 To fit 25/14 _ _ 28 To fit 28/15 _ _ 30 To fit 30/20 _ _ 36 To fit 36/8 _ _ 38*To fit 38/17

30 8x30mm slot 10

__V _ _ U without slot

*Tie will be 25mm wide 10mm

10 30

__X 20

7mm diameter hole

__B

__G L

_ _ 21 To fit 21/18 Omega Channel

105mm Tie will be 25mm wide

www.sig-ca.co.uk

261

Wall Channel Ancon 25/14 Restraint System The Ancon 25/14 channel system is designed to tie brickwork to steel studding. Self-drilling screws fix through the channel and the insulation material, into the steel. Once the channel is installed, Ancon SD25 wall ties can be positioned at any point along its length and are built into the bed joints of the outer leaf of brickwork. The spacing of ties is based on the height of building and its geographical location. Brickwork Accessories

Tie Spacing Based on 25/14 Channel at 600mm Horizontal Centres with Basic Wind Speed < 25m/s Altitude & Distance from Coast

Vertical Tie Spacing (mm) for different heights of brickwork 15m 25m 40m

Altitude up to 150m and at least 50km from coast

450

225

450

300

225

Altitude up to 25m and within 50km from coast

Surface Fixed Channel 8mm

15mm

14mm

112mm

36mm

28/15

25/14

36/8

16mm 25mm

Allowable Loads The allowable loads for surface-fixed channel in the table below assume partial fixity (M=WL/6) and are limited by either a maximum stress of 160N/mm2 or a deflection of span/325. Allowable loads for other spans and/or different end fixity can be calculated using the section properties shown below.

12mm

28mm

262

Brickwork Accessories Surface Fixed Surface-Fixed Channel References

Fixing Centres 36/8 (mm)

25/14

28/15

38/17

40/25

41/27 AnconLock

49/30

54/33

12.0

23.0

Allowable Load (kN) 150

0.50

2.75

4.74

8.0

11.07

200

0.50

2.06

3.55

6.62

8.3

11.57 18.96

300

0.50

1.38

2.37

4.42

5.54

7.71 12.64

450

0.23

0.37

0.92

1.58

2.94

3.69

5.14

8.43

600

0.13

0.28

0.69

1.18

2.21

2.77

3.86

6.32

Brickwork Accessories

Note: Fixing into 36/8 and 25/14 will be with wall ties, not T bolts, and the maximum allowable load is limited to 0.5kN; this maximum should be applied to all channels where the fixing is a wall tie.

Channels are supplied plain-backed for surface fixing to either concrete or steelwork. When bolting channel to concrete or steelwork it is important to utilise all fixing holes (except with 25/14 channels), incorporating the square washer provided and ensuring its correct orientation to achieve the allowable loads. 25/14 Channel should be fixed to steelwork at 450mm vertical centres with self-drilling screws.

Wall Starter Systems 36/8 Wall Extension System The 36/8 Wall Extension System can be supplied with either SP36 ties or, where some longitudinal movement must be accommodated at the joint, PP36 ties complete with debonding sleeves. The channel can be supplied in lengths of up to 3.4 metres with each length having a series of holes to allow fixing to the existing wall. The system is available as a kit comprising a length of 36/8 channel 2400mm long, six ties, five plugs and screws.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

263

Staifix Universal Wall Starter System This system includes all necessary fixings to join a single skin of masonry, 2400mm high, to an existing wall. Each pack includes two fixing strips, five plugs, five washers, five screws and ten wall ties. Suitable for wall widths from 60mm to 250mm and masonry up to eight metres in height, this system will resist a wind load of up to 4.5kN over a height of 2400mm.

Multi-Starters Featuring a â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;turn-n-slide tieâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; to accommodate all sizes of brick/block. The Multi-Starter is suitable for all wall widths from 60mm-250mm. The turn-n-slide ties enable the starter to be tied into any course the builder wishes, ideally every (225mm deep) block course or every third course of (75mm deep) bricks. Slots at each end allow easy connection of one length to the next.

Head Restraints Head Restraints provide the necessary restraint to the top of masonry walls. They allow for vertical movement to accommodate shrinkage or thermal movement of the wall or structural frame, whilst restraining wind loads.

Brickwork Accessories

Wall Ties slide within the fixing strip to course with the bed joints of any masonry unit. This Universal Wall Starter System meets the technical requirements of the NHBC.

264

Brickwork Accessories

Ancon IHR - Internal Head Restraint

Brickwork Accessories

Ancon IHR B Ancon IHR V The Ancon IHR is used for restraining the top of with Hole with Slot internal walls or the top of the inner leaf of a cavity wall. The opening at the front of the channel stem is sealed to prevent mortar ingress and to ensure that vertical movement can take place between the blockwork and the structure. The base of the stem must be built within a bed joint with the centre of the stem no closer than 50mm from the edge of the block. The vertical joint should be filled with mortar each side of the stem. The maximum joint between the top of the blockwork and the underside of the frame should not be greater than 25mm.

Ancon IHR H* supplied with Hammer On Section

Ancon IHR C to suit Cast n Channel IHR C 38 to suit 38/17 IHR C 30 to suit 30/20

The sliding tie can be provided with either a hole (IHR - B) or slot (IHR - V) to suit M8 bolts, with a notch end to fix directly into a 38/17 or 30/20 castin channel (IHR - C) and with a notch end to suit the Hammer-On Section (page 216) that attaches to a steel flange without site drilling (IHR - H). The standard Ancon IHR will suit a 215mm high block and can resist a load of 1.5kN*. Other sizes between 150 - 250mm are available. *The IHR-H can resist a load of 1kN. When fixed at 450mm centres staggered each side of the lower beam flange (effective centres 900mm on each side) the service load will be 1.1kN per metre in either direction.

Ancon FHR - Head Restraint The Ancon FHR Head Restraint is used for restraining the top of internal walls or the internal leaf of a cavity wall. The two angles clamp the top of the wall and have 9mm diameter holes to suit M8 bolts. They are supplied with two holes in the longer angle to allow the restraint to fit 100mm and 140mm blockwork. Each restraint can resist a service load of 1kN.

Expamet FHR - Head Restraint This very simple, economical head restraint product, available to suit either 100 or 140mm walls. Vertical movement can be accommodated only by allowing clearance between the top of the blockwork panel, and the underside of the restraint angle.

75mm

To suit 100mm and 140mm Blockwork

www.sig-ca.co.uk

265

Power-tie Sliding Head Restraint Sliding Head Restraints are telescoping concealed anchors providing shear restraint to the wall head of non load bearing walls whilst allowing differential movement between the structure above and the masonry below.

Brickwork Accessories

A friction grip assembly facilitates masonry construction by holding the built-in sleeve in a raised position while laying the masonry below. The power-tie Sliding Head Restraints feature masonry embedment markings to indicate 25mm clearance to soffits above. Supplied with either slotted (SHRS) or holed (SHRH) anchorage. Depth to suit a standard 215mm block, other depthsS available to special order.

Ancon SAH - Sliding Anchors Ancon SAH Sliding Anchors have stems which fit within the cavity and accept ties that slide to accommodate vertical movement. Available with six different head options as standard, they are supplied with one-way or two-way ties with safety ends. The standard fixing hole is 12mm diameter to suit Ancon M10 Single Expansion Bolts or M10 T Head Bolts to fit Ancon 28/15 Channel. Ancon SAH Sliding Anchors have 25 x 5mm stems and a maximum service capacity of 1kN per stem when the upper tie is within 75mm of the fixing. Ties should be spaced at a minimum of 150mm and at least two ties should be used per stem.

SPI SIS Length to su t application

Length and slot pos tion to suit appl cation

SAH - T

SAH - U

SAH - UF

SAH - UO

45mm 38mm 38mm

SAH - U

15mm 50mm 95mm

SAH - UC 160mm

160mm 15mm 130mm 130mm

25mm 160mm

340mm min. 600mm max.

340mm 340mm min. min. 600mm 600mm max. max.

Off-set to suit 340mm min. 600mm max.

340mm min. 600mm max.

266

Brickwork Accessories

Set Screws Stainless steel set screws, nuts and washers are available in a range of diameters and lengths in grades A2 (304) and A4 (316). Set screws can be shrink-wrapped and supplied complete with nylon washer to prevent bi-metallic corrosion when fixing to steel.

Brickwork Accessories

Self Drilling Screw These screws feature a shaped drill tip of hardened steel that allows installation without pre-drilling. Hi-thread screws accommodate insulation between a surface-fixed channel and the steel frame. In addition to those products identified in the table, Ancon can supply hi-thread screws to suit an insulation thickness above 70mm thick and a steel thickness above 4mm. More information is available on request. Self-drilling screws should be fixed using a driver with a speed of around 1800rpm. Drive sockets are available.

Single Expansion Through Bolts Single expansion bolts fix into a hole which is similar to the diameter of the bolt. This allows the hole to be drilled through the hole in the item to be fixed. The single expansion bolt is a cost-effective anchor, available in grade 1.4401(316) stainless steel in a wide range of sizes.

Joint Fillers Closed Cell Polyethylene Closed Cell Expanded polyethylene foam is supplied in roll, sheet or strip form. High performance expansion joint fillerboard, for concrete slab construction and brickwork joints, which is supplied with an undercut to the depth of sealant for controlled void formation and easy removal.

Closed Cell Polyethylene Sheets Sheet Size

Thickness (mm)

1.5m x 2.2m = 3.3m2

10, 12, 15, 20, 25

1m x 2m = 2m2

10, 12, 15, 20, 25

www.sig-ca.co.uk

267

Closed Cell Polyethylene Strips Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

20, 25

Supplied in 2.2m strips.

Closed Cell Polyethylene Rolls Width (mm)

Thickness (mm)

100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

10, 12, 15

Supplied in 10m rolls.

BAT straps are manufactured in two types. Heavy Duty to provide horizontal restraint and Standard to provide vertical restraint against wind pressure and uplift forces. The installation of restraint straps must comply with the current Building Regulations, British Standards BS 5628 : Part 1 and Part 3 and BS 8103 : Part 1, as well as NHBC recommendations.

Restraint straps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Standard (ST) A galvanised 27.5 x 2.5mm strap for vertical restraint applications. Provided with 6mm holes at 12mm offset centres. Available in 100mm increments to 3000 and 4000mm.

Restraint Straps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Heavy Duty (HD) A galvanised 27.5 x 5mm strap for horizontal restraint applications. Provided with 6mm holes at 12mm offset centres.

Restraint Straps Type

Shortest Length (mm)

Longest Length (m)

Standard

100

3000

M305 Heavy Duty

100

3000

Brickwork Accessories

Restraint Straps/Multiholed Fixing Straps

268

Brickwork Accessories

Restraint Straps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stainless Steel Type 304S15. Available in standard and M305 heavy duty formats. Available on request. Allow 10 working days. Available in 100mm increments to 3000 and 4000mm. Note: For straps with more than one operation we require a detailed drawing faxed through with the order. How to order: Brickwork Accessories

When ordering quote the overall length and distance of bend/twist from END of strap. eg. overall length, bent at 100mm, bent at 250mm, twisted at 400mm. eg. HD1000B100, ST1000T400.

Restraint Straps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Stainless Steel Type

Standard Heavy Duty

Code

Bend/Twists

i.e. ST1600T150

i.e. HD0900B450

i.e. HD3000T200

i.e. ST0600B100

Structural Fixings Herringbone Joist Struts Provide stability to floor joists. Herringbone joist struts significantly reduce labour content in fixing strutting on site.

Code

To Suit Joist Centres (mm)

Lengths (mm)

Box Qty

HJS400

400

460

HJS450

450

523

HJS600

600

660

www.sig-ca.co.uk

269

Splice Plates Suitable for butt jointing timbers of similar cross section.

Size (mm) l x h x return

Joist Depth (mm)

1 Set per Application

Box Qty

L61

400 x 61 x 18

150

Set = 4

8 sets

L80

560 x 80 x 18

200

Set = 4

8 sets

L98

560 x 98 x 18

250

Set = 4

8 sets

Truss Clips Eliminates the disadvantages of skew nailing trussed rafters to timber wall plates; damaged connector plates; split rafters or wall plates.

Code

Type

Size (mm)

TC38

Standard 38

Box Qty

100

TC50

Non-standard 50

100

Brickwork Accessories

Code

270

Brickwork Accessories

U-Nail Galvanised Steel Plates BAT-U-Nail is a plate system which enables timber structures to be made on site or in the builderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s workshop, since it is nailed by hand. Code

Size (mm)

Box Qty

Brickwork Accessories

BP 7651

76 x 51

200

BP 76100

76 x 100

200

BP 76152

76 x 152

100

BP 76203

76 x 203

100

BP 76254

76 x 254

BP 76305

76 x 305

BP 11451

114 x 51

200

BP 114100

114 x 100

100

BP 114152

114 x 152

100

BP 114203

114 x 203

BP 114254

114 x 254

BP 114305

114 x 305

BP 114354

114 x 354

25 bundle

BP 15251

152 x 51

150

BP 152100

152 x 100

100

BP 152152

152 x 152

BP 152203

152 x 203

BP 152254

152 x 254

BP 152305

152 x 305

BP 152354

152 x 354

25 bundle

Frame Cramps To provide positive location and support of window from timber framing to resist wind and incidental loadings.

Code

Type

Size (mm)

Box Qty

SEFC150*

Safe Edge

100 x 50

125

SEFC200*

Safe Edge

150 x 50

125

SEFC250*

Safe Edge

200 x 50

125

FC1

Frame Cramp

202 x 76 straight

100

FC2

Frame Cramp

212 x 40 x 76

100

*To fix door and window frames to masonry inner leaf.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

271

Joist Hangers Expamet’s versatile and comprehensive range of BAT Joist Hangers has been designed to suit a wide range of building applications. Bringing benefits to new-build, refurbishment, maintenance and renovation projects.

SPH Joist Hanger – Standard Type ‘S’ A single piece timber to masonry hanger. For building into brick or block walls to support floor joists.

Hanger Depth (mm)

38mm

44mm

50mm

Box Qty / Joist Width 63mm 75mm 89mm

100mm

125mm

150mm

100

125

150

140

175

165

200

190

225

215

250

240

275

265

Joist Hanger – Return Type ‘R’ A single piece timber to masonry hanger. For building into brick or block walls to support floor joists. ‘R’ type is a standard type ‘S’ with return plate added, fixed by riveting.

Timber Depth (mm)

Hanger Depth (mm)

Joist Widths (mm)

100

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

125

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

150

140

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

175

165

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

200

190

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

225

215

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

250

240

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

275

265

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

Brickwork Accessories

Timber Depth (mm)

272

Brickwork Accessories

Joist Hanger – Straddle Type ‘ST’ For building into brick or block walls to support floor joists. ‘ST’ Type is two standard Type ‘S’ with jointing plate added.

Brickwork Accessories

Timber Depth (mm)

Hanger Depth (mm)

Joist Widths (mm)

100

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

125

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

150

140

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

175

165

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

200

190

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

225

215

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

250

240

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

275

265

38, 44, 50, 63, 75, 89, 100, 125, 150

Maxi Joist Hangers Maxi Hangers are heavy duty hangers for the support of timber to timber or timber to masonry, concrete etc. with provision for nailing or bolting.

Code

Joist Width (mm)

Box Qty

MS240

38 to 100

MS335

38 to 100

MS380

38 to 100

MS440

38 to 150

MS500

38 to 150

MS560*

38 to 150

MS620

38 to 150

*MS560 150 supplied in boxes of 20.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

273

SPH (Single Piece Hanger) The BAT SPH (single piece hanger) Joist Hanger total support system includes a standard, return and straddle version. The SPH has been designed to present over twice the usual area of flange to the top side of the block on which it sits. It greatly reduces the point loading on lightweight blocks making it suitable for use with even the lightest 2.8N/m2 blocks. Hangers to suit I joists and extra wide sizes (150-225mm) are available on special order. Brickwork Accessories

Speedy Joist Hangers BAT Speedy Joist Hangers offer a quick and safe method for trimming joists together to form openings in floors for stair wells. Manufactured to accommodate joists of up to 225mm deep by up to 100mm thick.

Maxi Speedy Hanger BAT Maxi Speedy Hanger uses both bolt and nail fixings for heavy duty use.

Speedy Minor Light duty applications, 100mm maximum joist depth to be supported. Code

Max. Joist Depth (mm) 38

100

125

Box Qty / Joist Width (mm) 44 50

125

274

Brickwork Accessories

Short Leg Speedy Medium duty applications, 175mm maximum joist depth to be supported. Code

Max. Joist Depth (mm)

Box Qty / Joist Width (mm) 44 50

175

Brickwork Accessories

Standard Leg Medium duty applications, 225mm maximum joist depth to be supported. Code

Max. Joist Depth (mm)

Joist Width (mm)

Box Qty

225

100

Long Leg Heavy duty applications, 225mm maximum joist depth to be supported. Suitable for underslung joists (maximum 100mm drop). Code

Max. Joist Depth (mm)

Joist Width (mm)

Box Qty

LLS

225

LLS

225

LLS

225

LLS

225

LLS

225

LLS

225

100

www.sig-ca.co.uk

275

Speedy Girder Truss Shoe Designed to offer a safe and economical method of connecting trusses to girder units. It incorporates a specially extended bearing surface of 85mm. Code

Joist Width (mm)

Box Qty

SGTS

175

SGTS

175

SGTS

175

SGTS

175

SGTS

175

Brickwork Accessories

Max. Joist Depth (mm)

Speedy Girder/Girder Truss Shoe For connection of girder trusses. Sold as single items. Code

Max. Joist Depth (mm)

Joist Width (mm)

175

80, 105, 120, 155

GGTS

Damp Proof Courses DPC Selection Factors to be considered when selecting a damp proof course include: • • • •

ability to adhere to mortar membrane colour durability flexibility

• • • •

resistance to loading thermal efficiency fire resistance gas resistance

Standard Widths Most DPC’s are available in the following widths

100mm

112.5mm

150mm

200mm

225mm

300mm

337.5mm

400mm

450mm

600mm

900mm

1000mm

276

Brickwork Accessories

Commercial Developments Hyload Original

Brickwork Accessories

Hyload Original is the UK’s leading high performance DPC and cavity tray system, having established its trusted position over 40 years of continuous use. A high performance polymeric DPC, Hyload Original is suitable for providing damp proofing and cavity trays in all applications, including brick, block, stonework and concrete in both solid and cavity wall construction. Use where DPC colour is not critical. Hyload Original is resistant to compression even under the heaviest of wall loading and will not extrude when under load. • BBA Certification. • Over 40 years proven reliability. • Excellent performance under high compressive loads. • Good flexibility at low temperatures. • Market leading mortar adhesion. • Tough and durable.

Hyload Original Widths (mm)

100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 337.5,

Thickness (mm)

Length (m)

1.27

360, 450, 600, 900 & 1000

SIG Construction Accessories DPC Quality DPC suitable for use in commercial developments.

SIG Construction Accessories DPC Widths (mm)

100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 337.5,

Thickness (mm)

Length (m)

1.27

360, 450, 600, 900 & 1000

Zedex CPT Zedex CPT High Performance DPC is a new generation of damp proof course. Made from Co-Polymer Thermoplastic (CPT), it possesses the characteristics necessary for it to perform effectively under harsh conditions. Zedex CPT High Performance DPC provides superior strength, adhesion and water impermeability properties. Improved toughness helps to avoid damage during installation and is compatible with other Visqueen products.

Zedex CPT Width (mm)

100 – 1,400

Length (m)

Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg/m2)

0.8

0.75

www.sig-ca.co.uk

277

Xtra-Load Nubit A very tough but pliable DPC, that is capable of being used in complex areas. This product is easily repaired and contains no pitch or plasticisers. It comprises a hessian base saturated and coated in high grade bitumen finished with sand. It is suitable for use as a horizontal DPC, at door and window jambs, over lintels and as a vertical DPC bonded to the outside face of the inside skin to facilitate today’s requirements for flush access.

Brickwork Accessories

Residential Developments For low rise residential buildings we recommend DPC’s which are easy to use, readily available and cost effective.

Hyload Housebuilder This polymeric DPC is suitable for providing damp proofing and cavity trays in all applications, including brick, block, stonework and concrete in both solid and cavity wall constructions. Resistant to compression under the heaviest loadings, Hyload will not extrude. • BBA Certified. • Excellent performance under high compressive loads. • Good flexibility at low temperatures. • Market leading mortar adhesion. • Tough and durable.

Zedex Housing Grade DPC Zedex Housing Grade DPC is the based on the same polymer technology as Zedex CPT High Performance DPC, the new generation material designed to give higher levels of security and integrity.

Zedex Housing Grade DPC Width (mm)

100 – 1,400

Length (m)

Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg/m2)

0.6

278

Brickwork Accessories

Polythene DPC Designed to prevent the passage of moisture in brick and block work from external sources. This is a cost effective and durable domestic DPC for both vertical and horizontal applications. The pronounced emboss improves mortar adhesion.

Polythene DPC Width (mm)

Length (m)

100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 450, 600, 900 Brickwork Accessories

Gas Resistant DPC Visqueen Gas Resistant DPC This is a flexible polyethylene DPC with an internal aluminium foil designed to prevent the moisture transmission of carbon dioxide, radon and methane gases as well as water.

Hyload Gastite DPC Hyload Gastite DPC is a methane and radon resistant membrane that allows you to meet government guidelines for gas protection. With more and more brownfield sites being developed, a DPC that is effective against the disruptive effect of gases through masonry is an essential component of your system. Hyload Gastite DPC is a rubber modified bitumen membrane with a polyester reinforcement and an aluminium foil core. It is sand finished on both surfaces. Hyload Gastite DPC should be used together with self adhesive Gastite DPM or loose laid Gastite LL for total security.

Hyload Gastite DPC Widths (mm)

100 to 900

Length (m)

www.sig-ca.co.uk

279

Colour Match DPC Architects increasingly require a colour matched DPC for a more aesthetically pleasing finish to the building.

Hyload MortarMatch

Eurocourse High Performance DPC Systems Eurocourse High Performance polymeric DPC System includes preformed cloaks, Eurocourse adhesive and mastic, jointing tape, fixing strip, fixing pins, joint supports and insulated DPC. With almost twice the strength of Pitch Polymer DPC’s and with the ability to be stretched by over 500%, Eurocourse high performance DPC’s are able to accommodate building settlement and cracking in walls yet maintain damp proofing integrity.

Eurocourse DPC Type

Widths (mm)

Lengths (m)

Weight (kg/m2) Thickness (mm)

Eurocourse HP Polymeric DPC

100, 150, 225, 300, 450, 600, 900

1.18

1.2

Eurocourse XL Polymeric DPC

100, 150, 225, 300, 450, 600, 900

0.87

0.9

Eurocourse 100, 150, 225, 300, 450, 600, 900 Colourmatch DPC

1.18

1.2

Full range of accessories, including jointing tape, fixing strip, mastic, joint support and pre-formed cloaks available, contact us for details.

Brickwork Accessories

Due to its natural mortar colour, Hyload MortarMatch greatly reduces the visual impact of the black line created where traditional DPC’s protrude from the mortar. • Mortar colour-matched – brown or white. • Greater tensile strength and elongation. • Improved tear strength. • Improved puncture resistance. • Increased flexibility. • BBA Certification. • Specific colours available on orders over 600m.

280

Brickwork Accessories

Insulated DPCs Hyload Insulated DPC (formerly Ruberclose) Insulated DPC is essential in providing damp proofing and meeting building regulations. Hyload Insulated DPC has been developed to minimise cold bridging when closing masonry cavity walls around openings. It is designed to be installed as work proceeds and is resilient enough to accommodate irregularities in cavity closers and normal site handling. Standard sizes suitable for both 100mm and 140mm blockwork.

Hyload Insulated DPC

Brickwork Accessories

Hyload Insulated DPC - bitumen polymer laminated to cross-linked polyethylene foam insulation; • • • • • •

Preformed Cloak Un t

BBA Certification. Flexible DPC superior to polyethylene. Insulation material more robust than polystyrene. Insulation inherently flexible and will not crack when bent. Exceptionally easy to handle. Special sizes available.

Hyload Ruberclose Insulated DPC Widths (mm)

Length (m)

165, 180, 225

Damcor Damcor is designed to prevent the problem of cold bridging around window and door openings in traditional cavity constructions. At these points in the structure, condensation, with possible consequential staining and mould growth, can occur at the reveals due to the lack of insulation where the cavity is closed.

Damcor Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

Rolls/Pack

165

225

Stonecor Stonecor is a non-combustible insulation made from Super Flexible Lava Stone Wool Isulation bonded to DPC which achieves a minimum of 30 minutes fire integrity. Stonecor meets todays thermal and acoustic insulation requirements for construction.

Stonecor Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

Rolls/Pack

165

225

Stonecor can be supplied in any width up to 800mm.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

281

Hyload Insulated FR DPC (formerly Ruberclose) A fire retardant insulated DPC, which will minimise cold bridging when closing masonry cavity walls around openings, whilst meeting current and proposed fire regulations in England, Scotland and Wales. In addition Insulated FR also meets the requirements of Part L (England and Wales), and J (Scotland).

Dacablock Fire Rated Insulated DPC DPC with Mineral Wool Insulation. Fire rated with 60 minute Fire Integrity. For use with traditional block return construction. Warrington Fire Research – 60 Minutes fire integrity. BBA approved, certificate no. 98/3474.

Brickwork Accessories

• • • • •

DPC Accessories Hyload DPC Joint Support System Designed to enable contractors to make effective waterproofed joints between DPC’s, cavity trays and pre-formed cloak units. The system works by providing rigid support across the cavity allowing pressure to be applied to effect a waterproof joint. The system consists of a 350 x 200mm reinforced support of twin walled polypropylene with a 100mm self adhesive strip protected by silicone release paper on the upper surface. Joints are sealed by a 100mm wide self adhesive tape protected on both sides by silicone release paper. • • • •

DPC joint fully supported. Product enables designer and installer to comply with current best practice. Provides a watertight joint. Improves installation procedures helping to reduce overall cost.

Step by step application of Hyload DPC Joint Support System: 1.

282

Brickwork Accessories

Hyload DPC Fixing Strip The Fixing Strip is a semi-rigid plastic strip 25mm x 3mm x 2m pre-drilled at 150mm centres. It is used where surface fixing any Ruberoid high performance DPC to the inner leaf.

Hyload DPC Fixing Pins

Brickwork Accessories

Used with Hyload DPC Fixing Strip, Fixing Pins for Masonry can be used for surface fixing to solid internal substrates such as blockwork, stone and concrete. Composite inner skins require Hyload DPC Fixing Pins for Insulation to ensure correct fixing. Hyload DPC Fixing Pins are: • Corrosion resistant. • Quick and easy to install. • Complements Hyload DPC Fixing Strip.

Hyload DPC Lap Adhesive A synthetic rubber/resin mixture supplied in 500ml cans. It is suitable for bonding DPC to DPC, and DPC to pre-formed cloak units. Before use, ensure that surfaces to be bonded are clean and dry. Apply Hyload DPC Lap Adhesive to both surfaces and allow to dry. Bring surfaces together and apply firm pressure to create a permanent bond. One 500ml can give coverage of approx. 3m2 (1.5m2 of bonded area).

Hyload DPC Jointing Tape A double sided self adhesive bituminous tape, 10m x 100mm, for bonding DPC to DPC, and DPC to pre-formed cloak units. Before use, ensure that surfaces to be bonded are clean and dry. Removal of release films reveals self adhesive surfaces. Apply firm pressure to create a permanent bond.

Hyload DPC Mastic A thick synthetic rubber mastic adhesive with gap filling properties up to 6mm suitable for bonding Hyload DPCs and pre-formed cloak units to a wide range of common building materials. No primer is required. Hyload DPC Mastic is applied to one surface only. Apply firm pressure to create a permanent bond. For vertical DPC applications, the Hyload DPC Fixing Strip and Pins must be used. Available in 400ml cartridge, 2.5litre tin. Typical coverage on smooth surfaces 1.2 to 2m2 per litre.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

283

Zedex CPT Jointing Tape All joints in lengths of DPC must be a minimum of 100mm, lapped and bonded using Zedex Jointing Tape.

Zedex CPT Fixing Strip and Pins When surface fixing or post fixing to the cavity face of the inner leaf, a fixing strip should be used. The surface should first be primed, the DPC then bonded to the inner leaf using Zedex Jointing Tape and then secured using Zedex Fixing Strip and Pins at 150mm intervals.

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units There are 10 standard pre-formed DPC cloak units to simplify the damp-proofing of awkward junctions and to eliminate leakage paths. Certain design details are difficult to damp-proof efficiently by site forming of strip materials. Pre-formed cloak units are available to overcome complex shapes and changes in direction, saving potential problems and costly remedial works on site.

Built-In Cloaks The built-in cloak units are designed to accommodate 50, 75 or 100 mm cavity widths and a 150 or 225 mm rise in the cavity tray.

Surface-Fix Cloaks The standard surface fixed cloak units are designed for 50, 75 or 100mm cavity widths and for a 150 mm rise in the cavity tray.

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 1 Change of Level Unit (brick/block) Reversible Product Code

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

Step On Face

303005

150/50

303007

150/75

303009

150/50

225

303011

150/75

225

303013

225/50

303015

225/75

303017

225/50

225

303019

225/75

225

Brickwork Accessories

Cloak Units

284

Brickwork Accessories Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 2 Change of Level Unit (brick/block) Reversible Product Code

Brickwork Accessories

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

Step On Face

303025 RH

150/50

303027 LH

150/50

303029 RH

150/75

303031 LH

150/75

303032 RH

150/100

303032 LH

150/100

303033 RH

150/50

225

303035 LH

150/50

225

303037 RH

150/75

225

303039 LH

150/75

225

303040 RH

150/100

225

303040 LH

150/100

225

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 3 and Type 4 Stop End (brick/block or surface fixed) Product Code

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

303045 RH

150/50

303045 LH

150/50

303047 RH

150/75

303047 LH

150/75

303048 RH

150/100

303048 LH

150/100

303049 RH

225/50

303049 LH

225/50

303051 RH

225/75

303051 LH

225/75

303052 RH

225/100

303052 LH

225/100

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 5 Internal Corner (surface fixed) Product Code

303057

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

150/50

303059

150/75

303060

150/100

www.sig-ca.co.uk

285

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 6 External Corner (surface fixed) Product Code

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

303065

150/50

303067

150/75

303068

150/100

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 7 Internal/External Corner (brick/block) Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

303073

150/50

303075

150/75

303076

150/100

303077

225/50

303079

225/75

303080

225/100

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 8 Internal Corner Reversible Product Code

303083

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 8S Angled Stop End (right or left hand) Product Code

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

303089 RH

303089 LH

303091 RH

303091 LH

303092 RH

100

303092 LH

100

Brickwork Accessories

Product Code

286

Brickwork Accessories Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 9 External Corner Product Code

303097

Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 10 Column Stop End (brick/block or surface fixed) Product Code

Cavity Rise/Width (mm)

Brickwork Accessories

303106 RH

150/50

303106 LH

150/50

303108 RH

150/75

303108 LH

150/75

303109 RH

150/100

303109 LH

150/100

303112 RH

225/50

303112 LH

225/50

303114 RH

225/75

303114 LH

225/75

303115 RH

225/100

303115 LH

225/100

Special Applications Coping Stones Copeclose This DPC offers excellent performance in areas of tensile, elongation and tear strength. Permabit provides horizontal, vertical or stepped DPC’s including cavity trays in either solid or cavity walls of brick, block, stone or concrete. It is manufactured from a mixture of synthetic polymers, synethetic fibres and other additives. • Excellent mortar adhesion. • Over 20 years proven use. • Excellent performance under high compressive loads. • Tough and durable with excellent flexibility. • BBA Certification.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

287

Abutment Trays Abutment trays are used to damp proof and flash where sloping roofs abut cavity walls. It is imperative that every stepped and staggered gable abutment is constructed to prevent rainwater and dampness from penetrating below the abutting roofline. The tray is available in both undressed and lead dressed form. The tray in the dressed form combines the functions of cavity DPC and roof lead flashing. These are manufactured with two choices of lead flashing lengths.

Short Lead Flashings Suitable to dress over the upstand of a secret gutter or soaker.

Long Lead Flashings Suitable to be dressed across the roof tile. In these circumstances, roof tiles must be suitably â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;shapedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; ie: not flat. At a later date when the roof surface is complete, the plumber has only to dress the flashings. Installation Tray installation is very straightforward and in a typical brickwork application the bricklayer lays one tray in every course, following the slope of the roof. All trays and the projecting lead flashing are flush-pointed as the masonry is raised. Thus the usual requirement to rake out joints and return to point-in flashings at a later date is eliminated. Tray Types There are 4 main types of abutment trays:

Ridge tray This unit straddles the ridge. It has open ends and thus allows water to discharge to the left or right.

Intermediate tray Tray is supplied handed and built-in each course up the rake of the roof. Each tray has an end upstand, thus water can only discharge via the open end into the tray below.

Brickwork Accessories

Leaded Cavity Trays

288

Brickwork Accessories Catchment tray This is similar to an intermediate tray, but it has upstands to both ends. Its function is to receive water from the intermediate trays above and to discharge this water through a weep vent.

Internal/External angles An angle tray is used instead of a catchment tray if the abutment ends or returns on a corner. An angle may also provide a link with horizontal trays.

Bricklayer Accessories Min/Max Thermometers Brickwork Accessories

Quick set press button. Moulded in cream case with white scale. No magnet needed to reset.

Tell Tale An enhanced Tell-Tale crack monitoring gauge that monitors horizontal and vertical movement across a crack on a flat surface to an accuracy of +/-1.0mm and by interpolation to +/-0.5mm.

Builder Bucket Plastic bucket with easy pouring lip and comfortable grip handle.

Drill bits In addition to power tools, we can supply a massive range of drill bits and power tool accessories in various sizes and to different specifications.

Brick Cleaner Removes heavy deposits of rust, scale, cement, concrete and mineral deposits from most hard surfaces. Contains Hydrochloric acid and can be used neat up to 1:20 dilution depending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.

Jizer Water rinsable degreaser solvent action removes oil, grease, tar, bitumen and waxes used neat. Available in 5 and 25 litres.

Insulation & Ventilation

A full range of fire protection, thermal insulation and ventilation products is available. Products from all leading manufacturers can be supplied, including accessories for unusual details and bespoke manufactured items.

PRODUCTS

290

Cavity Trays Cavity Closers

293

Cavity Wall Insulation

293

Fire Protection

295

Acoustic Protection

296

Underfloor Ventilation

298

Weep Vents

299

Soffit Vent Mesh

301

Insulation &Ventilation

Thermabate Cavity Closers

PAGE

290

Insulation & Ventilation

Thermabate Cavity Closers Thermabate Cavity Closers Thermabate provides a simple and efficient method of closing cavities, preventing condensation, pattern staining and mould growth frequently associated with traditional methods of closing cavities. The need for cut bricks or blocks to close the cavity is eliminated. Continuous Insulation Maintains a continuous insulated cavity closer around window and door openings. Insulation & Ventilation

Simplified Construction Avoids the need for cut bricks, blocks or special reveal blocks. Reduced Heat Loss Avoids thermal bridging

Approved Performance Thermabate can be used to comply with both Approved Documents L1 and L2 (2002) and the Technical Standards (Scotland) 6th Amendment 2001. BBA AgrĂŠment Certificate No. 91/2648 approved since 1984. Fire Tested to British Standard 476: part 20: 1987

Weather Resistant Forms an integral DPC.

plaster keys ribbed flange

Controlled Hygrothermal Behaviour Prevents condensation, pattern staining and mould growth. insulating core

Flexible Use Can either be built in with frames or used to pre-form openings when frames are fitted later.

tees prevent water tracking

keys for mortar bed joints

Simplicity One basic section satisfies all requirements.

prepared holes for ease of fixing

Easy Use Easily cut to size and built in, saving time compared with traditional methods.

Thermabate Cavity Closers Type

100

Colour

Cavity (mm)

Standard Length (m)

Thermabate 50

Brown

50 - 60

Thermabate 65

Black

65 - 74

Thermabate 75

White

75 - 84

Thermabate 85

Yellow

85 - 94

Thermabate 90

Orange

90 - 99

Thermabate 100

Green

100 - 110

www.sig-ca.co.uk

291

Thermabate Accessories Standard Flange Clip Use as a weathercheck, for fixing closer profiles to window frame and for retaining partial fill insulation batts in the cavity.

Reveal Clip Aids the construction of check reveals and gives added protection to the frame.

Clips over the Thermabate to extend the width of the fixing flange. It enables positive fixing of frame over suspect masonry.

Jointing Clip Connects two Thermabate sections for use in cavities greater than 110mm wide.

Profile Bracket Enables Thermabate rigid box sections to be formed into a profile. This is built in as the work proceeds and creates a pre-formed opening into which window frames can be fitted later. The brackets are supplied in sets of four.

Wall Tie Fixing An optional fixing particularly useful for wider cavities and/or using Thermabate to form openings. The different angled ends slot securely between the tee flanges at the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;backâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; of the Thermabate section and keys fully into the mortar bed joint of either masonry skin. The fixings are supplied in packs of 150.

Thermabate Curved Sections Thermabate can be factory formed to any specified radius for unusual features.

Insulation & Ventilation

Flange Extension Clip

292

Insulation & Ventilation

Speedline Cavity Closer XPS A UPVC cavity closer with an insulated XPS core suitable for 50mm to 250mm cavity widths. • • • • •

Economical Complies with Part L Building Regulations Insulated XPS core Can be used as a former to openings Ideal for retrofit cavities

Cavity Closer XPS Insulation & Ventilation

Thickness (mm)

Length (mm)

Cavity Width (mm)

2400

50mm (single extrusion only)

2400

65mm (single extrusion only)

2400

75mm

2400

85mm

2400

90mm

2400

95mm

2400

100mm

2400

125mm

Speedline Cavity Closer FR A UPVC cavity closer with rock mineral wool insulation offering 60 minute fire integrity for 50mm up to 100mm cavity widths. • • • •

60 minute fire integrity Economical Complies with Part L Building Regulations Accepts all window and door frame material

Speedline Cavity Closer FR Plus A UPVC cavity closer with rock mineral wool insulation with a class ‘O’ foil covering. Speedline FR Plus offers 60 minute fire integrity available to suit 100mm to 170mm cavity widths. • • • •

60 minute fire integrity Class ‘O’ foil covering Complies with Part L Building Regulations Accepts all window and door frame material

www.sig-ca.co.uk

293

Cavity Trays Cavity Closers Cavi60 WCA The Cavi60 prefix identifies this cavicloser as having 60 minutes fire integrity rating. The Cavi60 Type WCA (Wide Cavity Applications) is a robust closer specifically designed to close wider cavities; 60 minutes fire integrity rated stops. Acts as a DPC. Accompanying stainless steel anchoring ties. For cavity widths 100mm up to 150mm. Micro Fins.

Sizes: 70mm x cavity width required within range. Available in lengths of 2.1m and 3.0m. Lengths of 3.6 metres available to special order.

Cavi90 The Cavi90 prefix identifies this Type H cavicloser as having 90 minutes fire integrity rating; • • • • •

90 minutes fire integrity rating. Closes and insulates reveals. Suitable in cavities of 50mm and 75mm wide. Acts as a DPC. Integral Fins.

Sizes: Face closer 125mm overall. Attach faceplate to alternative side to change cavity width option. Available in lengths of 2.1m and 3.0m.

Cavity Wall Insulation A range of insulation products are available including partial fill and full fill boards in sizes to suit all cavity widths.

Partial-Fill Cavity Wall • Used where small residual cavity is needed to avoid risk of rain penetration. • Residual cavity must be an absolute minimum of 25mm. • Suitable for all insulants. • Thinner, foil faced insulation boards reduce heat radiance across the cavity and reach required U-Value. • Any problems associated with complete cavity fill can be avoided.

Insulation & Ventilation

• • • • •

294

Insulation & Ventilation

Full-Fill Cavity Wall • No need for residual cavity. • Suitable for mineral wool and some expanded polystyrene insulants. • Insulation thickness must be at least 50mm. • Wall tie or suitable fixing is essential. Foil faced insulants are not suitable for this application. Insulation & Ventilation

Wall Insulation Type

Full Fill Cavity Wall

Partial Fill Cavity Wall

Kingspan Thermawall TW50 zero ODP

Yes

Kingspan KoolTherm K8 Cavity Board

Yes

Crown DriTherm Cavity Slab

Yes

Celotex tuff-R CW3000

Yes

Dow Wallmate CW-X

Yes

Jabfill

Yes

Rockwool Cavity Wall Batt

Yes

Rockwool High Performance Partial Fill Cavity Slab

Yes

Springvale Fulfill

Yes

Springvale Platinum Wallshield

Yes

Xtratherm Thin-R

Yes

Insulation Fixings DHK insulation products Impact-resistant plastic insulation fixing. When driven in, the fixing grips the wall of the hole by means of its rough profile. Sizes: 40, 60, 80, 100 120, 140 usable length (mm).

www.sig-ca.co.uk

295

Fire Protection Masonry Cavity Stop Sock Designed to offer 60 minutes fire resistance between the outer brickwork and inner blockwork of masonry wall constructions. It can also be used for the control of sound flanking transmission at wall junctions.

Insulation & Ventilation

The polythene enclosed non combustible rockfibre barrier is manufactured in bespoke sizes to compress in the cavity by 15mm. It is friction fitted as the brickwork is built up. Masonry Cavity Stop Sock meets the requirements of 2006 Approved Document B (Fire Safety) and 2003 Approved Document E (Sound Resistance) and Robust Details Part E. Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm.

Timber Frame Cavity Barrier Designed to offer 60 minutes fire resistance between the outer brickwork and inner timber sheathing of timber frame constructions. It can also be used for the control of sound flanking transmission at wall junctions. The polythene enclosed non combustible rockfibre barrier is manufactured in bespoke sizes to compress in the cavity by 15mm. It is stapled to the inner timber sheathing before the brickwork is built up. Timber Frame Cavity Barrier meets the requirements of 2006 Approved Document B (Fire Safety) and 2003 Approved Document E (Sound Resistance) and Robust Details Part E. Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm.

Mayplas Masonry and Timber Cavity Barriers Product Size (mm)

To Suit Cavity Size

Quantity per Pack

Linear Metres per Pack

65 x 65 x 1200

75 x 90 x 1200

85 x 120 x 1200

90 x 120 x 100

100 x 120 x 1200

105 x 120 x 1200

115 x 120 x 1200

100

15 or 20

18 or 24

296

Insulation & Ventilation

Firestop Strip Rectangular strips of non combustible rockfibre to provide up to four hours firestopping at the junctions of compartment walls and floors. Available in compressible and non compressible types depending on the construction and fire resistance required (fire tested to BS 476:Part 20:1987). Firestop Strips are manufactured to order for voids of 10mm-100mm and the maximum void size that can be filled is 50% of the wall width.

Insulation & Ventilation

When ordering Firestop Strips the following information is required:• wall width. • actual void size. • total linear metres.

Acoustic Protection Regupol Acoustic Isolating Strip Designed to sit beneath all types of partition walls and are a very simple and effective way to reduce structure borne noise. There are a number of different Regupol materials that can be installed as isolating strips, each one tailored to withstand a specific weight per linear metre and catering for metal, timber and blockwork partition walls. All are supplied as 6mm thick and in a variety of widths - 43mm, 100mm, 120mm, 200mm, 1000mm.

Regupol Impact Isolation Materials Regupol Range of Impact Isolation materials for both underscreed and under final floor finish applications, the range of materials comes in a range of roll sizes and thicknesses.

Soundlay SoundLay is an easy to lay treatment for concrete and timber floors that improves impact isolation and also gives some airborne improvement. Supplied in ready to lay sheets size 1.2m x 1m x 9mm thickness. Suitable for new build, renovation, hotels etc.

Soundlay Plus SoundLay Plus is a easy to lay treatment for timber floors that improves impact isolation and also gives a good level of airborne improvement. Supplied in ready to lay sheets size 1.2m x 1m x 12mm thickness. Suitable for new build, renovation, hotels etc

www.sig-ca.co.uk

297

SuperPhon SuperPhon acoustic wall panels are sound absorbing panels that are used to reduce echo/reverberation in commercial buildings, schools and colleges. A full range of sizes is available up to a maximum single panel size of 3m x 1.2m, available in two thicknesses of 25 and 50mm.

Superlag QuietSlab Laminate

Superlag Duct Lagging SuperLag range duct lagging materials, including SuperLag Prime and Original, versatile single layer treatments that considerably reduce the breakout of sound from HVAC ductwork. Supplied in sheets 2m x 1.2m in various thicknesses between 12mm to 50mm.

WB Sound Barrier Material WB Sound Barrier Material, is used to improve the airborne sound reduction in partitions being particularly effective between two layers of plasterboard, also in floors and ceilings to reduce the passage of sound. Supplied in flexible sheets 2m x 1.2m in thicknesses of 2mm (5kg/m2), 3.7mm (7.5kg/m2) and 5mm (10kg/m2).

IsoMax Resilient Clip & Channel System IsoMax resilient clip and channel system, used to give a considerable reduction in the passage of sound for walls, partitions and ceilings, outperforms standard resilient bar systems by up to 7dB. Available individually or in boxes of 250 for the clips, the channel is available in 3.6m lengths.

Acoustic Flanking Strip A 10mm thick cross-linked, closed cell polyolefin foam strip which is designed to reduce the transmission of flanking sound around the perimeter of acoustically isolated floor systems. It is pre-scored on one side for ease of application, comes in a variety of widths and is available with or without self-adhesive backing. Custom sizes are available to special order.

Acoustic Flanking Strip Width (mm)

Score position (mm)*

100

*From one edge

Insulation & Ventilation

SuperLag QuietSlab Laminate range is a versatile combination of QuietSlab mineral fibre and a heavy acoustic mass layer to reduce the transmission of sound through partitions and ductwork also can be utilised for the treatment of large fans and equipment. Supplied in slabs 1.2m x 0.6m in various thicknesses between 50mm to 200mm.

298

Insulation & Ventilation

Acoustic Cavity Closer Helps reduce sound flanking transmission at the junction of internal separating and external cavity walls and is protected by its integral dpc.

Insulation & Ventilation

The product consists of tissue faced rockfibre slab laminated to black polyethylene dpc. The dpc forms a 40mm flange on each side of the insulation and a 100mm flange at the bottom edge. Acoustic Cavity Closer provides 60 minutes fire resistance to BS 476:Part 20:1987 and meets the requirements of 2003 Approved Document E (Sound Resistance) and Robust Details Part E. Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm Product Size: 260mm wide (insulation) x external cavity size x 1200mm.

Underfloor Ventilation Rectangular Cavity Liners AIR920 RVH93 Robust rigid 280mm (11”) long liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9”x 3” airbrick for through wall ventilation in both above and below ground applications. BT2 KVH1213 Larger than size 9” x 3” x 280mm (11”) long liner, which uses the total opening area available when the mortar around the brick is stitch drilled. Allowing maximum free area through a 9” x 3” nominal opening, in some cases as much as some 9” x 6” through wall products allow. AIR9202 Brick Robust rigid 240mm (9.5”) long liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9”x 6” airbrick for through wall ventilation. KVH20 Push fit extension duct – Push fit 9” x 6” x 240mm (9.5”) long extension for wider cavities. KVH16 AIR9202 Telescopic 9” x 6” liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9” x 6” airbrick. Giving greater flexibility for through wall ventilation. AIR9203 RVH99 Robust rigid 280mm (11”) liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9”x 9” airbrick for through wall ventilation.

299

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Rectangular Cavity Liners Type

Size (mm)

Pack Qty

Colour

Product Code

AIR920 RVH93

218 x 70 x 280

Black

KVH21

BT2 KVH1213

235 x 90 x 280

Black

B101X

AIR9202 Brick

220 x 145 x 240

Black

KVH20

220 x 145 x 240

Black

KVH20-EX

KVH16 AIR9202

220 x 145 x 240-330 telescopic

Black

KVH19/20

AIR9203 RVH99

218 x 212 x 280

Black

KVH22 Insulation & Ventilation

Interlocking Airbricks While exceeding current BS standards our interlocking airbrick has been designed for a wide range of ventilation applications. 20mm deep louvers set at 43° act as excellent barriers against driving rain, a two step integral water barrier has also been incorporated for added peace of mind. All airbricks are supplied with mortar key and keyed surface permitting painting, if required.

Easyfit vents 60 strength bar

•

68 x 213 20mm deep by 43 o louvres

•

9” x 6” option

•

9” x 9” option

weep outlet water barriers

Interlocking Airbricks Type9

AIR920

Size Free Area (”) (cm2)

9x3

Rated Input (kW)

Pack Qty

Colour

22 9

Terracotta, Brown, Black, Buff, Light Grey

AIR9202 9 x 6 156

Terracotta, Brown, Black, Buff, Light Grey

AIR9203 9 x 9 234

Terracotta, Brown, Black, Buff, Light Grey

Weep Vents Dual Weep

Dual purpose. Concealed/exposed weep. Designed to meet NHBC guidance note. Weep holes are recommended every 450mm maximum with at least 2 per opening above windows and doors.

Concealed option

Dual Weep Type

AIR950

Exposed option

Size (mm)

Free Area (cm2) Pack Qty

10 x 65 100

Colour

White, Terracotta, Brown, Black, Buff, Grey, Clear

300

Insulation & Ventilation

Underfloor Liners 110 x 222 A R960 complete 50

74 x 221

AIR960 Black Polypropylene Telescopic underfloor ventilator for use with our AIR920 airbricks or standard clay, to provide under floor ventilation. Telescopic adjustment permits vertical span of 3-5 brick courses. To prevent stagnant pockets of air we recommend spacing at 2m centres.

50 x 215 160

AIR960-920 As above complete with brick as set. Brick colours as per airbrick information.

Insulation & Ventilation

AIR9612 Fits Airflow’s telescopic underfloor ventilator AIR960. The simple push fit connection allows for further adjustment up to 7 courses.

AIR9612 220

AIR961 Fits Airflow’s telescopic underfloor ventilator AIR960. The simple push fit connection allows for further adjustment up to 9 courses and can be cut to size if required on site. AIR1203 Simple push fit connection into the top horizontal section of the AIR960 underfloor vent. Allows the push fit of airbrick AIR920 extending span by 115mm ensuring continuous uninterrupted duct. AIR1206 Simple push fit connection into the rear horizontal section of the AIR960 underfloor vent, extending span by 100mm ensuring continuous uninterrupted duct. AIR1205 Rectangular to 4”Ø adaptor to push fit onto the rear horizontal section of the AIR960 underfloor vent to enable 4”Ø pipe connection to ensure route passage of air to remote voids.

AIR961 400

115

AIR1203

100

AIR1206

AIR1205

52 x 217

4 Ø

www.sig-ca.co.uk

301

Underfloor Liners Type

AIR960/AIR960-920

Free Area (cm2)

Size

78* 3-5 Vertical brick courses

Description

Pack Qty

Underfloor ventilation

5-7 Vertical brick courses

Short vertical extension to AIR960

AIR961

5-9 Vertical brick courses

Long vertical extension to AIR960

AIR1203

68 x 212 x 115mm long

Horizontal front extension to AIR960

50 x 215 x 100mm

Horizontal rear long

68 x 215mm to connect to 4”Ø pipe

4” Ø adaptor for AIR960

AIR1206 extension to AIR960 AIR1205

* depending on brick used Also available:

Soffit Vent Mesh The provision of eaves vents to limit condensation risk is a requirement of the Building Regulations. Expamet expanded stainless steel is used over the vents to exclude birds and insects. This mesh is an economical material for the purpose. It is readily adaptable to various eaves details, is light in weight and easy to handle on site. Coils of mesh in convenient dispensers make site work easier and avoid wastage. Design Features Manufactured from stainless steel to BS EN 10088-1 : 2005 : 1.4404. Approx. weight 0.370kg/m2. (Ref: SVM1 30m x 75mm).

Insulation & Ventilation

AIR9612

302

Insulation & Ventilation

Notes / Calculations

Insulation & Ventilation

External Render

Dry Dashing Aggregates These are materials specially produced for pebble dashing and external wall finishes which are used to protect the external brickwork of buildings mainly in areas exposed to severe weather conditions. However over the years these products have been developed and are now chosen for their visual appearance, as well as their proven performance in the protection of the building. We have a vast and varied selection of products in stock and can offer help, technical knowledge and advice in the selection of the products best suited to your needs. Associated Render Products We also stock a full range of associated render products which include: • Stop Beads • Expansion Beads • Bellcast Beads • Corner Beads The above are stocked in galvanized and white powder coated ranges in various sizes. Also available: • Galvanised Lath • Stainless Steel Ferritic Lath • Mesh Cloth • Lightweight Adhesive Coat • Interface Breather Membrane

PRODUCTS

PAGE

Aggregates

304

Renders

306

Coatings

307

Ancillaries

310

Mortars

310

External Render

External Render Products We offer: • Traditional Undercoat & Traditional Topcoat (coloured) render products used with dry dashing aggregates. • Polymer Undercoat & Polymer Topcoat (coloured) render products used with dry dashing aggregates. • Overcoat systems (coloured) used with dry dashing aggregates where you need to coat over an existing render. • One Coat Renders: premium render suitable for hand and machine application. • Textured Synthetic Finishes which are composed of acrylic & silicone based composite decorative finishes, polymer based decorative coatings with fine aggregate finish and silicone enhanced resin based finishes. • Insulated Systems are the new generation of external wall insulation systems.

304

External Render

Aggregates Brett Specialised Aggregates

Black & White

Black

Brightstone Cream

Buff Quartz

Derbyshire

Canterbury Spar

Green Spar

Harvest

Natural Rounded

Pea Gravel

Permgold

Permwhite

Polar Champagne

Red & White

Red Spar

Westbere

White Spar

Yellow & White

Yellow Spar

External Render

Beige Marble

www.sig-ca.co.uk

305

Derbyshire Aggregates

Sunflower

Snowdrop

Calcined Flint

Harvest

Beige Marble

Derbyshire Spar

Buff Quartz

Yellow Spar

Carrera

Red & White Spar

Polar White Spar

Barleycorn

Ashton Cream

Black & White Spar

Black & White Flint

Red & White Flint

Shell

Monarch

Staffordshire Pink

Nevada

White & Blue Glass

Green & White Spar

Nordic Spar

Cameo

Champagne

Round Gravel

Regent

Multi Spar

Arcane

External Render

Classic Spar

306

External Render

Omya Aggregates Glenarm White This is a roughcast chip which is available in 6mm & 10mm size.

Eglinton Granulars (WLG) White Lining Granules which are used for lining red ash pitches or running tracks.

Glenarm White

Eglinton GW5 White lining which is mixed with water to line grass pitches.

Eglinton GG1 White lining which is a dry mix powder used to line grass pitches. External Render

Eglinton Granulars (WLG)

Eglinton GW5

Eglinton GG1

Renders weber.pral M A one-coat, ready-mixed, cementitious, weather resistant, external decorative, through-coloured render, suitable for most types of brick or blockwork. • • • •

One coat for fast application and short programme periods. Through coloured for low maintenance – decoration not required. Formulated to be spray applied by render pump for faster application. weber.pral M offers a variety of ways to achieve distinct architectural features. • Available in a range of 12 standard and 24 special colours. • BBA approved certificate no.05/4268.

weber.pral M Type

weber.pral M

Size (kg)

Coverage

25kg/m2 @ 15mm thickness

www.sig-ca.co.uk

307

weber.rend OCR weber.rend OCR is a range of proprietary renders based on Portland cement, lime and sand. They are supplied as pre-blended dry powders, which require only the addition of clean water to provide a comprehensive range of renders. Provides an excellent background for all Weber finishes, masonry paints and many other types of surface coatings. Can be applied to most suitably prepared substrates, including: • brickwor. • blockwork. • concrete.

Alpine finish is a white cement based mix containing aggregates that provides a decorative travertine finish. Uses: • Enhances the protection of a traditional rendering system. • Suitable for external or internal use. • Ideal for application onto primed weber.rend OCR or other cement based render.

Cullamix tyrolean Cullamix tyrolean is a white or coloured cement based mix, which provides a decorative and protective rendering. It is applied by hand or power operated machines and provides an open honeycomb textured (Tyrolean) finish. Uses: • Suitable for internal or external use. • Suitable for most environments – coastal, town suburban and rural.

Coatings weber.plast TF / DF weber.plast TF and weber.plast DF are acrylic based, composite, decorative finishes, pre-mixed and ready to apply in wet form. Decorative, textured finish to a prepared surface. weber.plast TF has an even textured finish (1.5mm and 3mm aggregate content). weber.plast DF has a drag texture finish – horizontal, vertical or swirled effect (1mm and 3mm aggregate content).

weber.plast Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

weber.plast TF150 (1.5mm)

2.8

weber.plast TF300 (3mm)

weber.plast DF100 (1mm)

1.5

weber.plast DF300 (3mm)

3.8

External Render

Alpine – White travertine finish

308

External Render Ancillaries weber PR310 Prime the prepared surface using weber PR310 applied by brush or spray. See Ancillaries table.

weber.plast P weber.plast P is an acrylic based, silicone-enhanced, breathable and protective coating, for masonry and rendered surfaces.

weber.plast P Type

External Render

weber.plast P

Size (litre)

Coverage (litre/m2)

0.27

Ancillaries weber PR310 Prime old or porous surfaces using weber PR310.

weber CL150 Existing walls, with traces of lichen, moss or fungal growth, should be treated with weber CL150 fungicidal wash.

Ancillaries Type

Size (litre)

Coverage (litres/m2)

weber PR310

0.25

weber CL150

5, 25

N/A

weber.sil TF weber.sil TF is a silicone-based, through-coloured, decorative finish, for use as a decorative, highly weather resistant, vapour permeable surface. weber.sil TF is available in a wide range of colours.

weber.sil TF Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

weber.sil TF150 (1.5mm)

20 2.9

weber.sil TF300 (3mm)

20 4.8

Type

Ancillaries weber PR310 Prime the prepared surface using tinted weber PR310 applied by brush or spray.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

309

santane EFL+TL The santane range of coatings are elastomeric, polymer-based materials for the decoration of new and existing facades. The products form the basis of six refurbishment systems for the decoration and repair of existing facades. santane EFL and TL are available in a range of 20 colours.

santane EFL+TL Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (m2 in 2 coats)

santane EFL+TL (Smooth)

santane 1TF (Textured)

weber.tene SG is a polymer-based decorative coating with a fine aggregate finish and available in a range of 12 colours.

weber.tene SG Type

weber.tene SG

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

5.5 - 6.5 @ 3mm nominal thickness

weber.sil P weber.sil P is a silicone resin emulsion paint. weber.sil P is available in a range of colours to match weber mineral renders.

weber.sil Type

Size (litre)

Coverage (kg/m2/coat)

0.25 - 0.5

weber.sil P

flexirend highbuild A decorative and protective resin based surface coating for application to exterior and interior surfaces. It is a high quality, weather resistant finish, which may be textured to a variety of designs. It is available in a range of colours and provides a superior quality appearance to cement rendering, concrete and many other backing materials.

flexirend highbuild Type

flexirend highbuild

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

1.7

External Render

weber.tene SG

310

External Render

Ancillaries weber.rend aid Used to achieve a good key for rendering onto smooth or otherwise unsuitable but sound surfaces. Ideal as a pre-treatment for renderings required to resist severe exposure conditions. Suitable substrates include dense concrete, brick & block work, masonry and clean sound well adhered existing render (<19mm).

weber.rend aid Type

weber.rend aid

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2/mm)

1.4

External Render

Beads A selection of beads, angles and meshes for use with renders are available.

Mortars weber.rend mortars weber.rend TUC A factory batched dry powder, cement based mortar used as the first coat in multi-coat systems. Traditional Undercoat.

weber.rend TTC (Traditional Top Coat) A factory batched, dry powder, cement-based mortar and is available in both grey and coloured forms. There is a range of 11 colours available as dashing renders including white. This product forms part of a number of BBA approved insulation systems.

weber.rend PTS A medium-graded, dry powder, cement-based mortar, available in a range of 10 pastel colours.

weber.rend PTC A polymer-modified, dry powder cement-based mortar and is available in both unpigmented and coloured forms. There is a range of 11 colours available as dashing renders including white.

weber.rend RBB / RBF A combination of 2 polymer-modified mortars, used together to create a brick-effect finish, on the weber.therm XM external wall insulation system. weber.rend RBB (base or ‘mortar joint’ render) is available in 9 colours. weber.rend RBF (face or ‘brick’ render) is available in 7 colours.

weber.rend mortars Type

Size (kg)

Coverage (kg/m2)

weber.rend TTC

10 @ 6mm nominal thickness

weber.rend PTS

16 @ 6mm nominal thickness

weber.rend PTC

10 @ 6mm nominal thickness

weber.rend RBB (Base)

8.5

weber.rend RBF (Face)

5.5

Protection Materials

SIG Construction Accessories offers you a full range of ground and site protection materials, including specialist protection for carpets, windows and sanitary ware. PRODUCTS

PAGE

312

Protective Blankets

313

Protection Board

315

Specialist Protection

316

Cill Protection

318

Protection Tapes

319

Accessories

320

Road and Walkways

322

Protection Materials

Polythene

312

Protection Materials

Polythene On the roll polythene is the ideal general protection product. All our rolls of polythene are centre folded, for example a four metre wide sheet of plastic would be folded onto a one metre roll for ease of storage and transportation.

Protection Materials

Polythene Rolls Type

Polythene Polythene Polythene

Weight (g)

1000 1200 2000

TPS Polythene Heavy Duty

Colour

Size (m)

Blue

4 x 25

Black

4 x 25

Blue

4 x 25

Black

4 x 25

Blue

4 x 12.5

Black

4 x 12.5

Black

4 x 25

White

4 x 50

FR Polythene

500

Polythene

500

Clear

4 x 50

Polythene

500

Black

4 x 50

Polythene

1000

Super Clear

4 x 25

0.4 x 300

Pallet Wrap

www.sig-ca.co.uk

313

Temporary Rainwater Downpipe (layflat) Ideal solution to rainwater staining of brickwork, natural stone & render finishes etc, used prior to the installation of rainwater pipes. • Supplied on a roll for diverting rainwater away from brickwork and masonry. • 254mm is generally suitable for all outlets up to 150mm diameter. • Larger diameters available to order. • A range of large diameter hose clips and zip ties for fixing to gutter outlets are available. Description

Width (mm)

Roll Length (m)

156

100 approx

203

100 approx

240

100 approx

300

100 approx

Polythene Jointing Tape Standard jointing tape for polythene. High tack jointing tape for those tricky, dusty sites. This is a polythene coated cloth tape with natural rubber adhesive. Double sided jointing tape in two widths.

Standard Type

Size

Standard

33m x 75mm Roll

High Tack

50m x 75mm Roll

Double Sided

50m x 25mm Roll 10m x 50mm Roll

Protective Blankets Hessian Blankets Hessian protection mats, 55m2/roll. For frost protection and the curing of concrete and brickwork.

Protection Materials

Temporary Rainwater Downpipe

314

Protection Materials

Pallet Wrap/Cling Film 17 micron pallet wrap/cling film uses include the wrapping of bricks, blocks and other building materials on site. • Also suitable as a wrapping protection for steel beams and columns to protect from contamination especially in the winter months. • Each roll is supplied on extended cores without the need for applicators. Roll size

Box Quantity

Protection Materials

250m x 400mm

300m x 400mm

Tarpaulins A range of tarpaulins for temporary and long term protection. Contact us for details.

Negligible water absorption. Excellent thermal insulation. Excellent chemical resistance. Fast laying from the roll.

• Lightweight, easy to handle and cut. • Good mechanical resistance. • Flexible at very low temperatures.

Frost blankets can be directly rolled onto the wet concrete. Wind conditions might necessitate the mats being held in place by suitable loading at the contractor’s discretion. Beware not to walk on the mats during installation and before hardening of the concrete. Supplied in 150mm rolls.

Frost Blankets Size

7.5mm x 2m x 75m +/- 5% tolerance on width and length.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

315

Bubble Wrap Bubblewrap is a general purpose bubble protection providing cover and impact protection for both domestic and commercial uses. • Flame Retardant option available – accredited with the LPCB’s standard LPS 1207. • Ideal for Kitchen and Sanitary ware and covering stainless steel stair parts. • Suitable for use with Easi-peel, easy tear tape on finished surfaces. Type

Size (m)

1.2 x 100

Bubblewrap - HD (30mm bubble)

1.5 x 50

Bubblewrap - FR (10mm bubble)

1.2 x 100

Protection Materials

Bubblewrap - LD (10mm bubble)

Protection Board TwinShield Manufactured from twin wall polypropylene board that is tough, durable, impact and chemical resistant, nontoxic and waterproof. TwinShield does not stain and is suitable for all round protection. • Available in LPS 1207 FLAME RETARDANT because of the increased concern about the role of combustible materials fuelling major fires. • TwinShield meets the very stringent quality control standards of the LPCB. • The LPCB logo and registration number are printed on every sheet of the product. • Simply and quickly cut, curved or creased, lightweight and easy to position. Type

Size (m)

Thickness (mm)

Colour

TwinShield Standard

1.22 x 2.44

Black/Translucent

TwinShield Standard

1.22 x 2.44

3, 4

Translucent

TwinShield Standard

1.22 x 2.44

Black

TwinShield Standard

1 x 2 (door size)

Black

TwinShield FR

1.22 x 2.44

2, 3, 4

Translucent

TwinShield FR

1 x 2 (door size)

Translucent

316

Protection Materials

Specialist Protection Seekure FR Seekure FR is a durable non-slip temporary protection material made from fabric reinforced polythene. It is extremely versatile and suitable for all floor surface finishes, highly slip resistant, waterproof and flame retardant to LPS 1207. It can also be used to erect a temporary screen to conceal construction work from public areas. 2m x 50m Protection Materials

FloorShield Standard Manufactured from recycled paper and formed into a cardboard type material, FloorShield Standard is a very economical and environmentally friendly product. Provides a degree of water and slip resistance, easily cut with a knife and suitable for protecting carpeted areas, vinyl, timber, concrete, raised access, screeded floors, worktops and doors. Ideal for protecting against foot traffic and provides a degree of impact resistance whilst maintaining a clean surface below. Heavy Duty Light Duty

1m x 50m 1m x 100m 1m x 100m

FloorShield Flame Retardant (FR) Currently the only breathable material on the market, manufactured from a spun-bonded Polypropylene material that is fully accredited to LPS 1207 and complies with fire regulations associated with temporary protection materials. Uses include temporary internal protection on building sites, factories, warehousing, showrooms and most domestic situations. Available in 1m x 100m rolls

Preformed Surface Dressing A self adhesive anti-slip membrane on a roll. Ideal for ramps, steps and footbridges. Requires CP Primer to aid with adhesion.

Preformed Surface Dressing Type

Preformed Surface Dressing CP Primer

Size

Coverage (litre/m2)

1m x 5m roll 5 litre

0.2

www.sig-ca.co.uk

317

MegaShield A range of flame retardant protection sheets accredited to LPS 1207. Certified by Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) in compliance with Loss Prevention Standard (LPS 1207). Comprehensive range of grades to suit most applications and surfaces. MegaShield High Performance has improved anti-slip and high impact characteristics over the standard grade.

Type

Size

Area (m2)

Light duty

167m x 1.5m x 65mu

250

Medium duty

134m x 1.5m x 120mu

200

Heavy duty

67m x 1.5m x 175mu

100

High performance

55m x 1.82 x 120mu

100

160m x 0.625m x 120mu

100

T400 Jointing tape

50m x 100mm

N/A

T600 Jointing tape

50m x 50mm

N/A

Medium duty tape

66m x 50mm

N/A

Housing grade

Carpet Protection Film A low tack adhesive, tough polythene film designed to protect carpets without creating a trip hazard. Must be renewed every 4 weeks (not suitable for thick pile carpets). • Simple and fast installation. • Excellent alternative to dust sheets. • Also available in Flame Retardant film. • Dispensers are available for applying carpet protection film to large areas.

Type

Heavy Duty Carpet Film

Size (m)

0.6 x 100 0.9 x 100 1.2 x 100

Flame Retardent Carpet Film

0.6 x 100 1.2 x 100

Protection Materials

MegaShield

318

Protection Materials

Sanitaryware Protection A full range of pre-formed units are available to protect expensive sanitaryware from the rigors of site. Also available in flame retardant LPS 1207.

Cill Protection Protection Materials

TwinShield Cill Protector Purpose made strips of impact resistant plastic, which can be wrapped around and fixed simply to most cills to protect from mortar droppings or damage. Supplied in 3mm x 300mm x 1200mm (25 per pack). Clips available in packs of 100.

Card Edge Protector A rigid 4mm thick fibreboard, which is pre-formed to a right angle to give exceptional strength and unbeatable impact resistance. It is ideal for protecting exposed edges including cills. Lightweight and manageable Rigid Edge Protector can be easily cut to size and is simple and quick to fix. Supplied in 50mm x 50mm x 2m (30 per pack).

Artstone Protection A flexible heavy duty cushioned foam tube which can be clipped directly round many shapes of stone cill, being especially suited to bay or bespoke window types. Supplied in 114mm x 2m lengths (11 per box). Also available in Flame Retardant LPS 1207 for internal use.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

319

Protection Tapes We stock a comprehensive range of fixing tapes to suit all applications whether they are to be used for jointing or sticking to finished surfaces. We can also custom print many types of tapes and can source any variation of adhesive to suit your requirements.

Type

Colour

Size

SIG Construction Accessories Tape

50mm x 66m

Duo Tape

50mm x 33m

Flame Retardant Tape

50mm x 33m

Cloth Tape

Black

50mm x 50m

Cloth Tape

Black

75mm x 50m

Cloth Tape

Black

100mm x 50m

Cloth Tape

White

50mm x 50m

Cloth Tape

White

75mm x 50m

Cloth Tape

White

100mm x 50m

Ultra Low Tack Tape

50mm x 100m

Low Tack Tape

50mm x 33m

Foil Tape

75mm x 50m

Tape Applicator

50/75/100mm

Jointgrip 55 A hot applied anti-skid overbanding joint sealant with toughness and flexibility.

Denso Skid Resistant Over-banding Tape A skid resistant polymer modified bitumen strip for sealing over cracks or failed reinstatement joints on secondary roads available in 10m x 40mm rolls.

Protection Materials

Protection Tapes

320

Protection Materials

Accessories Oxford Avalon Barrier

Protection Materials

Users, Councils and the general public often complain about the foot design of construction barriers. Current designs protrude into the walkway area and increase the risk of trip and fall within the working area. Oxford Plastic Systems have developed a new range of barrier feet which removes these risks. Features/Benefits • Profiled shape reduces the trip hazard from the walkway area. • High Visibility colour option. • Injection moulded foot gives flexibility to the design. • The design of the foot enables the stability of the barrier to be maintained whilst offering a more visible and less obstructed walkway. • Patented linking system prevents unauthorised dismantling. • Stable on uneven ground –over kerbs, up slopes and across rough terrain. • Reflective strip can be fixed to front and back. • Blow moulded 1 piece barrier constructed from tough high density polythene.

Steel Pins Steel setting out pins. Available in three sizes as pencil-pointed and one size as plain-ended.

Steel Pins Size (mm)

R16 x 1000 R20 x 1200 R25 x 600 T8 x 300

Line Marker – Spray Line marker paint in an aerosol spray. Used for site markings. Available in: • Yellow • Blue • Red

Line Marker – Spray Colour

Size (ml)

Box qty

Pack

Yellow

750

Per can

Blue

750

Per can

Red

750

Per can

www.sig-ca.co.uk

321

Yellow Marking Crayons / Draw Rope Yellow wax marking crayons. Draw rope supplied in full rolls only.

Yellow Marking Crayons

Draw Rope

Pack

Length (m)

Box of 12

220

Red and white diagonal warning tape. 70mm wide x 500m rolls. Complete with dispenser box.

Steel Corner Protectors Mild steel corner protectors. 75mm x 75mm, formed to various radii â&#x20AC;&#x201C; lengths as required. Complete with threaded fixing points for cast in applications (bolts available), and countersunk holes for surface fix applications. Galvanised to BS729.

Steel Corner Protectors

Bolt

Type

Pack

Cast-In

Box of 50

Surface Standard Size 75mm x 75mm x 1.20m length, 37.5mm radius. Also available to order in Stainless Steel, Grade 304. Full technical data available on request.

Protection Materials

Hazard Tape

322

Protection Materials

Road and Walkways Ekomove Temporary Road and Walkways

Protection Materials

Made entirely from recycled plastic, Ekomove® products are highly suitable for use as temporary roads on construction sites and for transporting loads over vulnerable ground and benefit from the following features: • Lightweight. • Quick and easy handling. • Easy to clean. • High wear resistance and doesn’t rot. • Suitable for intensive use. • Recyclable. Ekomove® is provided in black with a button structure on one side as standard. On request, the boards can be provided in other colours, with handles, company logo and/or text tape.

Ekomove® Thickness(mm)

15, 18

Length (mm)

Width (mm)

3000, 4000

500, 750, 1000, 1500

Oxford 15/5 Road Plate • Ideal for roadway use. • Tested to a vehicle weight of 44 tonnes. • Compression moulded from glass reinforced polyester. • Each section weighs just 35kg, removing the need for heavy lifting equipment and is compliant with safe working practice. • Comfortable hand grips for easy two man lift. • The sections slot easily and securely together via in-built heavy duty steel linking brackets. • Raised camber design helps to slow traffic and protect the workforce. • Distinctive yellow colouring and retro reflective triangular panels built into the surface give maximum visibility for pedestrian safety. • Residential areas benefit from minimal noise and vibration unlike metal plates. • Stackable solution offers space saving advantages. • In built anti skid surface undamaged by stacking. • Personalisation service available upon request. • Available in 1.5 x 0.5m sections. • Single wheel load: 6000kg at 700mm trench width.

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

PRODUCTS

General Site Equipment

PAGE

324

Tapes

326

Tools for Concrete

327

Work Wear

328

High Visibility Clothing

329

Footwear

329

Gloves

330

Head Protection

332

We can supply these brands and more:

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

A selection of site essentials and accessories can be found in this section including applicator guns, sprayers and safety equipment. As with all our products, equipment is sourced from premium manufacturers to ensure reliable usage time after time. Not all products are listed or stocked in every branch, please contact your local branch with specific enquiries.

324

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

General Site Equipment Min/Max Thermometers Quick set press button. Moulded in cream case with white scale. No magnet needed to reset.

Tell Tale Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

An enhanced Tell-Tale crack monitoring gauge that monitors horizontal and vertical movement across a crack on a flat surface to an accuracy of +/-1.0mm and by interpolation to +/-0.5mm.

Builder Bucket Plastic bucket with easy pouring lip and comfortable grip handle.

Gorilla Bucket A flexible rubberised bucket that is long lasting and convenient for multiple purposes such as carrying large loads and mixing products.

Deck Scrubber Long handled and short bristled, used for scrubbing surfaces clean.

Floor Scraper For use in the removal of vinyl and ceramic tiles.

Brushes A range of specialist and general purpose brushes are available in sizes from 1 to 6â&#x20AC;?, ideal for painting, tar (long & short) and slurry.

Brooms A range of specialist and general purpose brooms, available for concrete finishing through to cleaning.

Wire Brush In various sizes with and without scraper back.

Rollers & Trays Paint roller and tray set.

Black Cable Ties Tough black plastic cable ties. Black Cable Ties available in the following size - 4.8mm x 300mm, packed in 1000.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

325

Contact Adhesive High quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boards to a wide range of surfaces.

Contact Adhesive Size

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

5 litre can

Guns Skeleton Gun High quality gun for use with all 310 to 400cc cartridges.

G Gun Bulk gun used to apply gun grade.

Pointing For repointing brick and masonry joints.

Lokfix Grout dispensing hand gun, to use with injected grouting systems.

Resin Hand Pumps Resin dispensing gun, to use with resin injection systems.

Foambond Guns Plastic and metal versions available.

Follower Plate Used to transfer sealant from can to bulk gun.

Powder Actuated Nailing Systems The professionalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s choice for cartridge nailing. Fully automatic Spitfire P370 is the easiest tool in the market to disassemble and maintain. We supply a range of collated pins.

Disc Cartridges 6.3mm Diameter / 10mm Length Code

031740

Colour

Strength

Box Qty

Brown

Very Low

100

031600

Green

Low

100

031700

Yellow

Medium

100

011658

Red

High

100

326

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment C9 Collated Concrete Pins

C9 Concrete Pins

Length (mm)

Box Qty

Length (mm)

Box Qty

011330

500

032520

100

011331

500

032530

100

011332

500

032540

100

011333

500

032550

100

011334

300

032560

100

011335

300

032570

100

011337

300

032580

100

011336

300

032590

100

032600

100

Code

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Box also includes x1 spare rubber spring

Code

Note: Pins over 70mm require pre-hammering

CR9 Concrete Pins with Ă&#x2DC; 14mm Washers Code

032070 032100

Length (mm)

Box Qty

100

032090

100

032010

100

032030

100

CR9 Concrete Pins with Ă&#x2DC; 34mm Washer Fixing System for Drainage and Waterproofing Code

Length (mm)

Box Qty

038090

200

038100

200

038110

200

Tapes Masking Suitable for interior masking and very light packaging. 24mm, 36mm, 48mm, 75mm and 100mm widths x 50m rolls.

GP Formwork and Shuttering Polythene DPM joints should be sealed by overlap of 100mm wide, jointing tape available in 50, 75 and 100mm x 33m long.

Gaffa Laminated polythene/cloth tape coated with an aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

327

Double-sided 50mm x 50m rolls available in High Tack/ High Tack combination or High Tack/ Low Tack.

Tape Guns

Tools for Concrete Trowels Made from finest steel in plain, flat back round nose, double round ended and notched styles.

Bull Float Hard wearing magnesium alloy tool for smoothing, levelling and finishing large areas of screed and wet concrete.

Concrete Scoop Concrete handling hand scoop.

Concrete Curing Tank Complete with heater, temperature controller, wire rack and mains tail lead and plug.

Notched Leveller Notched blade for levelling floor toppings.

Slump Cone Slump cone used with tamping rod, sold separately.

Spiked Roller The spiked roller for rolling out air bubbles from self levelling floor toppings. The spiked discs are solvent resistant for ease of cleaning.

Spiked Shoes The spiked shoes are for walking over self levelling floor toppings.

Squeegy Smooth edge squeegee 1000mm width.

Straight Edges With grips for tamping and leveling concrete.

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Cuts down on the time needed to join materials. Tape guns are available in 50mm wide Standard Duty, 50, 75 and 100mm wide Heavy Duty.

328

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Rubble Sacks These hardwearing and reusable rubble bags are recyclable, strong, tear resistant and durable.

Rubble Sacks Size (mm)

Maximum Weight (kg)

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

405 x 662

Work Wear SIG Construction Accessories can supply you with essential safety clothing and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including high visibility wear, EN approved helmets, goggles, safety boots and a range of protective gloves. Our range is bigger than shown here; just ask your local branch for more details.

Dust Suits Provides effective clothing protection.

Redhawk Superwork Trousers • • • •

Key fob on waistband. Button and YKK zip fastening. Cargo style pocket with button fastening. Further pockets include two front pockets, two rear pockets with buttoned flap closure. • Hammer loop on right leg. Rule pocket on left leg. • External knee pad pouches for knee pads. • Triple stitched seam detailing. All sizes available.

Kneepads To suit our knee pad trousers and other popular styles.

Nylon Rainsuit PVC coated nylon light and waterproof jackets. Packed in zipped storage pouches. Colours: Dark blue or yellow. Trousers sold separately. Dark blue: M - XXXL. Yellow: S - XXXL.

www.sig-ca.co.uk

329

High Visibility Clothing Polo Shirt Colours: Yellow & orange Yellow: S - XXXL. Orange: S - XXL.

• • • •

2 way nylon zip with studded storm flap. Concealed drawing hood. Knitted cuff inner on sleeves. 2 front pockets with flaps and inner pocket in quilted lining.

High Visibility Waistcoat With adjustable Velcro™ closing.

Footwear Centurion Super Safety Boot Leather upper, steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 joules). Steel midsole, padded collar and tongue. Thinsulate lined for cold weather comfort Goodyear welted construction. Breathable Cambrelle lining. Woven back puller and front lace protector. Oil resistant, non-marking sole, heat resistant to 300ºC with a slip resistant tread.

Super Safety Lined Rigger Boot Synthetic fur lined leather boot with round top and pull on loops. Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Steel midsole for underfoot protection. Full length inner sock. Lightweight polyurethane sole is heat resistant to 200ºC. The sole resists petrol, oil, alkalis and some acids.

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

High Visibility Jacket

330

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Ashley Super Safety Boot Leather upper. Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Steel midsole for underfoot protection. The double density polyurethane sole is heat resistant to 200째C. Sole resists petrol, oil, alkalis and some acids.

Storm Super Safety Trainer Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Suede and mesh upper, cambrelle lining. Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Steel midsole for underfoot protection. Dual density polyurethane sole resists petrol, oil and alkalis.

Legend Safety Trainer Leather upper, padded collar and tongue. Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Rubber sole heat resistant to 300째C.

Spiked Shoes The spiked shoes are for walking over self levelling floor toppings.

Gloves A wide range of gloves are available by request.

Black Poly Gloves For use with chemical and bitumen products. Per pair.

Perfect Poly Black

Builders Grip

Nitrifit Black

Builders Grip Gloves With green latex coating. Polycotton liner for comfort and dexterity. Per pair.

Disposable Latex Gloves Box of 100.

Rigger (Rigid) Gloves

Grey Jersey Light

Matril CF

Rigger

A high quality glove that provides extra protection for finger-tips and knuckles.

Gauntlet Gloves Hardwearing gloves that provide extra wrist protection.

PVC Coated Gloves with Knitted Wrists Tough PVC coating for good abrasion protection with soft cotton Gauntlet liner absorbs perspiration. Snug knitted wrist for greater comfort and waterproof for use in wet conditions.

PVC Coated

www.sig-ca.co.uk

331

Sol-Vex ANS37-675 Industry standard for high performance chemical protection, with outstanding combination of mechanical strength and chemical resistance. Sanitized速/Actifresh速 to maintain hand hygiene and combat skin irritation. Comfortable, flexible and long-lasting.

Sizes

6 to 11

Length (mm)

Thickness (mm)

330

0.38

Hycron ANS27-600 Intermediate design, Nitrile palm coated, stronger and more flexible than PVC. Excellent dry grip with soft double jersey lining and no seams in working area. Curved, pre-fixed fingers and wing thumb. Silicone free and liquid repellent coating.

Hycron ANS27-600 Sizes

Length (mm)

260

270

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Sol-Vex ANS37-675

332

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Head Protection Helmet MK2

Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment

Manufactured from impact resistant UV Stabilised High Density Polyethylene with integrated rain channel. Harness options: Standard Poly / Slip. Accepts Cliptite Accessories and conforms to EN 397. Available in yellow, white, green, blue, red, orange.

9172-265 Super G • CE approved to EN166 IF. • The world's lightest safety specs, just 18 grams. • The Super G unites innovative technologies and high-tech materials. • Extremely thin, aerodynamic lens. • The lightweight frame incorporates XST (x-stream technology) in the side-arms to provide a secure fit. • Optical Class 1 polycarbonate lens. • 100% UV protection. • Excellent field of vision. • Available with crystal frame (9172-110).

Bolle Attack A quality goggle which fits tightly to the face. Offers anti-scratch and anti-mist properties. Impact and chemical splash protection.

Ear Plugs Comfortable ear protection to block out excessive noise levels.

Disposable P2 Valved Respirator (EN149:2001 FFP2) Valved respirator protects against fine low to average toxicity dusts, fibres, solid and liquid aerosols. Valve reduces the build up of heat / moisture inside the mask and helps user acceptance Contoured fit, low breathing resistance.

333 Length

Length Equivalents (Metric to Imperial)

To Convert

Multiply By

Metric (mm)

Approx Imperial (Feet – Inches)

2.540

1225

4-0

Centimetres to Inches

0.397

1375

4-6

Feet to Metres

0.3048

1525

5-0

Metres to Feet

3.281

1600

5-3

Yards to Metres

0.9144

1675

5-6

Metres to Yards

1.094

1750

5-9

Miles to Kilometres

1.609

1825

6-0

Kilometres to Miles

0.6214

1875

6-2

1975

6-6

2025

6-9

Multiply By

2125

7-0

Square Inches to Square Centimetres

6.452

2175

7-2

Square Centimetres to Square Inches

0.1550

2275

7-6

Square Metres to Square Feet

10.76

2350

7-9

Square Feet to Square Metres

0.0929

2425

8-0

Square Yards to Square Metres

0.8361

2600

8-6

Square Metres to Square Yards

1.196

2750

9-0

Square Miles to Square Kilometres

2.590

2825

9-3

Square Kilometres to Square Miles

0.3861

2900

9-6

Acres to Hectares

0.4047

2975

9-9

Hectares to Acres

2.471

3050

10 - 0

Area To Convert

Useful Conversion Charts

Inches to Centimetres

Weight

Volume To Convert

Multiply By

To Convert

Multiply By

Cubic Inches to Cubic Centimetres

16.39

Grains to Grams

0.0648

Cubic Centimetres to Cubic Inches

0.06102

Grams to Grains

15.43

Cubic Feet to Cubic Metres

0.02832

Ounces to Grams

28.35

Cubic Metres to Cubic Feet

35.31

Grams to Ounces

0.03527

Cubic Yards to Cubic Metres

0.7646

Pounds to Grams

453.6

Cubic Metres to Cubic Yards

1.308

Grams to Pounds

0.002205

Cubic Inches to Litres

0.01639

Pounds to Kilograms

Litres to Cubic Inches

61.03

Kilograms to Pounds

0.4536

Gallons to Litres

4.546

Tons to Kilograms

1016.00

Litres to Gallons

0.22

Kilograms to Tons

0.000984

2.205

Fahrenheit to

Sealant Estimating Guide

Celsius, and vice

To calculate the number of litres required use the following calculation.

versa: F°

C°

Joint width (mm) x joint depth x joint length (m) = litres requi ed 1000

Typical Sealant Coverage

Sizes (ml)

Coverage* Joint size (mm)

Litre/metre run

Metre run per cartridge

5x5

0.025

15.2

10 x 10

0.1

3.8

15 x 10

0.15

2.5

15 x 15

0.23

1.6

105

20 x 15

0.3

1.2

140

20 x 20

0.4

0.95

175

380 Cartridges

*These are theoretical yields, no allowance has been made for variation in joint dimensions or wastage.

334

SIG Construction Accessories has a network of branches operating across the UK for your convenience.

Branch Location Map

Perth Glasgow, Eurocentral,

Gateshead

Leeds Chesterfield Manchester

Birmingham

Cardiff Bristol

Barking South Ruislip Ash Vale

Maidstone

Southampton Plymouth

www.sig-ca.co.uk

335

Notes

All rights reserved. No copying by any means is permitted, except when permission is given in writing by SIG Construction Accessories. This catalogue contains manufacturers product information that is reproduced by SIG Construction Accessories in good faith, based on the latest knowledge available at the time of going to print. Whilst every effort has been made to ensure that the information is current and correct, as distributors SIG Construction Accessories cannot accept responsibility for the application and performance levels of the products featured. Neither can we accept responsibility where the manufacturers instructions have not been followed.

SIG Construction Accessories offer a massive range of top quality Concrete Formwork, Masonry, Waterproofing and Groundwork Engineering products, from the leading brands in construction. You also benefit from our expert product advice and fast, responsive delivery times to make sure you have the right product at the right time. Contact your local branch today.

Branches

Barking 4 Thames Road, Barking, Essex. IG11 0HZ Tel: 0844 576 6777 Fax: 020 8591 9992 Birmingham George Henry Road, Great Bridge, West Midlands. DY4 7BZ Tel: 0121 522 0200 Fax: 0121 522 0201 Brickworks Division Unit 4, Victoria Road Retail Park, Crown Road, South Ruislip, London. HA4 0AF Tel: 020 8606 8060 Fax: 020 8606 8070 Bristol 5 Fernhurst Road, Fishponds Trading Estate, Bristol. BS5 7FG Tel: 0117 301 3620 Fax: 0117 301 3621 Cardiff 1 Quay Point, Ocean Way, Ocean Park, Cardiff. CF24 5HF Tel: 029 2046 5553 Fax: 029 2049 3089 Chesterfield Units 1&2 Sheepbridge Centre, Chesterfield, Derbyshire. S41 9RX Tel: 01246 572 595 Fax: 01246 572 596 Eurocentral Plot C Coddington Crescent, Eurocentral, Holytown, Motherwell, North Lanarkshire. ML1 4YF Tel: 01698 731910 Fax: 01698 731911

www.sig-ca.co.uk

Gateshead Unit 15, Princes Park, Princesway North, Team Valley Trading Estate, Gateshead. NE11 0NF Tel: 0191 487 4983 Fax: 0191 491 5790 Glasgow 21 Dava Street, Govan, Glasgow. G51 2JA Tel: 0141 445 7960 Fax: 0141 445 1078 Leeds Intermezzo Drive, off Pontefact Road, Stourton, Leeds, West Yorkshire. LS10 1RU Tel: 0113 277 5666 Fax: 0113 276 0174 Maidstone Unit 5 Larkfield Mill, Bellingham Way, Larkfield, Aylesford, Kent. ME20 6SQ Tel: 01622 713480 Fax: 01622 713481 Manchester The Parkway Centre, end of Longbridge Road, Trafford Park, Manchester. M17 1SN Tel: 0161 872 5464 Fax: 0161 872 5399 Perth Units M-P, Arran Business Centre, Arran Road, Perth. PH1 3DZ Tel: 01738 635083 Fax: 01738 636067 Plymouth 87 St Modwen Road, Parkway Industrial Estate, Marsh Mills, Plymouth. PL6 8LH Tel: 01752 894965 Fax: 01752 895896 Southampton Unit 41a Oriana Way, Southampton, Hampshire. SO16 0YU Tel: 023 8074 3949 Fax: 023 8074 3948

Designed & Produced by PickeringHutchins Ltd www.pickeringhutchins.com

Ash Vale Lysons Link South, Lysons Avenue, Ash Vale, Surrey. GU12 5GN Tel: 01252 527000 Fax: 01252 527001